Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Adopted as the development plan for Wolverhampton in June 2006

Costas Georghiou, Chief Planning and Highways Officer Regeneration and Environment Wolverhampton City Council Civic Centre, St Peter’s Square Wolverhampton WV1 1RP

E-mail enquiries: [email protected] Website: wolverhampton.gov.uk CHAPTER CHAPTER CONTENTS APPENDICES Page

Appendix 1: Supplementary Planning Guidance / Documents List 260 CHAPTERS Page Appendix 2: Detailed Open Space, Sport and Recreation Requirements 262 Part I for New Housing Developments

Chapter 1 Introduction and Context 1 Appendix 3: Highway Improvement Lines 265

Chapter 2 Strategy 16 Appendix 4: Sites of Regional and Local Importance for Nature Conservation 266

Chapter 3 Implementation, Monitoring and Review 36 Appendix 5: Schedule of Wolverhampton City Centre Frontages 268

Part II TABLES Chapter 4 Design 46 Table 3.1 Examples of Planning Obligations Which May Be Sought 38 Chapter 5 Environmental Protection 60 Table 3.2 UDP Monitoring Indicators and Targets 41 Chapter 6 Historic Environment 78 Table 5.1 Future Capacity Requirements - Waste Treatment Facilities 70 Chapter 7 Nature Conservation 96 Table 9.1 Business Development Allocations 119 Chapter 8 The Green Belt and Rural Landscapes 108 Table 12.1 Wolverhampton Open Space, Sport and Recreation Standards 170 Chapter 9 Business and Industry 114 Table 13.1 Housing Land Supply 185 Chapter 10 Shopping and the Role of Centres 134 Table 13.2 Housing Allocations 189 Chapter 11 Community Services 158 Table 13.3 Housing Renewal Sites 191 Chapter 12 Open Space, Sport and Recreation 168 Table 13.4 Significant Site (20 dwellings or more) with Planning Permission 191 Chapter 13 Housing 184 as of April 2004 (excluding sites under construction)

Chapter 14 Access and Mobility 204 Table 13.5 Demand for Sheltered Housing for Older People (2002-2007) 200 Chapter 15 Wolverhampton City Centre 224 MAPS Chapter 16 Bilston Town Centre 242 Map 2.1 Wolverhampton Area Development Framework Key Diagram 23 Chapter 17 Wednesfield Village Centre 254 Map 2.2 Priority Neighbourhoods 24

Map 12.1 Wolverhampton Park Areas 171

Map 12.2 The Greenway Network 172

Map A5.1 Defined Frontages in Wolverhampton City Centre 271

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 CHAPTER CHAPTER

POLICIES Part II Page

Part I Page Design Policy D2 Design Statement 47 Policy S1: Strategic Regeneration Areas 21 Policy D3 Urban Structure 48 Policy S2: Strategic Regeneration Corridors 26 Policy D4 Urban Grain 48 Policy S3: Local Area and Neighbourhood Renewal 28 Policy D5 Public Realm (public space / private space) 49 Policy S4: Mixed Use Development 29 Policy D6 Townscape and Landscape 50 Policy D1: Design Quality 30 Policy D7 Scale - Height 50 Policy D10: Community Safety (part) 30 Policy D8 Scale - Massing 51 Policy D11: Access for People with Disabilities (part) 30 Policy D9 Appearance 52 Policy EP1: Pollution Control 30 Policy D10 Community Safety (part) 53 Policy EP13: Waste and Development (part) 30 Policy D11 Access for People with Disabilities (part) 54 Policy EP16: Energy Conservation 31 Policy D12 Nature Conservation and Natural Features 55 Policy HE1: Preservation of Local Character and Distinctiveness (part) 31 Policy D13 Sustainable Development (natural resources & energy use) 56 Policy N1: Promotion of Nature Conservation (part) 31 Policy D14 The Provision of Public Art 56 Policy G1: Protection of the Green Belt 31

Policy B1: Economic Prosperity 31 Environmental Protection Policy B2: Balanced Portfolio of Employment Land 31 Policy EP2 Environmental Impact Assessments 61 Policy SH1: Centres Strategy 31 Policy EP3 Air Pollution 61 Policy C1: Health, Education and other Community Services 32 Policy EP4 Light Pollution 62 Policy R1: Local Standards for Open Space, Sport & Recreation Facilities 32 Policy EP5 Noise Pollution 62 Policy H1: Housing 32 Policy EP6 Protection of Groundwater, Watercourses and Canals 63 Policy H2: Housing Land Provision 33 Policy EP7 Protection of Floodplains 64 Policy AM1: Access and Mobility (part) and New Development 33 Policy EP8 Water Supply Arrangements for Development 65 Policy IMR1: Implementation 36 Policy EP9 Sustainable Drainage Arrangements for Development 65 Policy IMR2: Planning Obligations and Agreements 37 Policy EP10 Notifiable Installations 66 Policy IMR3: Compulsory Purchase Orders 39 Policy EP11 Development on Contaminated or Unstable Land 66 Policy IMR4: Monitoring and Review 39 Policy EP12 Reclamation of Derelict Land 67 Policy EP13 Waste and Development (part) 68 Policy EP14 Waste Management Facilities 70 Policy EP15 Landfill Activities 71 Policy EP17 Renewable Energy 72 Policy EP18 Mineral Extraction 73 Policy EP19 Advertisements 74 Policy EP20 Telecommunications 74

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 CHAPTER CHAPTER

Part Il (Continued) Page Part Il (Continued) Page

Historic Environment Nature Conservation

Policy HE1 Preservation of Local Character and Distinctiveness (part) 79 Policy N1 Promotion of Nature Conservation (part) 96 Policy HE2 Historic Resources and Enabling Development 80 Policy N2 Access to Natural Green Space 98 Policy HE3 Preservation and Enhancement of Conservation Areas 81 Policy N3 Protection of Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation 98 Policy HE4 Proposals Affecting a Conservation Area 82 Policy N4 Protection, Declaration and Enhancement of Local Nature Reserves 99 Policy HE5 Control of Development in a Conservation Area 82 Policy N5 Protection of Sites of Local Importance for Nature Conservation 100 and Landscape Features of Value for Wildlife and Geology Policy HE6 Demolition of Buildings or Structures in a Conservation Area 83 Policy N6 Protection of Important Hedgerows 102 Policy HE7 Underused Buildings and Structures in a Conservation Area 83 Policy N7 The Urban Forest 102 Policy HE8 Encouragement of Appropriate Redevelopment 83 in Conservation Areas Policy N8 Tettenhall Ridge Ancient Woodland 103 Policy HE9 Relaxation of Normal Standards in a Conservation Area 83 Policy N9 Protection of Wildlife Species 103 Policy HE10 Removal of Permitted Development Rights in a Conservation Area 84 Policy HE11 Shop Fronts and Advertisements in Conservation Areas 84 The Green Belt and Rural Landscapes

Policy HE12 Preservation and Active Use of Listed Buildings 84 Policy G2 Control of Development in the Green Belt 109 Policy HE13 Development Affecting a Listed Building 85 Policy G3 Control of Development Conspicuous from the Green Belt 109 Policy HE14 Alterations and Extensions to a Listed Building 85 Policy G4 Major Developed Sites in the Green Belt 110 Policy HE15 Change of Use of a Listed Building 86 Policy G5 Access to the Green Belt 110 Policy HE16 Demolition of a Listed Building 86 Policy G6 Northycote Farm Country Park 111 Policy HE17 Development Affecting the Setting of a Listed Building 87

Policy HE18 Preservation and Enhancement of Local List Buildings & Sites 87 Business and Industry

Policy HE19 Development Affecting a Local List Building or Site 87 Policy B3 Business Development Allocations 118 Policy HE20 Demolition of a Local List Building or Site 88 Policy B4 Expansion of Existing Businesses 122 Policy HE21 Historic Parks and Gardens 88 Policy B5 Design Standards for Employment Sites 122 Policy HE22 Protection and Enhancement of the Canal Network 89 Policy B6 Offices 123 Policy HE23 Bradley Arm of the Birmingham Canal 90 Policy B7 Loss of City Centre Offices 125 Policy HE24 Management and Protection of Archaeological Sites 90 Policy B8 Warehousing 125 Policy HE25 Sites and Monuments Record 90 Policy B9 Defined Business Areas 126 Policy HE26 Requirement for Archaeological Evaluation 91 Policy B10 Redevelopment of Business Land and Premises 127 Policy HE27 Development Affecting a Monument of National Importance 91 Policy B11 Ancillary Uses in Employment Areas and Premises 129 Policy HE28 Development Affecting Other Archaeological Sites 91 Policy B12 Access to Job Opportunities 130 Policy B13 Business Tourism, Hotel and Conference Facilities 130

Policy B14 All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development Area - 131 Warehouse Quarter

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 CHAPTER CHAPTER

Part Il (Continued) Page Page

Shopping and the Role of Centres Open Space, Sport and Recreation

Policy SH2 Centre Uses 138 Policy R2 Open Space, Sport and Recreation Priority Areas 174 Policy SH3 Need and the Sequential Approach 139 Policy R3 Protection of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 174 Policy SH4 Integration of Development into Centres 141 Policy R4 Development Adjacent to Open Spaces 176 Policy SH5 Wolverhampton City Centre 142 Policy R5 Sports Grounds 176 Policy SH6 Bilston and Wednesfield Town Centres 144 Policy R6 The Greenway Network 178 Policy SH7 District Centres 146 Policy R7 Open Space Requirements for New Development 179 Policy SH8 Local Centres 146 Policy R8 Dual-use of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179 Policy SH9 Local Shops and Centre Uses 147 Policy R9 New Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179 Policy SH10 Protected Frontages 149 Policy R10 Floodlighting and Synthetic Turf Pitches 180 Policy SH11 New Retail Development - Comparison Goods 150 Policy SH12 New Retail Development - Bulky Comparison Goods 150 Housing Policy SH13 New Retail Development - Foodstores 151 Policy H3 Housing Site Assessment Criteria 186 Policy SH14 Catering Outlets 151 Policy H4 Housing Allocations 188 Policy SH15 Drive-Through Facilities 153 Policy H5 Housing Renewal and Neighbourhood Renewal 192 Policy SH16 Amusement Centres and Arcades 153 Policy H6 Design of Housing Development 193 Policy SH17 Retailing at Petrol Filling Stations 154 Policy H7 Conversion of Buildings from Non-Residential to Residential Use 194

Community Services Policy H8 Open Space, Sport and Recreation Requirements for 194 New Housing Developments

Policy C2 Location of New Community Services Development 159 Policy H9 Housing Density and Mix 195 Policy C3 Community Meeting Places 160 Policy H10 Affordable Housing 196 Policy C4 Education Facilities 160 Policy H11 Special Needs Accommodation 198 Policy C5 Health Service Improvements 161 Policy H12 Residential Care Homes 200 Policy C6 New Cross Hospital. 162 Policy H13 Sites for Travelling People 201 Policy C7 Medical Practices in Residential Areas 163 Policy C8 Access to Medical Practices 163 Policy C9 Cemetery Provision 164

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 CHAPTER CHAPTER

Page Page

Access and Mobility Bilston Town Centre

Policy AM1 Access, Mobility and New Development (part) 205 Policy BTC1 Bilston Town Centre Wide Initiatives 244 Policy AM2 Strategic Regeneration Areas and Corridors - Transport Investment 206 Policy BTC2 Mount Pleasant Area 245 Policy AM3 Major Transport Schemes 208 Policy BTC3 Historic Core 246 Policy AM4 Strategic Highway Network 208 Policy BTC4 The Primary Shopping Area 247 Policy AM5 Protection of Highway Improvement Lines 209 Policy BTC5 Western Gateway 248 Policy AM6 Transport Assessments 210 Policy BTC6 Frontage Use Policy 249 Policy AM7 Travel Plans 211 Policy BTC7 Bilston Town Hall 249 Policy AM8 Public Transport 211 Policy AM9 Provision for Pedestrians 214 Wednesfield Village Centre Policy AM10 Provision for Cyclists 215 Policy WVC1 The High Street / Market Retail Core (Primary Shopping Area) 256 Policy AM11 Park and Ride 215 Policy WVC2 Improved Linkages and Connectivity 256 Policy AM12 Parking and Servicing Provision 216 Policy WVC3 Midland Metro 257 Policy AM13 Development of Freight Facilities 219 Policy WVC4 Short Stay Car Parking 257 Policy AM14 Minimising the Effect of Traffic on Communities 220 Policy WVC5 The Canal 258 Policy AM15 Road Safety and Personal Security 220 Policy WVC6 Frontage Use Policy 258 Policy WVC7 Housing 258 Wolverhampton City Centre Policy WVC8 Employment Uses 258 Policy CC1 City Centre Shopping Strategy 228 Policy WVC9 Lichfield Road 259 Policy CC2 City Centre Business and Employment 228 Policy CC3 City Centre Housing 229 Policy CC4 City Centre Environment 230 Policy CC5 City Centre Access and Mobility 231 Policy CC6 Shopping Quarter (Primary Shopping Area) 233 Policy CC7 Cultural Quarter 234 Policy CC8 University Quarter 234 Policy CC9 St Johns Urban Village 235 Policy CC10 Chapel Ash 236 Policy CC11 All Saints / Royal Hospital Area 236 Policy CC12 Canalside Quarter 237 Policy CC13 Waterloo Road/ Darlington Street Quarter 238

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION AND CONTEXT

Contents

Para Page

1.1 How Does Planning Affect You? 1 1.2 The UDP Review Process 2 1.3 Implications of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 2 1.4 How to use the Plan 2 1.5 Sustainability and Equality Appraisal 3 1.6 Statement of Community Involvement 4 1.7 Supplementary Planning Guidance / 5 Supplementary Planning Documents 1.8 Technical Background Papers 5

1.9 National Context 5 1.9.2 PPS1: Creating Sustainable Communities 5 1.9.4 PPG3: Housing 6 1.9.6 PPS6: Planning for Town Centres 6 1.9.7 PPG13: Transport 6 1.9.9 Urban White Paper 6

1.10 Regional and Sub-Regional Context 7 1.10.1 Regional Planning Guidance Review 7 1.10.7 Regional Economic Strategy 8 1.10.10 The West Midlands Local Transport Plan 8 1.10.13 The West Midlands Area Multi Modal Study 8 and Regional Transport Strategy 1.10.14 The Black Country Study 9

1.11 Local Context 9 1.11.2 The Council’s Corporate Plan 9 1.11.3 The Wolverhampton Community Plan (2002-2012) 9 1.11.8 Housing Strategy 10 1.11.11 Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy 11 1.11.15 Crime Reduction, Community Safety and Drug Strategy (2005-2008) 11 1.11.18 The Council’s Equality Scheme 12 1.11.21 Cultural Strategy 12 1.11.27 Tourism Strategy 13

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 1 CHAPTER

1.1 How Does Planning Affect You? has to be monitored and reviewed in order to keep it up-to-date. 1.1.1 What is “planning”? Put simply, planning is the management of physical 1.1.5 This UDP is the second development development and the use of land in plan produced for Wolverhampton the public interest. and replaces the previous one adopted in 1993. The Plan covers the period up Planning: to 2011, in accordance with Regional Spatial Strategy timescales. The Plan ● Guides development to the most appro has been prepared under Part One priate locations of the Town and Country Planning ● Helps to protect and improve the Act 1990 (as amended) and consists of environment and local amenity the written statement, a City-wide ● Assists regeneration and development Proposals Map and inset maps for investment Wolverhampton ● Includes transportation proposals City Centre, Bilston and Wednesfield ● Works in the public interest centres. The Written Statement ● Affects everyone com prises two parts. Part I contains strategic objectives and policies and 1.1.2 The planning system exists to protect Part II contains detailed policies and and enhance the natural, historic and proposals. Also accompanying the built environment, whilst trying to Plan is a Sustainability and Equality ensure that the right amount of Appraisal (see 1.5) and a Statement of housing, jobs, shops and other facilities Community Involvement (see 1.6). are provided in the right locations. Planning therefore affects everyone’s 1.1.6 The Plan contains policies and proposals daily life to some degree or for the physical development and use of other. Most people and businesses land, including measures for the become involved with planning when protection and improvement of the they make a planning application to, environment, managing the impact of say, extend their house or factory or traffic and public transport proposals. when a development proposal affects The Plan takes into account a range of their home or neighbourhood. environment, social and economic factors, but only include s policies and 1.1.3 Development covers many different proposals that are related to land use changes in the use of land, including and development considerations. the reuse of derelict land, building on new sites, building more on existing 1.1.7 The UDP is used by the City Council in sites, extending existing buildings, reaching decisions on planning changing the use of land and buildings applications and proposals - section and new advertisements. 38(6) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 requires that 1.1.4 Wolverhampton was previously covered decisions should be in accordance with by the Unitary Development Plan (UDP / the development plan unless material the Plan for short) adopted in 1993, considerations indicate otherwise. which covered the period up until 2001. The UDP is a statutory document 1.1.8 The UDP is long term in nature but produced by the City Council in forms the basis in the short to medium consultation and participation with term for the promotion of investment other organisations and local people. It and job creation, environmental and must be generally consistent with social improvements and the day-to-day guidance issued by central government, control of development through the through for example Regional Planning City Council determining planning and other policy guidance. The plan also applications.

Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 1 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

1.1.9 Local Government boundary changes reform of the planning system set out in Historic Environment, the City Equality Appraisal report has been occurred in 1994 following the adoption the Green Paper “Planning: delivering a Centre, etc. published to accompany this Plan. This of the existing UDP. Those areas that fundamental change” (December 2001), ● It has details of specific proposals, report will provide the basis for future came into Wolverhampton at this time the Planning Policy Statement which are also shown on the City-wide monitoring, together with specific have been included and are covered by “Sustainable communities - Delivering proposals map and inset maps for indicators and targets that are set out in the Plan’s policies and proposals. through Planning” (July 2002) and Wolverhampton City Centre and Bilston Chapter 3. “Making the System Work Better - Town Centre and Wednesfield Village 1.2 The UDP Review Process Planning at Regional and Local Levels” Centres. These maps would be the first 1.5.2 The report satisfies the requirements of (August 2002). Part 2 of the Act provides place to look for any specific proposals the Development Plan Regulations 1.2.1 As part of the UDP review process, the for the preparation of “Local and for the boundaries of particular (1999), the Race Relations (Amendment) Council published for consultation three Development Documents” (LDDs), the areas, such as the Green Belt, new Act (2000), other equality legislation, review documents. The first, a constituent parts of the Local housing sites, Defined Business Areas, and the Crime and Disorder Act (1998). “Discussion Document” (May 1997) Development Framework (LDF). These Conservation Areas, Recreational Open By assessing the UDP in terms of sought views on the main issues which will replace Unitary Development Plans. Space, Sites of Importance for Nature equality and crime and disorder issues, the review of the Plan would need to A series of policy documents have been Conservation, Local Centres, etc. Each the appraisal is wider in scope than address. The second, a “Draft Strategy published to accompany the Planning proposal shown, either site specific or would be required by the Development Statement” (October 1999), set out the Act, including Planning Policy area based, has a reference linking it to Plan Regulations alone, reflecting the strategic framework and policy Statement 12, which sets out formal a policy or policies within the Written importance of these issues to the directions within which the review was Government policy on the preparations Statement. Council and local people in the review to be undertaken. A summary of this of LDDs. The Government stressed the of the UDP. Statement was also published in importance of completing development 1.4.2 Both Part I policies and Part II policies January 2000. The responses to both of plan reviews under the 1990 Act, and and proposals are used to inform 1.5.3 The appraisal assesses the impact of the these documents were used to inform suggests that many of the principles decisions on planning applications and Plan on three ‘strategic assets’: the new Plan. The First Deposit Plan was that will underpin LDFs can be acted development proposals. ‘Environment’, ‘People and Society’ and placed on deposit in April 2003 for a upon under the current system. ‘Economic Wellbeing’. For each asset a period of 6 weeks to provide the 1.4.3 It is important that users of the Plan, in series of objectives are identified which opportunity for residents, businesses, most circumstances, do not rely on just set out how the Plan can contribute voluntary and community organisations 1.4 How to use the Plan one particular policy. When considering, towards promoting sustainable and other agencies to consider the for example, a proposal for new housing development, equality and the contents of the Plan and to make 1.4.1 The Plan is laid out as follows: development, policies in the Part II reduction of crime and disorder. representations to the Council. Housing Chapter should be referred to Negotiations then took place on the Part I: Chapters 1, 2 and 3 first, followed by other relevant policies 1.5.4 The appraisal adopts a two stage representations made, in an attempt to such as those dealing with design, open process. Stage one assesses the scope secure the withdrawal of objections. ● Outlines the national, regional and local space, access, etc. Reference should also of Plan policies and proposals against Changes made to the Plan in response context within which the Plan has been be made to the Proposals Map or Inset the range of objectives identified. Stage to objections were set out in the formulated and developed, including Maps, any applicable Supplementary two assesses each policy and proposal Revised Deposit Plan. This Plan was links to other important documents Planning Guidance, Development Briefs in the UDP against the objectives to made publicly available for 6 weeks for such as the Community Plan. or any other Supplementary Planning determine whether individually and objections and supporting statements ● Sets out the Plan’s Vision, Objectives Documents and, where necessary, cumulatively the UDP contributes to be made on the changes made. A and Guiding Principles Government planning guidance. towards protecting and enhancing the Local Public Inquiry was held during ● Details the Development Framework or strategic assets and whether policies November 2004 - March 2005 to Spatial Strategy for the Plan area. should be amended or in some cases consider outstanding objections. The ● Includes a series of Strategic Policies to 1.5 Sustainability and Equality Appraisal replaced. Plan was then taken through the provide a framework for the detailed necessary stages as prescribed in the Part II policies and proposals. 1.5.1 An important part of the Plan 1.5.5 In summary, the appraisal shows that 1999 Development Plan regulations and ● Sets out how the Council intends to preparation process has been to check the Plan adopts a balanced and positive adopted on 28th June 2006. implement, monitor and review the Plan. the policies and proposals to ensure approach to sustainability and equality. they help in moving the City towards a In terms of equality issues, the Plan is Part II: Chapters 4 to 7 more sustainable and equitable future. strongly supportive of the Council’s 1.3 Implications of the Planning and As changes have been made to existing Equality Scheme and the requirements Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 ● This is the largest part of the Plan and policies and new policies introduced of the Race Relations Act 2000, and the includes a series of detailed policies consideration has been given to their Disability Discrimination Act 1995. The 1.3. 1 The Planning and Compulsory Purchase under various topic headings such as impact on sustainability and equality impact of the Plan upon crime and Act 2004 takes forward proposals for Housing, Business and Industry, Design, principles. A separate Sustainability and disorder issues is also strongly positive.

2 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 3 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

1.6 Statement of Community ● The Councils approach to community UDP policies and proposals and which would not be appropriate to Involvement involvement and the standards sometimes provide a mechanism to include within the Plan itself. expected; update the planning policy framework. 1.6.1 Section 21 of the Town and Country ● The arrangements for involving the Supplementary Planning Documents do Planning (Development Plan) (England) community in the preparation and not form part of the Plan, although they 1.9 National Context Regulations 1999 and paragraph 2.11 of continuing review of all parts of the are a material consideration in PPG12 (1999) required the Council to Local Development Framework; determining planning applications. 1.9.1 Planning Policy Guidance Notes / prepare a statement outlining: ● How communities can get involved in Since the previous UDP was adopted in Statements (PPGs / PPSs) set out the (a) steps the Council has taken during the consideration of planning 1993 the City Council has published a Government’s policies on different the UDP Review to: applications and the role of applicants; number of topic SPGs, area action plans, aspects of planning. The content of ● publicise the matters to be dealt with in ● Who can get involved in the planning Development Briefs for major sites and PPGs / PPSs has been taken into the Plan; process; a Master Plan for the Bilston Urban account in reviewing the ● provide opportunities for people to ● What methods of community Village area. An Action Plan for the City Wolverhampton UDP. A number of make representations; and involvement will be employed; Centre was adopted in 1995 and PPGs / PPSs deal with specific planning ● consult relevant organisations ● The benefits of communities getting replaced with a new City Centre topics, for example Nature and persons. involved in the planning process; and Strategy and Action Plan in 2005. A Conservation, Archaeology, Open (b) steps the Council intends to take to ● How community involvement will be Bilston Town Centre Strategy has been Space, Sport and Recreation and Noise. publicise and consult on the Plan monitored, managed and resourced. prepared and over the Plan period other Reference to these is made where during the adoption process and area-based Action Plans will be appropriate in the relevant sections of provide persons with an opportunity produced, including those for parts of the Plan. Some PPGs / PPSs include 1.6.4 Government also advises that of making representations in respect the All Saints and Blakenhall important principles which have been development plan reviews should make of the Plan. Community Development New Deal for reflected in the Plan, especially within explicit links between the Development Communities area. A list of current the strategic or Part I policies, as Plan and the Community Plan, and that 1.6.2 A Statement of Community SPGs/SPDs is provided at Appendix 1. detailed below. Many PPGs are now development plan policies should take Involvement was prepared to subject to review or have been into account the land use consequences accompany the First Deposit Plan to 1.7.2 SPDs are prepared in draft form and superseded as a result of the of other policies and programmes fulfil these requirements and also seek approved in principle by the City introduction of the new planning relevant to the Community Plan (e.g. to address some of the requirements Council for public consultation system, and will be renamed PPSs education, health, sustainability) and emerging from the review of the purposes. Following consultation, (Planning Policy Statements). assist in their delivery. Greater emphasis planning system (see 1.3). One of the responses are considered, amendments has also been placed on monitoring and principles of the review is promoting made and the final guidance agreed PPS1: Creating Sustainable Communities review, with annual reports to be more effective community involvement and issued. The City Council is submitted to the Secretary of State. in the planning system and decision- committed to a proper process of 1.9.2 This sets out the Government’s vision making processes. The Town and consultation in the preparation of for planning and the key policies and Country Planning (Local Development) additional guidance in accordance with principles which should underpin the 1.6.5 Once the SCI has been adopted (England) Regulations 2004 and the best practice and national planning planning system. It emphasises the (expected to be in September 2006), all guidance provided in Planning Policy guidance. Existing SPGs will be contribution of the planning system to Local Development Documents and Statement 12: Local Development reviewed and new SPDs produced as set achieving sustainable communities, of planning applications will be required Framework (2004) have subsequently out in the current Wolverhampton Local embracing an approach based upon to be made in accordance with the replaced the regulations stated in Development Scheme. spatial planning, and increasing principles set out in the SCI. paragraph 1.6.1. Under these new community involvement in the regulations the Council commenced the planning system. 1.7 Supplementary Planning Guidance / preparation of a replacement Statement 1.8 Technical Background Papers Supplementary Planning Documents of Community Involvement in 1.9.3 The guidance also stresses the September 2004 and submitted the 1.8.1 A number of technical background importance of good design in 1.7.1 Supplementary Planning Guidance Statement of Community Involvement papers have been produced at First and addressing the way places work in (SPG) notes, known as Supplementary to the Secretary of State in March 2006 Revised Deposit stages on selected addition to how they look. It Planning Documents (SPD) under the for formal examination. topic areas, namely Housing; Urban emphasises the importance of design in new planning system, are prepared and Housing Capacity Study; Business & linking jobs and the key services that published to provide more detailed 1.6.3 The emerging Statement of Community Industry; Green Belt and Shopping and people need to access, to movement planning guidance for local people, Involvement (SCI) sets out the following: the Role of Centres. These explain in and urban form and the natural and developers and other agencies on more detail how the policies and built environment. A companion individual topics, areas, sites or ● An explanation of the recent changes to proposals in the Plan have been document to PPS1 - ‘Safer Places - the buildings. SPDs are based on existing the planning system; developed and include information Planning System and Crime Prevention

4 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 5 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

provides further guidance on how the ● Actively promote growth and manage ● good design and planning which makes Wolverhampton is within the North planning system can influence the built hange in town centres; it practical to live in a more Black Country and South Staffordshire environment, in particular how good ● Define a network and hierarchy of environmentally sustainable way, with Regeneration Zone. Wolverhampton is planning should be guided by centres each performing their less noise, pollution and traffic also identified as a Housing Renewal principles of crime prevention. appropriate role to meet the needs of congestion; Area, where action is encouraged to their catchments; and ● town and cities able to create and share renew and redevelop neighbourhoods PPG3: Housing ● Adopt a proactive, plan led approach prosperity, investing to help all their in areas of decline. to planning for town centres. citizens reach their full potential; and 1.9.4 This guidance highlights the need to ● good quality services - health, 1.10.4 The key to the Region’s Spatial Strategy meet the housing requirements of the education, housing, transport, finance, is stated as achieving an urban whole community, including those in PPG13: Transport shopping, leisure and protection from renaissance in each of the four MUAs, need of affordable and special needs crime - that meet the needs of people creating a dynamic network of places by housing. It emphasises the need for a 1.9.7 This guidance seeks to promote more and businesses wherever they are. developing enhanced economic and better mix in the size, type and location sustainable transport choices and to social roles, and building on their roles of housing in order to create mixed reduce the need to travel, especially by The UDP through its policies and as service centres for cultural activities communities. Priority should be given car. In order to deliver these objectives proposals can play a part in helping and on their historic heritage. to the reuse of previously developed the guidance stresses the importance of to achieve this. land within urban areas, bringing empty linked strategies within the Local 1.10.5 The particular role identified for the houses back into use and converting Transport Plan and the Development Black Country is to continue the existing buildings in preference to the Plan. It also states that Plans should 1.10 Regional and Sub-Regional Context economic, physical and environmental development of greenfield sites. focus major generators of travel renewal of the area, focussed around demand in city, town and district Regional Planning Guidance Review improved infrastructure and the 1.9.5 The guidance also considers that in centres or near to major public regeneration of town and city centres to order to reduce car dependence over transport interchanges. 1.10.1 The regional context for the UDP create modern and sustainable time that improvements are required to Review is provided by Regional communities. linkages by public transport between 1.9.8 It considers that priority should be Planning Guidance. At the time of the housing, jobs, local services and given to people over traffic in centres, preparation of the First and Revised 1.10.6 The First Secretary of State has amenities and through planning for other areas of mixed use and local Deposit versions of the UDP, this acknowledged that the new RSS is mixed use. New housing and residential neighbourhoods and that parking Regional Planning Guidance was in the insufficiently regionally specific in environments should be well designed policies should be used to promote form of RPG11 (April 1998). Since then it places and requested an early review of and should make a significant sustainable transport choices. has been replaced by RPG11 (2004) as certain aspects to be undertaken. Phase contribution to promoting urban the Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) 1 of the RSS Review is based upon the renaissance and improving the quality Urban White Paper which now has the status of Black Country Study (see below), which of life of all the community. Finally, the development plan policy. develops and tests a plan for long term guidance requires local authorities to 1.9.9 In November 2000 the Government change and development of the Black encourage development which makes published an Urban White Paper 1.10.2 RPG11 (2004) identifies four major Country. The draft Phase 1 Revision was more efficient use of land (between 30 entitled “Our Towns and Cities: The challenges for the Region: published for consultation in June 2006 and 50 dwellings per hectare) and to Future Delivery: An Urban Renaissance”. and will be subject to an Examination in seek greater intensity of development The vision set out in the White Paper is ● Urban renaissance Public in early 2007. Phase 2 of the RSS at places with good public transport of an “urban renaissance which will ● Rural renaissance Review was launched in November accessibility. benefit everyone, making towns and ● Diversifying and modernising the 2005 and is examining housing figures, cities vibrant and successful places Region’s economy employment land, transport and waste. PPS6: Planning for Town Centres where people will choose to live, and ● Modernising the transport The Revision is due to be submitted to helping protect the countryside from infrastructure of the West Midlands the Secretary of State in June 2007. 1.9.6 This guidance re-emphasises development pressure”. Particular aims Phase 3 will be launched in 2006 and the Government’s commitment to are: 1.10.3 Wolverhampton is identified as a will cover regionally significant promoting vital and viable town strategic centre within the Black environmental issues, critical rural centres, and encourages development ● people sharing the future of their Country Major Urban Area (MUA), services, recreational provision and to be focussed in existing centres in community, supported by strong and together with parts of Dudley, Sandwell gypsies and travellers. order to strengthen and regenerate truly representative local leaders; and Walsall Boroughs. The Black them. In order to deliver these ● people living in attractive, well-kept Country MUA is one of four areas objectives, local planning towns and cities which use space and identified as the major focus for authorities should: buildings well; development and investment in the West Midlands. Much of

6 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 7 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

Regional Economic Strategy achieve a world-class transport system. problems and competing demands on 1.10.15 The First Secretary of State proposed The LTP2 sets out a coherent strategy the nation’s transport network. The that this study should advise on a broad 1.10.7 The Regional Development Agency, for improving accessibility, public recommendations of the West Midlands range of issues, including “urban Advantage West Midlands (AWM) transport, air quality and safety over the Area Study have been used to inform capacity, identification of employment completed the first Regional Economic next five years, along with better the Regional Transport Strategy (RTS) land, scope for environmental and town Strategy (RES) in October 1999. Key t management of traffic. which forms part of RSS. The centre improvements and ways of hemes emerging from this strategy, recommendations include a improving access to regeneration sites, which are backed up by specific aims 1.10.11 In support of objectives identified by comprehensive package of measures for particularly on its eastern side.”The are as follows: Government within the Transport Act public transport, the strategic road Black Country authorities are ● developing a diverse and dynamic 2000 and its overall transport strategy network and to encourage walking and committed to radical proposals to business base set out in the White Paper “The future of cycling. A key element of the package is achieve the “step change” required to ● promoting a learning and skilful region Transport: A Network for 2030”, and in the need for a ‘hearts and minds’ deliver urban renaissance in the Black ● creating the right conditions for growth support of the regional strategy for campaign to inform and encourage Country, as set out in the Black Country ● regenerating communities in the transport set out in the RSS, the seven people to make lifestyle changes to Vision. The final study outcomes are West Midlands authorities of the West Midlands encourage the use of non-car modes for being progressed as Phase 1 revision of Metropolitan Area have formally agreed some journeys. The aim of the RTS is to RPG11 and will be used to inform and 1.10.8A Strategy and Action Plan to take a shared vision for: create a Region with an efficient influence government, regional and forward the original 10 year vision was ● a thriving, sustainable and vibrant network of integrated transport facilities other plans and spending programmes. published in 2004 and runs until 2010. community where people want to live and services to fully support the This work will have a major impact on The RES introduced the concept of and where business can develop and Region’s Spatial Strategy, reduce the the content and ongoing review of the Regeneration Zones. A large part of grow impact of transport on the environment first Local Development Framework for Wolverhampton is included in the North ● town, city and local centres that are and meet the needs of both individuals Wolverhampton. Black Country and South Staffordshire attractive and vibrant, where high- and the business community in the Regeneration Zone (Future quality public transport is the norm and most sustainable way. The Regional Foundations) (see Map 2.1). The aim of walking and cycling are common-place Vision for Transport will therefore be 1.11 Local Context the zone is to create a direct link ● cleaner air and less congested traffic achieved by ensuring that: between investment opportunities, the conditions 1.11.1 The UDP review has not been prepared creation of wealth and community ● a safer community with fewer road ● Improved transport choices are in isolation. There are a number of other regeneration. The zone provides a focus accidents and with environments in provided to enhance peoples’ important strategies and policy for regeneration funding from a range which people feel secure quality of life documents prepared by the Council, of sources including AWM and Europe. ● equal opportunities for everyone to ● The need for travel for essential goods other agencies and partnerships which gain access to services and facilities and and services is reduced have direct links to and impact upon 1.10.9A Zone Executive Steering Group / Board enjoy a better quality of life, with travel ● Journey reliability on strategic transport the Plan’s policies and proposals. has been established to act as the choices that are attractive, viable and networks is improved Partnership Agency for the zone, sustainable ● Transport capacity in the Major Urban The Council’s Corporate Plan drawing on existing structures. The Areas is improved significantly to Partnership has prepared a vision, a set 1.10.12 The LTP2 provides the framework for support the Regional economy 1.11.2 This City Council’s Corporate Plan of priorities and an Implementation the programme of initiatives to be closely reflects the Wolverhampton Plan for the zone (ZIP). The detailed pursued between 2006 and 2011. It was The Black Country Study Community Plan (see below). It also implications of the Agenda for Action prepared in the light of the findings of includes corporate performance and the ZIP are set out in Chapter 9: the West Midlands Area Multi-Modal 1.10.14 The Black Country Consortium, (the management priorities and ways in Business and Industry in Part II of the Study and the RSS in order to address company tasked with coordinating the which the organisation is striving for Plan. the more expansive agenda required to Black Country Study as a partnership of continuous improvement. Community meet their objectives. The LTP2 vision, the four Black local authorities, Black Plan preparation became a statutory The West Midlands Local Transport Plan relevant programmes and specific Country Chamber and Business link and requirement for local authorities schemes within the City are reflected the Black Country Learning and Skills through the Local Government Act 1.10.10 The proper integration of transportation throughout the Plan. Council), together with regional partners 2000. and land use planning is crucial to the led by the Regional Planning Body (the quality of life of local people and to the The West Midlands Area Multi Modal Study West Midlands Local Government The Wolverhampton Community Plan regeneration of Wolverhampton’s and Regional Transport Strategy Association) have undertaken a major (2002-2012) economy. The West Midlands Local sub-regional study to identify what Transport Plan 2006-2011 (LTP2) seeks 1.10.13 Government commissioned a number improvements will be required in the 1.11.3 The Community Plan presents a vision to identify what is needed to allow the of Multi-Modal studies in response to short, medium and long term to of how the quality of life for all the West Midlands Metropolitan area to the growing severity of transport support sustainable regeneration. people of Wolverhampton can be

8 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 9 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

improved over the next 10 years. The Housing Strategy ● Planning policies and proposals that will 1.11.13 As part of developing and testing the first Community Plan was published in assist in the regeneration of the City strategy the Wolverhampton Strategic May 2002. The actions and targets within 1.11.8 The Wolverhampton Housing Strategy and help to steer new development to Partnership is supporting 7 the plan have been put together by the 2004-2007 sets out the vision and sustainable locations. Neighbourhood Management pilot Wolverhampton Partnership, made up direction for housing in Wolverhampton ● Setting the land use and development clusters in the City with the aid of the of different organisations that form the in the public and private sectors and policy framework for dealing with Neighbourhood Renewal Fund. In strategic alliance within the City. The jointly forms a framework for housing activity housing planning applications, future addition, the All Saints and Blakenhall agreed aim is for - “Wolverhampton to and investment by the City Council and development briefs and local Action Community Development New Deal for be a culturally diverse and sustainable its partners. The Housing Strategy Vision Plans Communities delivery plan will adopt a City that is recognised nationally and is that by 2010, Wolverhampton will ● Allocating land for new housing neighbourhood management approach. internationally as a principle City of comprise of successful and sustainable development the region”. communities and neighbourhoods, ● Providing the planning context for 1.11.14 The UDP will assist in this process where people want to live. To deliver affordable housing provision and through the type of activity referred to 1.11.4 The priorities for action are set out this four priorities have been identified protecting and enhancing the local under the Housing Strategy section (see under the following key themes: for action: environment in respect of recreational 1.11.10). ● A safe City ● To make all neighbourhoods safe, open space, etc. ● A green City popular and desirable; ● Policy guidance for enhancing local Crime Reduction, Community Safety and ● A healthy City ● To ensure that there is an adequate services and amenities through the Drug Strategy (2005-2008) ● A wealth-creating City supply of housing which meets needs implementation of appropriate ● A learning City and aspirations; planning obligations. 1.11.15 The Crime and Disorder Act 1998 places ● A caring City ● To ensure that people with special a duty on local authorities and the ● A City of communities and needs or who are vulnerable have Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy police to work together with other neighbourhoods. appropriate housing and support; partners and local people to develop ● To ensure that all housing stock in 1.11.11 Wolverhampton’s Neighbourhood and implement a strategy for reducing 1.11.5 The Community Plan, with its remit to Wolverhampton is in good condition. Renewal Strategy (NRS), published in crime and promoting community safety deliver the economic, social and May 2002 and updated in February in their areas. A Crime Reduction and environmental well-being of its 1.11.9 The Council has established a 2005, sets out the framework for joint Community Safety Strategy for community, has superseded the Local Wolverhampton Strategic Housing action by public agencies, local Wolverhampton was published in May Agenda 21 Strategy in delivering Partnership. This is based around a communities, voluntary and community 1999 and is subject to regular review. A sustainability in the City. The Strategic multi-disciplinary approach to organisations and businesses to revised strategy, covering the period Partnership that oversees the delivery of neighbourhood renewal and will improve the quality of life in the City’s 2005-2008, has since been adopted. the Community Plan has adopted a address both development and most deprived neighbourhoods. It Sustainability Charter to help with this environmental issues. The main forms part of the national strategy for 1.11.16 The aims of the Strategy are: aspect of its work. objectives of the Partnership are to: neighbourhood renewal, which has the ● To reduce all crime in Wolverhampton ● Develop a detailed understanding of aim that: by 20% by 2008; 1.11.6 The UDP has a role to play in providing housing demand and supply (public ● To reassure the public, reduce the fear the planning, development, land use and private sectors) in Wolverhampton; “In 10-20 years, no one will be seriously of crime and anti social behaviour, build and transportation policy and proposal ● Link development options into relevant disadvantaged by where they live” confidence in our communities, and framework to help in achieving a community regeneration intitiatives e.g. ensure that Wolverhampton is a city number of the detailed actions within neighbourhood renewal, specific site 1.11.12 The NRS is based on an extensive where people will be safer and feel the Community Plan. Indicators set out briefs, master and action plans; analysis of deprivation and of previous safer. in Chapter 3 will also inform the review ● Examine and progress phased regeneration initiatives, and suggests and future development of some development and improvement options that ‘closing the gap’ in the quality 1.11.17 Planning has an important role to play aspects of the Community Plan, and for failing housing markets and areas; of life between neighbourhoods in achieving these aims. The design and provide a guide to the success or ● Develop best practices which can be requires an integrated and layout of new development and parking otherwise of some of the actions and used to create sustainable co-ordinated approach. The needs areas, the type and location of targets. neighbourhoods reflecting both local, of particular neighbourhoods and landscaping schemes, pedestrian access regional and sub-regional aspirations; the priorities of the people who live within a development and to adjoining 1.11.7 The vision, objectives, guiding ● Produce prioritised investment plans for there have to be identified and local areas, neighbourhood surveillance and principles and policies set out in the the selected areas. action plans jointly agreed and mixed uses which create activity UDP reflect those themes, actions and implemented. The Strategy and throughout the day all have a bearing targets that are relevant and appropriate 1.11.10 The UDP policies and proposals will play subsequent action focuses on 29 on community safety. The prevention of in the context of a land use and their part in the above process through, ‘Priority Neighbourhoods’. crime is also a material consideration transportation plan. for example: when determining planning applications.

10 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 11 CHAPTER 1 1 CHAPTER

The Council’s Equality Scheme improves the quality of life of local new changing rooms in order to utilise people. The Council and its partners sports pitches more effectively and 1.11.18The Race Relations (Amendment) Act published a Cultural Strategy for the City changes of use of shop to a restaurant or 2000 gives public authorities a new in 2002, which forms the basis for action bar. The UDP provides the policy statutory duty to promote racial equality. to improve and encourage increased framework within which specific The general duty of the Race Relations participation in all forms of cultural development proposals will be (Amendment) Act requires the Council to: activity. The Strategy is currently being determined. ● Eliminate discrimination updated. ● Promote equality of opportunity 1.11.26 Within local neighbourhoods community ● Promote good race relations 1.11.22 The Cultural Strategy mission statement halls, school buildings or similar is: “To encourage the provision of high premises are used by the community for 1.11.19 The Council’s Equality Scheme was quality cultural services for the a wide range of cultural and other produced in September 2002 to community that compare with the best activities. Safeguarding the future of implement the requirements of the Race in the country. The Council will work such local facilities whilst at the same Relations (Amendment) Act 2000 and with everyone who wants a better time protecting the amenity of local updated in April 2006. The Scheme is cultural future for our City. Our actions residents are important planning policy based upon the six specific duties set out will be driven by the concerns and needs considerations. in the Act: of local people”. ● monitor existing functions and policies Tourism Strategy for any adverse impact and act on the 1.11.23 The strategy sets out a series of actions results; and milestones under the following key 1.11.27 Wolverhampton’s first tourism strategy ● assess and consult on the potential areas: has been developed in an attempt to impact of proposed policies; ● Profile and promotion provide a more strategic and co- ● publish results of the monitoring, ● City-wide Development ordinated approach to tourism in the assessments and consultations; ● Local Development City. The strategy examines all of the ● ensure that all sections of the public ● More Information main areas of tourism in the town, such have access to information about ● Access as our key markets, the tourism Council services and to the services ● Talents and opportunities infrastructure, the branding and image of they require; ● A City for the Future the town, communication and ● train staff responsible for managing and information and the organisation of delivering the Scheme; 1.11.24 The UDP can assist in the tourism, including the establishment of a ● review employment. implementation of the strategy in a Wolverhampton Marketing Partnership. number of ways. The first UDP adopted Each of the main sections includes key 1.11.20The Disability Discrimination Act (1995) in 1993, for example, laid the actions to ensure progress is made, with (DDA) and subsequent Code of Conduct foundations for the successful the implementation of the tourism requires that any individual or development of the City Centre strategy being overseen by the organisation providing goods, facilities Entertainment and Cultural Quarters. Wolverhampton Marketing Partnership. or services should not discriminate Cultural activities and associated against disabled people. In preparing the facilities provide employment and UDP, carrying out the consultation enjoyment for many local people. These exercise, and using its policies to include opportunities offered by the determine planning applications, the city’s leisure and nightlife, tourism, Council must ensure that the Plan is media and creative industries, arts and considered in terms of its impact upon crafts studios, sport and recreation, the DDA. museums, art galleries and theatres and important facilities at many of the city’s Cultural Strategy educational establishments.

1.11.21Wolverhampton is a culturally diverse 1.11.25 Most cultural facilities outside of the city in terms of its population and the home require a building or other space range of facilities available to residents in which to undertake a particular and visitors. A rich cultural life helps to activity. In many cases planning support economic regeneration, permission will be required, for example encourage the widest participation and for commercial leisure development,

12 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 13 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 2: STRATEGY

Contents

Para Page

2.1 Introduction 16

2.2 Vision and Objectives 16 2.2.7 Economic Regeneration 16 2.2.9 Social Inclusion 17 2.2.17 Protecting and Enhancing the Environment 18 2.2.20 Prudent Use of Natural Resources 19 2.3 Guiding Principles 19 2.4 Part I Policies 20 2.5 Area Development Framework 20 2.6 Strategic Regeneration Areas 21 Policy S1: Strategic Regeneration Areas 21 2.6.3 Bilston Urban Village 25 2.6.10 All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development (ABCD) 26 New Deal for Communities Area 2.7 Strategic Regeneration Corridors 26 Policy S2: Strategic Regeneration Corridors 26 2.8 Local Area and Neighbourhood Renewal 28 Policy S3: Local Area and Neighbourhood Renewal 28 2.9 Mixed Use Development 29 Policy S4: Mixed Use Development 29 2.10 Strategic Policies 30 Policy D1: Design Quality 30 Policy D10: Community Safety 30 Policy D11: Access for People with Disabilities 30 Policy EP1: Pollution Control 30 Policy EP13: Waste and Development 30 Policy EP16: Energy Conservation 31 Policy HE1: Preservation of Local Character and Distinctiveness 31 Policy N1: Promotion of Nature Conservation 31 Policy G1: Protection of the Green Belt 31 Policy B1: Economic Prosperity 31 Policy B2: Balanced Portfolio of Employment Land 31 Policy SH1: Centres Strategy 31 Policy C1: Health, Education and other Community Services 32 Policy R1: Local Standards for Open Space, Sport & Recreation Facilities 32 Policy H1: Housing 32 Policy H2: Housing Land Provision 33 Policy AM1: Access, Mobility and New Development 33

Map 2.1 Wolverhampton Area Development Framework Key Diagram 23 Map 2.2 Priority Neighbourhoods 24

14 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 15 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

2.1 Introduction Wolverhampton, as set out in the opportunities for local people over 2.2.11 Black and Ethnic Minorities: Community Plan and associated the UDP period. 2.1.1 This Chapter describes what the Council strategies detailed in Chapter 1. These ● Through the layout and design of is trying to achieve through the seek to promote the City’s economic, 2.2.8 Examples of how planning can influence buildings to meet particular religious, Wolverhampton Unitary Development social and environmental well being and and help promote economic community and cultural needs; Plan (UDP), which provides the to help improve people’s quality of life. A regeneration include: ● Encouraging a range of housing size, framework for the way in which careful balance is however needed types and tenures to meet, for example, Wolverhampton will change over the between these sometimes competing ● Promoting and opening up sites for the needs of larger families; period to 2011. aims. The Plan seeks to achieve this business development ● Providing local employment and balance through the concept of ● Protecting existing employment sites business opportunities, which respond 2.1.2 The Chapter comprises the following sustainable development which seeks to and premises from redevelopment to to diverse cultural services and facilities; elements: meet current needs and improve people’s other uses ● Monitoring of planning applications and quality of life without damaging the ● Improving the highway and public decisions to ensure that discrimination is ● A Vision statement and set of objectives environment or detracting from the transport infrastructure through not taking place in the delivery of the ● A set of guiding principles present or future needs of others, improved roads and traffic management planning service. ● An area development framework or especially future generations. and extensions to the Midland Metro spatial strategy ● Tackling inequalities in the job market by ● A set of strategic (Part I) policies for the 2.2.4 Land use planning is central to the targeting employment opportunities in 2.2.12 Women, People with Children and Older development and use of land achievement of sustainability because it areas of high unemployment and People: guides and directs how land and poverty 2.1.3 In devising this strategy the UDP buildings should be used over extended ● Ensuring that planning policies ● Incorporating community safety and provides a logical and transparent timescales. It impacts, therefore, on the encourage initiative and innovation by “planning out crime” in the design and hierarchy of policies. The aim of the use of resources and the quality of life for adopting a flexible and efficient layout of all developments; strategy is to interpret national and people who live and work in and visit the response to the needs of the market in ● Providing improved, well lit and safe regional guidance and a range of local City. response to changes in technology and pedestrian routes, especially those which initiatives so as to formulate a land use market demands serve local primary schools, local centres planning response to the issues facing 2.2.5 In order to seek conformity with the ● Promoting secure and attractive and other neighbourhood facilities; the City over the UDP period. Vision, a continuous process of environments ● Road safety improvement schemes, Sustainability and Equality Appraisal has giving priority to pedestrians and taken place throughout the preparation Social Inclusion cyclists; 2.2 Vision and Objectives of the UDP. The Sustainability and ● Safeguarding local centres, shops and Equality Appraisal assesses the UDP 2.2.9 It is vital to consider the needs of all other neighbourhood/community 2.2.1 The overall Vision of the UDP is: strategy and individual policies and residents of the City when considering facilities, within the constraints of the proposals in terms of their impact upon development proposals. Government planning development control system; ‘To create a more sustainable three key ‘sustainable assets’; Economic and local policies and programmes aim ● Improving public transport interchange Wolverhampton by improving the well being, People and society, and to reduce social exclusion and increase facilities between bus, metro and rail; economic, social and environmental Environment. The Sustainability and equality of opportunity in order to, for ● Considering the particular needs of well being for everyone within the Equality Appraisal is produced as part of example, improve people’s quality of life, these people and young people in the City; to contribute to raising the the Plan. providing sufficient and convenient local preparation of planning site quality of life of residents and to services to meet everyday needs and development briefs, neighbourhood support the development of strong, 2.2.6 The ability of the UDP to deliver its accessible job opportunities. plans and Action Plans, etc; safe and inclusive communities’. objectives is summarised below: ● Encouraging mixed use schemes that 2.2.10 Residents including those from black and create compatible and complimentary 2.2.2 To implement the Vision, the UDP has Economic Regeneration ethnic minority communities, people with activity throughout the day and evening; four objectives. These are: disabilities, women, people with children, ● Providing children’s play facilities within 2.2.7 Economic regeneration within the City is older people, young people, unemployed major new housing developments or on ● economic regeneration a principal objective of UK Government people and people on low incomes can another easily accessible recreational ● social inclusion and European Union assistance all suffer in varying degrees from social open space within the neighbourhood. ● protecting and enhancing programmes and the Wolverhampton exclusion and disadvantage. The Council the environment Community Plan. Continued economic is committed to help eliminate 2.2.13 Unemployed People and People on Low ● the prudent use of natural resources regeneration and diversification is vital to disadvantage and discrimination. Incomes: the future prosperity of the City in order Examples of how planning can influence 2.2.3 The UDP review has been prepared to help reduce unemployment and and help promote social inclusion and ● Promoting and encouraging the within the context of a ten year vision for stimulate the creation of job reduce disadvantage include: provision of new investment in

16 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 17 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

employment creating development; but they do have a greater beneficial ● protecting the recreation and nature P2 the UDP will seek to create a leading ● Safeguarding good quality employment impact upon particular vulnerable conservation value of the Green Belt; ‘industrial city’ with an increasing sites and buildings for continued or new people and groups. Planning can only ● securing improvements to the public number of businesses that are employment provision; have a direct influence on certain spaces in the City. creative, enterprising and use the ● Linking areas of need and disadvantage activities. The Community Plan, latest technologies. to areas of job opportunity and growth, Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy and Prudent Use of Natural Resources through for example improved public partner programmes and actions all P3 the UDP will promote an extensive and transport provision and working with place a high priority on addressing 2.2.20 The prudent use of natural resources is diverse service sector, through in training providers to improve the inequality and social exclusion. a key element of the Government’s particular the further development employment prospects of local people; sustainable development objectives and strengthening of the City Centre, ● Using planning agreements on major Protecting and Enhancing the Environment and of the Regional Spatial Strategy. Bilston town centre and Wednesfield employment development schemes Planning can help to promote the village centre and the district and local (where applicable) to secure new 2.2.17 Wolverhampton has many prudent use of natural resources by: centres. training and skill enhancement for environmental resources which help ● Helping local people to increase their local people. to provide a healthy, safe and attractive understanding of environmental P4 the UDP will seek to ensure that the environment for residents and visitors. issues; benefits of economic development are 2.2.14 Young People: This includes places such as nature ● Providing a sound framework for the shared by all, particularly the residents conservation sites, canals, public open provision of facilities to facilitate the of those areas of greatest need. It will ● Encouraging the dual-use of school and spaces and historic buildings, and recycling of waste materials; promote better access for local people further education facilities, where natural resources, such the air that ● Encouraging the reuse of existing to a broader range of job appropriate, particularly catering for we breathe, water and soil. buildings and encouraging opportunities to reduce disparities sport, recreation, art and drama development on previously between different areas of the City. activities; 2.2.18 UDP policies have a major role to play in developed land; ● Helping schools on particular protecting and enhancing the quality of ● Encouraging patterns of development P5 the UDP will seek to generate a more environmental and planning related environmental resources by encouraging which encourage the use of public positive image for the City through the projects as part of the curriculum; sustainable development. It is important transport and discourage private development of high quality ● Consulting and discussing with schools, to locate and design new development vehicular journeys; environments, the use of good design their pupils and teachers on new so that it does not harm local and global ● Encourage development that practices and promoting conservation- proposals in the area, in particular Action environmental resources, but enhances maximises the use of natural heat and led regeneration where appropriate. Plans and local planning site quality of life and makes best use of light and maximise the conservation development briefs; derelict and underused land and of non-renewable energy sources. Social Inclusion ● Consulting and engaging with the Youth buildings in the City. A high quality Council on for example planning issues environment is also a key factor in P6 the UDP will seek to ensure that and policy, major developments and encouraging new investment and social 2.3 Guiding Principles proper consideration is given in opportunities to encourage the private and economic regeneration. Good development proposals and plans to sector to more fully consider the needs quality design, which takes into account 2.3.1 To translate the UDP objectives into the needs of all the community, of young people. community safety and includes green specific policies and proposals, and to particularly disadvantaged people and open space and improved access for all ensure consistency and compatibility groups, in order to assist in promoting 2.2.15 People with Disabilities: members of the community is vital. between the Community Plan and the social inclusion and equality of constituent parts of the UDP Vision, opportunity. ● Ensuring that new developments are 2.2.19 Planning can help to protect and requires the development of Guiding easily accessible for people with enhance the environment by: Principles. The scale, pattern and design P7 the UDP will seek to promote disabilities; of development in Wolverhampton over community safety and crime reduction ● Working to ensure that existing public ● protecting and increasing access to the UDP period will be guided by the through the location and design of buildings are accessible for people with the historic, built and natural principles set out below. The principles development. disabilities; environment; are grouped under the three objectives ● Consulting with the ‘One Voice’ disability ● ensuring the design of all new of the Plan. P8 the UDP will enable the provision of an forum on planning policies and development is of high quality and adequate quantity and range of development proposals. helps to create a safe and secure Economic Regeneration housing to meet local needs and environment; aspirations and create balanced 2.2.16 The above examples are not mutually ● helping local people to increase their P1 the UDP will seek to strengthen and communities. exclusive - community safety and understanding of environmental diversify the City’s employment base “planning out crime” within new issues and get involved; by attracting new investment and P9 the UDP will promote the development help all the community, safeguarding existing jobs. development of sustainable

18 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 19 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

communities by protecting and promote the use of non car based is the most accessible location in the City services provided; the location and improving opportunities for access to transport for necessary trips and by a choice of means of transport. accessibility of potential development services and facilities, giving priority leisure travel, where possible. It will Therefore it is also the most suitable sites by modes other than the car; the to those which are appropriate to the guide new development to locations location for very high density housing physical suitability of sites to location and character of the area in which offer a choice of transport developments, which will help to create a accommodate the development question, including health, welfare modes for movement of people and vibrant and sustainable mixed use proposed; and a wide range of and lifelong learning, transport, freight. environment. environmental factors. Policies S1 to S4 utilities, shopping, recreation and are the principal means by which the open space. It will aim to provide new P14 the UDP will encourage the use of 2.5.3 Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield Area Development Framework will be development, facilities and services as recycled and renewable resources, Village Centre are important centres on implemented. close as possible to the point of need energy conservation and waste the eastern side of the City. They offer a through promoting a hierarchy of reduction. range of employment opportunities, centres. community services and facilities and are 2.6 Strategic Regeneration Areas 2.4 Part I Policies important public transport termini. By P10 the UDP will support development directing additional growth to these Policy S1: Strategic Regeneration Areas that helps to promote a contemporary, 2.4.1 The policies in the remainder of this centres the UDP will reinforce their roles (P1, P2, P3, P4, P8, P9, P10, lively and culturally diverse City, Chapter, together with Policies IMR1 - by supporting existing facilities and P11, P12, P13) subject to other Plan policies, IMR4 in the Implementation, Monitoring reducing the need to travel outside the particularly the need to safeguard and Review Chapter, form the UDP Part I City boundary to access jobs and The following Strategic Regeneration Areas, residential amenity, promote high policies. The Guiding Principles that services. High density housing, shown on the Proposals Map and Map 2.1, quality design and protect key underpin each Part I policy are listed in particularly living over the shop, is also will be subject to major change over the environmental resources. brackets next to each policy heading. suitable within these centres. lifetime of the Plan: Throughout the UDP, Part I policies are Protecting and Improving the Environment shown in bold type. A number of the 2.5.4 Outside these locations, large-scale 1. Wolverhampton City Centre Inset* Strategic Part I policies listed in 2.10 also employment, high density housing and See Chapter 15: City Centre P11 the UDP will protect and enhance have a detailed Part II element. The other development which has specific environmental assets, giving special whole policy text is provided in Part II of locational requirements (such as Park and 2. Wolverhampton City Centre Urban attention to irreplaceable resources the Plan. Ride), or that is inappropriate in an Village, including St John’s Urban and to the distinctive character of local existing centre, will be directed to Village See Chapter 15: City Centre environments. It will give priority to Strategic Regeneration Corridors, where conserving and enhancing designated 2.5 Area Development Framework possible and appropriate. These corridors 3. Bilston Town Centre Inset* See Chapter areas, historic buildings, archaeology, are defined on the basis of their ability to 16: Bilston Town Centre geodiversity, nature conservation 2.5.1 In the light of the Vision, Objectives and promote City-wide economic resources and biodiversity, and Guiding Principles, an overall approach to regeneration, their proximity to defined 4. Bilston Urban Village* See Chapter ensuring a high standard of design the location of development in the City priority neighbourhoods, the location of 16: Bilston Town Centre which is sustainable and promotes the has been formulated, illustrated by a Key brownfield development opportunities sympathetic integration of new land Diagram - Map 2.1. To take forward the and existing or proposed public 5. Wednesfield Village Centre Inset* See use and development. overall thrust of the Regional Spatial transport facilities. The Strategic Chapter 17: Wednesfield Village Centre Strategy and the Regional Economic Regeneration Corridors and Areas P12 the UDP will promote sustainable land Strategy, large scale development should contain the majority of sites identified for 6. All Saints and Blakenhall Community use and management, especially be directed to Strategic Regeneration large-scale employment and housing Development (ABCD) New Deal for through the restoration, reuse and Areas, sites within or adjacent to defined development. These areas are likely to Communities Area* enhancement of degraded centres, and the Strategic Regeneration contain other sites which may be suitable environmental assets, including the Corridors which link the City’s major for high density mixed use developments 7. Wolverhampton Science Park See recycling of previously used land and investment opportunities with areas of should opportunities arise. Chapter 9: Business and Industry buildings for the most appropriate greatest need. new use. 2.5.5 Within this framework, all development Those identified with an asterisk are or will 2.5.2 Development of “town centre uses” (as proposals will be subject to an overall be the subject of Master/ Action Plans or Prudent Use of Natural Resources defined by Policy SH2) meeting city-wide appraisal of their sustainability. This existing Action Plan reviews. needs will generally be directed to appraisal will have regard to such factors P13 the UDP will promote better Wolverhampton City Centre. The City as the availability of previously 2.6.1 The Strategic Regeneration Areas listed in accessibility to work, services and Centre is a sub regional centre providing developed land and buildings; Policy S1 are located within the North facilities in ways which reduce the a wide range of employment, shopping, infrastructure capacity; the ability to Black Country and South Staffordshire need for unnecessary travel, and will educational and community services and build communities and the range of Regeneration Zone, the boundary of

20 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 21 CHAPTER 2 Map 2.1 Wolverhampton Area Development Framework Key Diagram

which is shown on Map 2.1. Where appropriate, the Council will prepare detailed Action Plans to guide the development of these Areas. The three centres - Wolverhampton City Centre, Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield Village Centre are subject to detailed policies set out in Chapters 15, 16 and 17, with proposals identified on separate inset maps for each centre. Detailed proposals for Bilston Urban Village and the All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development (ABCD) New Deal for Communities Area are referred to below.

2.6.2 Wolverhampton Science Park and its future expansion is considered in the Business and Industry Chapter. The Wobaston Road and Hilton Cross Regional Investment Sites, the Wobaston Road Major Investment Site (which are in South Staffordshire) and the Wolverhampton Business Park Regional Investment Site, are also shown on Map 2.1, because they are of strategic importance to the economic regeneration of the Wolverhampton Travel To Work Area (see Business and Industry Chapter).

22 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 23 Map 2.2 Priority Neighbourhoods 2 CHAPTER

Bilston Urban Village signal a major transformation of the area and will boost investor confidence and 2.6.3 The site of the proposed Bilston Urban improve the quality of life for residents Village lies south of the Black Country living around the area. Route and Bilston Town Centre and is bounded to the east by the Midland 2.6.7 The key proposals Metro, to the south by the Bradley Arm of the Master Plan include: canal and to the west by Coseley Road and Highfields Road. It comprises some ● The creation of a new park at the heart 40 hectares (100 acres) of development of the development incorporating a land currently characterised by significant area of open water. dereliction, uneven topography, low ● A mixture of land uses, predominantly grade uses such as scrapyards and open for housing and employment. space of variable quality. Most of the land ● A network of new pedestrian and cycle is owned by the City Council and links across the site and the Advantage West Midlands. improvement of existing links, particularly from Bradley to Bilston 2.6.4 A Master Plan for the entire area has Town Centre. been prepared which proposes a radical ● The development of quality public alteration in the landform and a mixture transport through the site with links to of land uses focusing on residential and the Metro and the bus station. employment uses. The Master Plan ● Residential development of a proposes the following principal aims: consistently high quality and at urban densities, incorporating the latest ● To transform a largely degraded techniques in, for example, energy environment into a form of development efficiency, and taking account of of high quality and which encompasses orientation, views across the site and the principles of sustainable easy access to facilities. development ● To support economic activity within the 2.6.8 The development of the Urban Village adjacent Bilston Town Centre represents the largest mixed-use ● To ensure that the benefits of the Urban development opportunity within the Village are available to the widest City, is entirely on previously developed number of people. land and will make a significant contribution to the City’s housing 2.6.5 Alterations to the landform are proposed requirements within the Plan period. for two main reasons. Firstly, ground Providing improved links across the Black conditions, including mine workings and Country Route can be established it has made ground, require wide-ranging the potential to boost spend within remedial works to be undertaken. Bilston Town Centre. Bilston wards show Extensive site investigations indicate that persistent high levels of unemployment much of the material is capable of reuse. and the proposed employment areas will Reclamation on this scale will represent give opportunities for new and value for money provided that material established residents of Bilston to access can be reworked within the site. new jobs.

2.6.6 Secondly, this movement of material will 2.6.9 The nature of the proposed development be used to create more efficient will require changes in land use development plots and to help to define designations across the site. Current the urban village area. This landform will designations include employment areas, essentially involve the re-creation of the a private sports ground and public open catchment of the Bilston Brook, which space. runs through the site, in culvert, along a Southwest to Northeast axis. This will

24 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 25 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

All Saints and Blakenhall Community 3. Encouraging high quality housing associated with high frequency bus and accommodate large numbers of people Development (ABCD) New Deal for development with higher densities on light rail services and will offer a choice of who use centres within them for the Communities Area appropriate sites; modes of transport to serve majority of their shopping, employment, developments along them. leisure and services needs. 2.6.10 The ABCD programme started in 2001 4. Improving environmental conditions 3. They provide linkages between ● Improvements in environmental and will continue until 2010/11. A Master and image, including high quality investment opportunities and areas of conditions and control over advert Plan for the area has been produced ‘gateway development’ and greatest need. The Strategic hoardings and other commercial signage. which provides a framework for the landscaping, control of advert Regeneration Corridors contain strong The corridors form the principal links ABCD area, identifying the key levers for hoardings and commercial signage, physical linkages between major between Wolverhampton and the West change. Priority areas for action detailed traffic management and safety investment opportunities listed above Midlands conurbation and provide in the Master Plan include: measures, cycling and pedestrian and the Priority Neighbourhoods, the important cross City links. They also facilities and preserving key areas of highest unemployment and contain a number of ‘gateways’ and high ● The Spine Roads (Dudley Rd, environmental assets; poverty in the City. profile sites where high quality Birmingham Rd) 4. They provide important external links development can enhance the overall ● Blakenhall Gardens 5. Opportunities will be considered to between the City and other key centres image of the City. ● All Saints introduce new park and ride facilities and major regeneration initiatives in the ● Park and ride facilities. The corridors ● Industrial areas including the Warehouse to support the vitality and viability of region. These include key locations contain opportunities to provide park Quarter the City Centre and to encourage more within the Wolverhampton-Telford High and ride facilities making use of existing ● Parks zone / Open space strategy people to utilise public transport, Technology corridor, adjacent High and proposed public transport subject to local amenity and traffic Technology corridors and the accessibility. considerations; and Regeneration Zone as identified in the ● The enhancement of the City Centre, 2.7 Strategic Regeneration Corridors Regional Spatial Strategy and the town, district and local centres. The City 6. Continued improvement to town, Regional Economic Strategy. These other Centre forms the hub of the four Policy S2: Strategic Regeneration district and local centres, details of principal nodes include Telford to the corridors, with Bilston and Wednesfield Corridors(P1, P2, P3, P4, P7, which are set out elsewhere in the west, Walsall to the east and West forming the principal nodes on the A41 / P8, P9, P10, P11, P12, P13) Plan. Bromwich, Dudley and Birmingham to Metro line 1 corridor and the Wednesfield the south east. corridor respectively. The corridors also The following four Strategic Regeneration 2.7.1 Policy S2 identifies four Strategic contain a number of district and local Corridors are shown on Map 2.1: Regeneration Corridors, shown 2.7.3 Within the corridors priority will be given centres which provide a focus for local diagrammatically on Map 2.1. The to a range of initiatives that are able to shopping, employment and community a A449 Stafford Road / West-Coast Main purpose of the corridors is to identify promote sustainable economic and needs in highly accessible locations. Railway Line Corridor; those areas of the City where priority will community regeneration and promote Enhancing the vitality and viability of b Wednesfield Corridor: A4124 from be given to projects which promote City patterns of development that support these centres and the links between Wolverhampton to Wednesfield wide economic regeneration. the Plan’s Guiding Principles, in them and adjacent residential areas will (proposed for a metro extension); particular: serve to reduce social exclusion though c A454 Willenhall Road Corridor (major 2.7.2 The Strategic Regeneration Corridors ● Development able to provide the provision of improved local services link to the Black Country Route and have been identified on the basis of the employment opportunities for local easily accessible from where people live. M6 motorway); following characteristics: people, particularly in Priority ● Creating a carefully balanced mix of land d Bilston Corridor: Wolverhampton to 1. They contain concentrations of Neighbourhoods (see 2.8.1), through uses which are “good neighbours”. Bilston metro line, A41 Bilston Road investment opportunities. The corridors targeted training and recruitment and Black Country Route. contain and link the Strategic programmes. 2.7.4 In addition to these initiatives, the Regeneration Areas listed in Policy S1. ● Major improvements in public transport Stafford Road corridor has an important Within these Corridors particular attention These areas are anticipated to undergo at and between key nodes along the function in supporting a range of will be given to the following development major change over the Plan period and corridor. Priority will also be given to projects in the Wolverhampton - Telford and regeneration initiatives: will be the focus for large scale improvements in physical linkages High Technology Corridor, a principal investment in the City. In addition, the between regeneration opportunities, policy tool of the Regional Economic 1. Employment investment to provide corridors contain concentrations of other existing service and employment centres Strategy (RES) and the Regional Spatial opportunities for local people to smaller business and housing allocations and areas of greatest need in order to Strategy. The High Technology Corridor is access new jobs; identified in the UDP. reduce social exclusion. an area where the Regional Development 2. They are focussed upon major public ● Encouraging high quality, high density Agency seeks to concentrate certain 2. Further public transport transport investment routes, notably residential development. High public cluster and high technology businesses improvements and the creation of existing and proposed metro lines and transport accessibility associated with generally by linking businesses to better linkages between the Corridors bus showcase routes. As a result of this the corridors makes them appropriate for Universities and other research centres. and nearby Priority Neighbourhoods; investment, these routes will be residential developments that The Stafford Road corridor contains a

26 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 27 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

concentration of research and 4. The beneficial development and reuse deprivation, were identified Proposals that include major residential - development establishments at the of previously developed (see Map 2.2). elements should provide an appropriate University and Wolverhampton Science (“brownfield”) land and buildings; mix of dwellings, community services and Park whose expertise can be transferred 2.8.2 In order to “close the gap” in quality of life recreation facilities, reflecting the wider to the existing business base. The 5. Meeting, where practical, the cultural, between neighbourhoods, the needs of the neighbourhood. corridor also contains a number of high leisure and recreational needs of the Wolverhampton Strategic Partnership, profile, high quality development local community; through the Neighbourhood Renewal 2.9.1 Areas where housing, employment, retail, opportunities capable of attracting new Strategy, is promoting a neighbourhood recreation and community uses are high technology companies. The 6. Improving the natural and built management approach focusing mainly, mixed are not new - they have always principal development opportunities are environment and protecting key but not solely, on priority been a feature of urban areas. In recent at Wolverhampton Business Park, environmental assets; neighbourhoods. Neighbourhood years, however, there has been a Wobaston Road and Wolverhampton Management pilot projects are being recognition of the important role mixed Science Park. 7. Reducing the impact of traffic; progressed, with the aid of the use development can play in delivering a Neighbourhood Renewal Fund, to sustainable urban environment, through 2.7.5 Where appropriate, the Council will 8. Securing development and other identify the detailed needs of particular reducing the need to travel, producing prepare detailed action plans to guide improvements that help to improve neighbourhoods and the priorities of the vibrant and interesting places, the development of these corridors. community safety, reduce the people who live there, and to jointly contributing towards regeneration and Further information on the key opportunities for crime and agree and implement action plans. making new and better use of existing development opportunities within the encourage social inclusion; Further pilots will be identified in future redundant and vacant buildings. There corridors can be found in the relevant years and, eventually, neighbourhood have been focused attempts to promote Chapters of the Plan. 9. Improving accessibility and management will be rolled-out across mixed use in Wolverhampton, ranging providing a choice of transport the City as a whole. from proposals to create whole new modes for all the community, mixed use areas e.g. Bilston Urban 2.8 Local Area and especially people with disabilities; Village, to the introduction of new uses Neighbourhood Renewal 2.9 Mixed Use Development into town and city centres e.g. ‘living over 10. Acting as a focus for new investment the shop’. Sites which are currently Policy S3: Local Area and through a range of funding Policy S4: Mixed Use Development allocated for mixed use development Neighbourhood Renewal opportunities from the Council, the (P4, P5, P9, P10, P11, P12, P13) include a number of City Centre sites (see (P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, P7, P8, private sector, AWM, Government, City Centre Chapter) and the P9, P10, P11, P12, P13) European and other sources; and All development proposals should contribute predominantly residential mixed use site towards providing a well-balanced mix of allocations shown on the Proposals Map Local area and neighbourhood 11. Seeking to improve district and local uses in an area which work together to create (see Policy H4 / Table 13.2). renewal initiatives and development centres to provide a range of services vital, viable and sustainable neighbourhoods. proposals will be promoted and and facilities, particularly for food Large areas of single use should be avoided 2.9.2 The mix of uses within a building, street encouraged throughout the City, with shopping. unless this is necessary in order to protect or wider area can help to determine how special emphasis on Priority residential amenity or meet other major well used a place is. In general, a mix of Neighbourhoods. The Priority 2.8.1 The Wolverhampton Strategic policy aims. uses provides interest, diversity and Neighbourhoods are identified on Partnership has adopted a vitality in the urban environment in Map 2.2. Wolverhampton Neighbourhood Mixed use development of individual sites contrast to the possible dullness and Such initiatives and proposals will Renewal Strategy (see 1.11.11). In and buildings will be encouraged monotony of a single use area and can help to secure sustainable developing the strategy, 85 distinct help to generate activity throughout the improvements to the quality of life neighbourhoods were identified and at appropriate locations in or adjacent day and evening. Mixed use areas can and prosperity of local people, profiles prepared for each to centres and on key nodes in strategic also group housing, jobs, shops and through: neighbourhood. This process confirmed regeneration corridors, where it will services at locations within the local that the City contains both highly contribute towards minimising the need to neighbourhood which help reduce 1. Promoting and encouraging affluent and deeply deprived areas. For travel and increasing local diversity and distances people have to travel and employment development in example, St. Peter’s ward, ranked 316 vitality. The designof such proposals should promote the use of public transport, appropriate locations to provide local most deprived nationally, adjoins integrate compatible uses in a manner which walking and cycling. jobs; Tettenhall Regis, ranked 3,055, and just creates an interesting and vibrant urban touches Tettenhall Wightwick, ranked environment and does not prejudice the 2.9.3 An appropriate mix of housing, 2. Improving the existing housing stock; 4,928. Using various deprivation rankings amenities of existing and proposed residents employment, community and retail uses and information from local consultations, and other service users. at a macro (area) level can help to 3. Providing opportunities for new mixed 29 Priority Neighbourhoods, which suffer produce balanced, sustainable tenure and special needs housing; from the highest levels of multiple communities in most areas. However, to

28 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 29 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

safeguard the amenity of local residents, Policy D11: Access for People with ● Opportunities to utilise sustainable Policy G1: Protection of the Green Belt it is necessary to allocate some single use Disabilities (P6) transport modes, including rail and (P11) areas for land uses such as industry, water, will investigated and taken which are likely to create pollution and / All highway and development wherever possible. Within the Green Belt, inappropriate or large volumes of traffic. Mixed use at a proposals should be designed to development will not be permitted micro (site and building) level is best provide safe and convenient access for Policy EP16: Energy Conservation except in very special circumstances, suited to locations within or adjacent to people with disabilities. (P9, P13, P14) where the harm caused is clearly centres and other key public transport outweighed by other considerations. nodes where it can help to make the Policy EP1: Pollution Control (P10, P14) The conservation and efficient use of Any such case will be referred to the most of opportunities for higher energy will be maximised by: Secretary of State as a departure from densities and intensive activities. For Development which may result in ● Ensuring that the energy demands of the UDP. example, in such locations, housing pollution of air, ground or water or developments are minimised through provides customers for shops and offices, pollution through noise, smell, dust, appropriate location, orientation, Policy B1: Economic Prosperity makes use of space above them and vibration, light, heat or radiation will siting and design; (P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) generates activity when they are closed. only be permitted where it can be ● Encouraging the production and use shown that there would be no material of renewable energy. The Council will seek to improve 2.9.4 It is important that uses are mixed in adverse impact on: Wolverhampton’s prosperity by ways that ensure compatibility. For ● The immediate, medium or long term Policy HE1: Preservation of Local Character granting planning permissions example, community or open space uses health, safety or amenity of users of and Distinctiveness (P11) for inward investment, the can provide a useful buffer between the land or surrounding areas; or establishment of new small and employment and residential uses. High ● Quality and enjoyment of the All development proposals should medium sized enterprises and the standards of acoustic insulation, double- environment. take account of the character of the expansion or relocation of existing glazing, efficient waste disposal and area in which they are to be sited, businesses on existing and allocated good space standards can ensure that Where appropriate, conditions or including its historic character, and sites / buildings within the City. residential amenity is not compromised planning obligations will be used to should respect its positive attributes. in mixed use development. reduce such impacts to acceptable Physical features which strongly and Policy B2: Balanced Portfolio of levels. positively contribute to the local Employment Land (P1, P2, P3) character and distinctiveness of the 2.10 Strategic Policies Pollution sensitive developments will City’s landscape and townscape The Council will work towards the not be permitted where users of the should be retained. In particular, provision of a balanced portfolio and 2.10.1 The following Strategic Policies are land may be subject to the adverse proposals should take account of the geographical spread of Class B Part I policies which are repeated and impacts of existing or proposed special contribution of conservation employment land that is readily justified within the subject chapters potentially polluting uses, unless areas, historic parks and gardens, capable of development and well of the Plan. conditions or planning obligations can listed and local list buildings, the served (or capable of being served) by be used to reduce such impacts to canal network, archaeological sites existing infrastructure. Policy D1: Design Quality (P5, P9) acceptable levels. and protected trees. Policy SH1: Centres Strategy All development proposals should Policy EP13: Waste and Development Policy N1: Promotion of Nature (P1, P3, P8, P9, P13) demonstrate a high standard of design (P9, P11, P12, P14) Conservation (P11) and contribute towards creating a The network of centres shown on the strong sense of place. Proposals The Council will seek to ensure that: The Council, in partnership with a Proposals Map will be maintained and should evolve from an understanding ● Sufficient waste management range of organisations and adjoining enhanced as a means of providing of local distinctiveness and the historic facilities are provided across the City, local authorities, and developers will access to a wide range of shops, context. Poor and mediocre designs in appropriate locations, in seek to secure the appropriate study, services and other activities in readily will be unacceptable. accordance with applicable waste protection, management, enhancement accessible locations, and as a focus for management legislation ,to meet and expansion of Wolverhampton’s regeneration in the City. Centre uses, Policy D10: Community Safety (P7) adopted regional, sub- rregional and existing nature conservation resource, as defined in Policy SH2, will be local waste management targets; including the creation of new habitats expected to locate within centres and Proposals should take full account of ● All development is designed so that, and features of value for nature will be subject to the application of a the need to prevent crime, reduce the throughout construction and conservation. The value of Local sequential approach. In applying this fear of crime and promote community operation, the production and Nature Reserves and Sites of strategy the following broad roles of safety throughout the design process. transportation of waste is minimised Importance for Nature Conservation centres will be recognised: and the recovery of waste will be strongly protected. ismaximised;

30 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 31 CHAPTER 2 2 CHAPTER

● Wolverhampton City Centre will be ● Supporting the expansion and particularly within inner maintained in its role as a sub- improvement of community facilities urban areas; regional centre and the principal and the provision of new facilities, in ● Improve the condition and use of location for employment, shopping, accessible locations. the existing housing stock; commerce and leisure activity in the ● Identify sufficient land and buildings City. Uses serving a sub-regional or Where major newdevelopments are to provide for the housing needs and City-wide catchment area will be proposed (especially residential and mixed aspirations of the whole community encouraged to locate within the City use schemes) contributions towards the and meet Regional Planning Centre. provision of new community facilities may Guidance targets; ● Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield be required to serve the needs of the ● Locate as much new housing as Village Centre will function as town development and the local area. possible on appropriate previously- centres providing a wide range of developed sites within the urban shopping and other services in the Policy R1: Local Standards for Open area, particularly at places with good sectors of the City that they serve. Space, Sport and Recreation public transport accessibility, where Appropriate activities will be Facilities (P6, P9, P11) high densities will be promoted; encouraged to locate within them. ● Ensure that new housing is ● The four district centres identified The Council will carry out assessments developed to a high standard of on the Proposals Map and listed in of the existing and future needs of design and provides appropriate Policy SH7 will be supported as the Wolverhampton communities for services to meet the needs of new focus of convenience shopping and different types of open space, sport residents and the wider community. other local services, social, leisure and and recreation facilities. These community uses within their assessments will be used to set local Policy H2: Housing Land Provision (P8) respective localities. standards for different types of ● The 24 local centres identified on the provision, in terms of quantity, In order to meet established housing needs, Proposals Map and listed in Policy quality and accessibility. Audits will sites will be made available for the provision SH8 will be fostered and protected in be undertaken to define areas of of 5,026 new dwellings over the period 2004- order that an accessible range of local deficit or surplus in relation to these 2011, through completion of committed shops and services is available, standards. Community safety and sites and granting permission for housing especially to those who do not have crime reduction will be an important on allocated sites and other suitable land access to a car. concern in any assessment. and buildings within the urban area. Such provision will be subject to monitoring and Outside identified centres, retail and other The Council will seek to ensure that open review. centre uses will be permitted where they are space, sport and recreation standards are small in scale and meet the day to day needs met, both across the City and at a local Policy AM1: Access, Mobility and New of a population living mainly within walking level, by: Development (P6, P9, P13) distance which cannot conveniently be ● Resisting the loss of open space, served from an identified centre, as required sport and recreation facilities The Council will work in partnership with by Policy SH9. Other development of centre required to meetlocal needs; Centro, neighbouring authorities, the health uses in edge of centre and out of centre ● Improving the provision, quality and community, business sector and transport locations will be permitted only where the accessibility of such facilities, where operators to improve access and mobility requirements of Policy SH3 are met. resources allow, and encouraging for all members of the community. their appropriate management; Policy C1: Health, Education and other ● Ensuring that new developments All new development will be expected to Community Services meet their own open space, sport contribute towards improvements in access (P6, P9, P13) and recreation needs; and mobility, by ensuring that people have ● Ensuring that links are provided a wide choice of mode of transport to access Subject to other UDP policies, the Council will between adjacent open spaces. the site, including public transport, cycling seek to meet existing and future needs for and walking. Such contributions will be community services, by: Policy H1: Housing (P1, P6, P8) sought in accordance with UDP Policy IMR2 ● Protecting land and buildings in ‘Planning Obligations and Agreements.’ community service use; The Council will seek to: ● Encouraging improvements in access ● Maintain existing residential to existing community service populations in the City and, where facilities; appropriate, increase levels,

32 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 33 CHAPTER 3 3 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 3: IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND REVIEW

Contents

Para Page

3.1 Introduction 36

3.2 Implementation 36 Policy IMR1: Implementation 36 Policy IMR2: Planning Obligations and Agreements 37 Policy IMR3: Compulsory Purchase Orders 39

3.3 Monitoring and Review 39 Policy IMR4: Monitoring and Review 39

Table 3.1 Examples of Planning Obligations Which May Be Sought 38 Table 3.2 UDP Monitoring Indicators and Targets 41

34 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 35 CHAPTER 3 3 CHAPTER

3.1 Introduction The Council has also prepared a 3.2.5 Public sector resources are likely to 3.2.6 To assist in the implementation process, statement of protocol and procedures continue to be scarce and so there are occasions in the consideration 3.1.1 This Chapter sets out the how the which provides guidance on the process implementation will depend to a great of planning applications when there is a Council will implement the Plan, how the used in the determination of planning extent on the private sector. Much of the need to seek agreements with effectiveness of the Plan will be applications. underlying philosophy of the UDP is to developers for measures that cannot be monitored and how the Plan will be kept provide the right circumstances to attract achieved through conditions attached to up-to-date. 3.2.2 However, what actually happens on the private sector investment of the right a planning permission. Section 106 of the ground is also the outcome of a kind to the right places. Scarce public Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as 3.2 Implementation multiplicity of day to day decisions by a sector resources will, where necessary, be amended) enables local authorities to large number of public and voluntary targeted to encourage further reach agreements with developers, or for Policy IMR1: Implementation (P1 - P14) sector agencies, private companies and investment by the private sector. developers to give undertakings, for such individuals. All of these have their own measures to be carried out in association The Council will exert influence to achieve the distinctive objectives and all are in Policy IMR2: Planning Obligations and with a development. Such obligations objectives of the UDP in the following ways: various ways constrained by the Agreements (P1 - P14) can enhance the quality of development resources at their disposal. Therefore, if and enable proposals to go ahead which ● Through its statutory role as Local the policies and proposals of the UDP are In appropriate circumstances planning might otherwise be refused planning Planning Authority, monitoring and to be achieved, a close partnership must obligations will be negotiated with permission. Government guidance in reviewing the Plan, preparing be maintained between the Council and developers to enable development to Circular 5/05 Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Documents, other bodies, with the Council providing proceed and / or secure the proper planning advises that any obligations should be determining planning applications a co-ordinating and enabling role. of the development and of the area. necessary, relevant to planning, directly and seeking planning obligations; related to the proposed development, ● By promoting development 3.2.3 The Council will continue to ensure that In determining the nature and scale of fairly and reasonably related in scale and opportunities and proactively financial resources are directed towards benefits regard will be had to the following: kind to the proposed development and bringing sites forward e.g. through the achievement of UDP objectives. The ● Government Guidance; reasonable in all other respects. the use of action plans, development UDP will be an important consideration ● The Community Plan and other briefs and compulsory purchase for the Council when it prepares its relevant Council Strategies; 3.2.7 Obligations may be sought, for example, orders; annual Capital Programme. In particular, ● The Unitary Development Plan; where a development will generate need ● By taking direct action under its own the Plan will provide the basis for ● The Local Transport Plan; for improved or additional infrastructure, capital and revenue spending determining priorities for environmental ● Relevant local action plans, facilities or services, or where measures programmes and by accessing and conservation programmes and the development briefs and other are needed to offset the negative impact external funding; long-term context for the Council’s input Supplementary Planning Documents; of a development on the environment or ● By co-ordinating and enabling action to the West Midlands Local Transport ● The views of the developer and local amenity. Table 3.1 lists examples of largely undertaken by others, through Plan. Other Council capital programmes occupier(s); planning obligations that may be sought. various forms of partnership, grants of relevance are the Housing Capital ● The views of the community; Reference to the use of planning and other types of assistance; Programme, the Economic Development ● The type and location of the obligations in specific circumstances is ● Through advocacy and lobbying of Programme and Parks and Recreation development; and made in other chapters of the Plan. A Central Government and other budgets. ● The economic viability of the scheme development may be required to fund a agencies for appropriate policies, and any exceptional costs associated number of related measures, which may resources and action. 3.2.4 The Council will maximise use of with the development e.g. be located on-site or nearby. In some external funding to meet UDP reclamation costs or costs of cases, a number of developers may be 3.2.1 The UDP provides a statutory framework objectives. Significant sources of conversion of an existing building. asked to contribute jointly to an for the way in which land is used and external funding include New Deal for improved facility that will be of benefit to development takes place in the City. It Communities, European funding sources all of them and the wider community. has been prepared on the basis of and grants from bodies such as the consultations with an extensive range of Countryside Commission, English Nature organisations and individuals and reflects and English Heritage. Advantage West widely held aspirations for the future of Midlands (the Regional Development Wolverhampton. The main way that the Agency) will be an important partner in Council can directly implement the the mobilisation of such resources. objectives of the Plan is through its role The North Black Country and South as Local Planning Authority, responsible Staffordshire Regeneration Zone will for determining planning applications provide a focus for regeneration and preparing Supplementary Planning funding from a range of sources Documents, both topic and area-based. including AWM and Europe.

36 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 37 CHAPTER 3 3 CHAPTER

Table 3.1 Examples of Planning Obligations Which May Be Sought Policy IMR3: Compulsory Purchase Orders review of the UDP and its replacement (P1 - P14) with the Local Development Framework. Type of Measure / Obligation Examples In appropriate circumstances the Council will use its Compulsory 3.3.1 The Council is required by law to keep 1. Transport / Physical ● Green Transport Plans Purchase powers to enable under review all matters that are Infrastructure ● Public transport e.g. park and ride, bus service improvements development to proceed and / or expected to affect the development of secure the proper planning of the the City - in particular (a) the principal ● Cycle and pedestrian facilities development and of the area. physical and economic characteristics (b) ● Highways e.g. improvements to road network and site access the size, composition and distribution of ● Improvements to public parking 3.2.8 Compulsory purchase powers are population, and (c) the communications, ● Access for people with disabilities e.g. shopmobility provided to allow authorities to transport system and traffic. Also of ● Land reclamation compulsorily purchase land to carry out a importance are the rate of house- function which Parliament has decided is building activity, changes in floorspace of 2. Measures To Offset Impacts On ● Physical measures to minimise harm to amenity e.g. traffic in the public interest. Anyone who has retail and business premises, the impact The Built And Natural management, landscaping, noise insulation land acquired is generally entitled to of development in the Green Belt and compensation. The greatest users of any loss or creation of open space. Much Environment / Local Amenity ● Replacement / alternative provision (on-site or nearby) of compulsory purchase powers are Local of this information is currently monitored recreation / environmental facilities e.g. recreational open Authorities and the Highways Agency on an annual basis to meet regional and space, playing field, wildlife habitat and the two most commonly used national requirements. There is also a ● Replacement / alternative provision (on-site or nearby) powers of compulsory purchase are: specific requirement for the Council to of social and economic facilities e.g. training scheme, * A Compulsory Purchase Order (CPO) monitor the effectiveness of the policies community centre based on a specific Act of Parliament, and proposals of the UDP. * An Order under the Transport and Works Act 1992. 3.3.2 The Council supports the Government’s 3. Provision Of Facilities/ Services ● Affordable housing and lifetime homes commitment to maintaining relevant and ● To Support Development And Use controls e.g. removal of non-conforming use, 3.2.9 Wherever possible the Council will up to date development plans and will Secure Proper Planning Of ensuring balance of uses in a mixed-use development negotiate with landowners to assemble ensure that its Development Plan is kept The Area ● Recreational open space key development sites. However, where up to date through a continuous process ● Play space negotiations are unsuccessful, the of monitoring and review which actively ● Sports facilities Council will consider the use of CPO involves local people and is co-ordinated ● Community and cultural facilities powers, to ensure that key development with the monitoring and review of the opportunities are realised in the City and Community Plan. Both topic and area- ● Education and health facilities otherwise allow appropriate based Supplementary Planning Guidance ● Retail facilities development to proceed. will also be reviewed on a regular basis ● Childcare facilities and new Supplementary Planning Documents prepared to complement 4. Enhancing The Built And ● Archaeology e.g. retention / recording of important features 3.3 Monitoring and Review UDP policies and proposals. Natural Environment ● Restoration of Listed and Local List buildings ● Nature conservation e.g. protection / enhancement of habitats Policy IMR4: Monitoring and Review 3.3.3 In line with Government Policy, the (P1 - P14) Regional Spatial Strategy, the Community ● Public access within development Plan and the requirements of Best Value, ● Public access to open space The Council will monitor (i) land use a comprehensive set of key indicators ● Public art development taking place within and targets have been selected to enable ● Crime prevention measures e.g. CCTV, secure parking spaces Wolverhampton and (ii) the performance to be monitored over the effectiveness of the policies and UDP period. These are listed in Table 3.2. 5. Maintenance ● Commuted sums to cover maintenance costs for a limited proposals of the UDP. Regular The Council will regularly monitor these period e.g. open space, recreational facilities, public transport monitoring reports will be published indicators and publish them in an Annual and will inform the review of policies Monitoring Report, together with any and proposals in the UDP and other indicators required by national preparation of Supplementary guidance. These reports will also Planning Documents. Local people will highlight any changes in the principal be consulted on and actively involved physical, social and economic in the continuing monitoring and characteristics of the City and other

38 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 39 CHAPTER 3 3 CHAPTER

relevant monitoring information. Table 3.2 UDP Monitoring Indicators and Targets Monitoring reports will be used to inform preparation of the new Local 1. Design Development Framework and Supplementary Planning Documents. Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011)

3.3.4 With the new planning legislation now in No. of new developments All Design Civic Trust 4 Maintain at a force, Plan policies and proposals will be recognised for design Policies Awards & Wolverhampton constant level reviewed more frequently. Instead of quality and excellence City Council Environmental reviewing the whole Plan every ten years, Awards as happened in the past, an up-date will Proportion of planning D2 Planning application Not known 100% by end 2006 take place at least once every three years. application design monitoring Some core elements of the Plan, such as statements that have Part I policies and Green Belt boundaries, addressed crime may not need to change, whereas others, prevention criteria such as housing allocations, will need to be frequently reviewed. It will also Proportion of public art D14 Planning application 100% 100% become possible to supplement the Plan schemes secured on monitoring with new, area-based plans as and when qualifying developments necessary.

3.3.5 This more flexible system will allow the 2. Environmental Protection Plan to reflect changes in national, regional and local policy and changing Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) local circumstances and trends more quickly and effectively. The next review Number of Air Quality EP3 Council air quality 0 0 of the Plan will need to take particular Management Zones monitoring systems account of the requirements of new planning legislation and the contents of the West Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy. Area of new EP7 Planning application development permitted monitoring 0 0 3.3.6 The Council will also continue to work in floodplains contrary with other local authorities throughout to Environment Agency Advice the region to monitor and keep under review the provision of the West % of household waste EP13, EP14 Council Waste 6% 30% Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy. recycled or composted Management Strategy

3. Nature Conservation

Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011)

Hectares of Local Nature N4 LNR management plans 0.2 ha 0.5 ha Reserve per 1,000 popn

Hectares of land N3, N5 Habitat survey once every 148 has Maintain at 148 has designated as SINC 5 years and increase every 5 years

40 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 41 CHAPTER 3 3 CHAPTER

4. Greenbelt and Rural Landscapes 8. Housing

Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) No. of developments G1, G2 Planning application 0 0 Total new build H2, H3, H4, H5 Housing monitoring 437 680 per annum which compromise the monitoring completions per annum system (average open nature of the green 1991-2002) belt Total conversion H2, H3, H4, H7, Housing monitoring 33 60 per annum H8, H10 system (average 5. Business and Industry completions per annum (net) 1995-2002) Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) Affordable housing H12, H13 Housing monitoring 187 per 180 per annum Amount of business and B1 Employment monitoring 8ha pa 8ha pa completions system annum industrial development system (1986-02) (average per annum (ha’s) 1991-2002) Providing a balanced B2 Annual monitoring to Achieved Achieved Proportion of H1, H3 Housing monitoring 87% (1996- 99% portfolio of employment l Regional Employment completions on system 2002) and as required by RPG Land Study (RELS) previously-developed land / buildings

6. Shopping and the Role of Centres Average net density of H10 Housing monitoring 33 Minimum 40 new housing system dwellings / dwellings / hectare Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) developments (> 5 hectare dwellings, excluding (1996- % of new retail, office SH1, SH2, SH3 Development monitoring 42% retail 50% conversions) 2001) and leisure floorspace system (completions) within completed within or centres adjacent to defined (1991 - centres. 2001) 9. Access and Mobility % of new retail, office and SH1, SH2, SH3 Planning application Not known 90% leisure floorspace given monitoring Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) permission within or adjacent to defined % of developments AM12 Planning application Not known 100% centres. meeting car park monitoring standards Number of multiple retail SH1, SH2, SH4 Development monitoring 72 (1995) Increase outlets in Wolverhampton system (completions) Publicly available long- CC5 Annual monitoring as part 100% Reduce by average City Centre stay car parking spaces in of Local Transport Plan of 3% per annum the City and Town Centres 7. Open Space. Sport and Recreation Share of trips undertaken AM8 Annual monitoring as part 1998: to be Maintain at Indicator Key policies Monitoring Baseline Target (2011) by public transport of Local Transport Plan determined 1998 levels

Number of R1, R2, R3, R7, Regular open 22 out Maintain at 22 Number of journeys AM8 Annual monitoring as part 1998: to be Increase from 1998 Neighbourhood Park R8, R9 space audits of 38 and increase made by bus per annum of Local Transport Plan determined baseline by 5% Areas meeting current per annum recreational open space standard (ha’s per 1,000 Proportion of West AM7 Annual monitoring as part 1998: to be 40% by 2006 residents) Midlands employees Regional Transport Plan determined Number of R2 Regular open 35 out 38 out of 38 working for companies Neighbourhood Parks space audits of 38 with a travel plan

Hectares of accessible R2, R3, R5, R8 Regular open s 0.6 ha Increase playing fields and pace audits to 0.8 ha outdoor playing space and improve per 1,000 residents distribution

42 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 43 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 4: DESIGN

Contents

Para Page

4.1 Introduction 46

4.2 Design Quality 47 Policy D1: Design Quality (Part I) 47

4.3 Design Statement 47 Policy D2: Design Statement 47

4.4 Urban Structure 48 Policy D3: Urban Structure 48

4.5 Urban Grain 48 Policy D4: Urban Grain 48

4.6 Public Realm (public space / private space 49 Policy D5: Public Realm (public space / private space) 49

4.7 Townscape and Landscape 50 Policy D6: Townscape and Landscape 50

4.8 Scale: Height 50 Policy D7: Scale - Height 50

4.9 Scale: Massing 51 Policy D8: Scale - Massing 51

4.10 Appearance 52 Policy D9: Appearance 52

4.1 Community Safety 53 Policy D10: Community Safety (Part I) 53

4.12 Access for People with Disabilities 54 Policy D11: Access for People with Disabilities (Part I) 54

4.13 Nature Conservation and Natural Features 55 Policy D12: Nature Conservation and Natural Features 55

4.14 Sustainable Development (natural resources and energy use) 56 Policy D13: Sustainable Development (natural resources and energy use) 56

4.15 The Provision of Public Art 56 Policy D14: The Provision of Public Art 56

44 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 45 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

4.1 Introduction locations such as conservation areas, 4.2 Design Quality Towards the fringes of the City, built form centres and along major roads. The aim is should taper off, retaining green space 4.1.1 The purpose of this Chapter is to to produce attractive, high quality places, Policy D1: Design Quality (Part I) and trees that merge City into promote and achieve higher standards in where people will want to live, work and countryside. On the main approaches to the design of new development. The enjoy themselves. All development proposals should the City, particularly close to metro stops Government’s Planning Policy Statement demonstrate a high standard of d and along bus showcase routes, there 1 seeks to ensure high quality 4.1.5 Greater attention will be given to esign and contribute towards creating will be opportunities to increase density development through good design. It improving the design of new buildings a strong sense of place. Proposals and build up urban form. Development states that the key objectives of design and the spaces around them. Site specific should evolve from an understanding that reinforces or creates gateways to the policies include ensuring that design solutions are required that react of local distinctiveness and the historic City will be encouraged. developments are sustainable, create an explicitly to the characteristics of a context. Poor and mediocre designs appropriate mix of uses, respond to their location and connect with the wider area. will be unacceptable. local context and create or reinforce local New buildings will be expected to 4.3 Design Statement distinctiveness and are visually attractive contribute towards creating strongly 4.2.1 The aim of Policy D1 is to ensure that all as a result of good architecture. defined public spaces. Buildings and development is of high quality and Policy D2: Design Statement landscaping should form part of an benefits its surrounding area. Good 4.1.2 Advice on how to achieve good design is integrated design, which must not be design should be the aim of all those All planning applications should be contained in the government’s guide: “By visually dominated by car parking and involved in the development process and accompanied by a written statement Design” (DETR/CABE 2000). This should provide for people travelling to is required throughout the City. justifying the proposed design in underlines that quality design is best the site by public transport, on foot or by relation to the site and its wider context. ensured by approaches which build from bicycle. Development should relate well 4.2.2 Good design is rarely achieved through design principles or objectives and not to the scale of existing buildings, rigid design standards. Successful by rigid templates and standard designs. safeguard local amenities and create buildings, streets and cities tend to have 4.3.1 Applicants for planning permission The guide outlines what these objectives more secure environments. Creativity characteristics in common. These factors should provide a written statement should be and provides detail on the and innovation will be encouraged and have been analysed to produce setting out the design principles they characteristics of good design. challenging or radical designs positively principles or objectives of good design have adopted in relation to the site and welcomed. Larger schemes in which are reflected in the policies in this its wider context. This will help to assess 4.1.3 As part of the creation of a Green City appropriate locations will be expected to Chapter. The Council encourages the application against design policies and a Safe City, the Wolverhampton incorporate an appropriate mix of uses responsible innovation, originality and and encourage applicants to think about Community Plan (2002-2012) aims to: (see Policy S4). The Council is committed initiative, and recognises that the design in an analytical and positive way. ● Increase awareness of and respect for to ensuring that buildings and sites are qualities of an outstanding scheme may the natural and built environment; accessible for people with disabilities. justify a departure from certain design 4.3.2 A design statement submitted with ● Improve the quality of urban design of policies in this chapter. planning applications should: new buildings and spaces (including 4.1.6 All new development takes place ● explain the design principles and design hard and soft landscaping); within an existing context. The policies 4.2.3 What the City feels like is a crucial part of context; ● Create well-designed urban spaces, in this Chapter should be read in its identity. Careful design of buildings, ● outline how these are reflected in the “pocket parks” and walkways; conjunction with policies in Chapter and the streets and spaces between development’s layout, density, scale, ● Increase the general feeling of safety and 6: Historic Environment. Further buildings, can help achieve a strong visual appearance and landscape; security among people in guidance on design is provided by t sense of place. This can help make urban ● explain how the design relates to its site neighbourhoods; he Council’s Supplementary Planning areas safer and more attractive, and may and wider area (through a full site and ● Improve design and lighting in car parks, Guidance notes / Supplementary help to accommodate more homes and area appraisal where appropriate), and parks and open spaces to deter robbery Planning Documents. These include facilities that such areas need to flourish. to the purpose of the proposed and other crimes. helpful additional material on specific Encouraging more people to live in the development; topics (e.g. Residential Development), City and increasing urbanity can help ● justify the chosen design solution and 4.1.4 Good design can enhance the quality of and Development Briefs providing create more sustainable patterns of demonstrate how the proposed people’s everyday lives, help achieve design guidance for particular sites. development and contribute towards an development has taken into account sustainable development and reinforce The Council also produces conservation urban renaissance. Wolverhampton’s design policies (and its civic pride. Achieving a positive image for area appraisals (see Policy HE3). other development plan planning Wolverhampton is critical for attracting These documents carry significant 4.2.4 The overall strategy for the City’s policies and advice in relevant investment and achieving sustainable weight when decisions are taken on hierarchy of built form is to build up Supplementary Planning Guidance / economic and social regeneration. The planning applications. densities in line with Government Supplementary Planning Documents); Council’s vision is to encourage and guidance and to create a compact urban ● include an easy to understand summary achieve high design standards feel at the City centre, town centres and where this would be of value in public throughout the City, not just in key to a lesser extent in local centres. consultation;

46 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 47 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

● explain how the design addresses the ● In residential areas, new streets buildings relate positively to each other. 4.6 Public Realm need for safe, sustainable and accessible should be designed so that traffic ● Building lines should generally be (public space/ private space) development. moves slowly; respected and buildings generally ● Direct, convenient and safe access aligned parallel to the street. Policy D5: Public Realm 4.3.3 A written design statement should be should be provided to new ● The relationship of proposed (public space/ private space) illustrated, as appropriate, by: developments for pedestrians and buildings to the spaces around them ● plans and elevations (these should cyclists. should not constitute over Proposals should promote active street extend some way beyond the site development leading to cramped frontages as a means of enclosing the boundaries to show the relationship of layouts and/or obtrusiveness in public realm. Developments should clearly the proposal to the neighbouring 4.4.1 Urban structure is the framework of relation to adjoining properties. differentiate between private areas and buildings); streets, spaces and built form that ● The spaciousness and character of public spaces. ● photographs of the site and its connect locally and more widely. In new established residential gardens surroundings; development it is the sense of place should be respected and enhanced. The following principles should be taken into ● other illustrations, such as perspective which should have priority. In the making account in the design of new development: views. of places it is not the road layout but the ● The fronts and backs of buildings relationship of buildings to each other 4.5.1 Urban grain is the pattern of streets, plot should be clearly defined to ensure 4.3.4 Planning application design statements and the street which should be sizes, buildings and spaces that places are easily understood, are appropriate for even the smallest and paramount. characterise urban areas. Developments physically secure, and feel safe and most uncontroversial development should be carefully considered to add pleasant. proposals, as together these have an 4.4.2 The general aim is to put people before quality to the character and amenity of ● Main entrances should open onto enormous impact on the environment. In traffic and create places of real character, the area. Imaginative designs and layouts the public realm, windows and more such cases only a brief unillustrated which are also functional. Developments that make more efficient use of land active rooms should face the public statement is likely to be necessary. For should aim to promote a network of without compromising the quality of the realm, and blank walls or inactive example, in the case of a minor house interconnecting streets and places. Areas environment are encouraged. The facades should be avoided on extension a simple statement indicating that are easy to move through can be Council will seek greater intensities of frontages. that the proposal complies with called “permeable”. The free flow of development and a more compact City ● Frontages should not be dominated Supplementary Planning Guidance / SPD pedestrians through linked streets and form at places with good public transport by parking or servicing areas. on Extension to Houses may well be places can have a positive benefit in accessibility, including the city centre, ● Parking arrangements should be sufficient. increasing vitality, safety and security. town, district and local centres, and catered for in ways that do not along the main approaches to the City. detract from the effectiveness of the Respecting existing building lines will built up frontage in defining public 4.4 Urban Structure 4.5 Urban Grain better integrate new development into areas. the streetscene, although projections ● Parking areas should be secure, Policy D3: Urban Structure Policy D4: Urban Grain and set backs to existing building lines attractive and overlooked. can be used to add emphasis, providing Proposals should retain and improve all Proposals should respond positively the spaces created are clearly defined 4.6.1 The public realm comprises the streets, useful, safe and appropriate vehicular to the established pattern of streets and and functional. squares, spaces and building facades that and pedestrian routes and provide new buildings, including plot sizes, spatial define them. It is important that these ones that make movement easier, safer, character and building lines, 4.5.2 Applicants for proposed development facades provide an “active”, public more attractive and visually varied of which they form a part. Those must demonstrate that the design frontage with clear points of entry and through and within built up areas. elements that contribute to the solution retains and builds on the overlooking from windows to promote quality of the surrounding environment positive attributes of the area and security. It is equally important that The following principles should be taken should be respected. improves or ameliorates the poor ones. private activities, for example gardens, into account in the design of new The design of new schemes should Where local distinctiveness is lacking, the rear parking and servicing take place development: create a significant improvement development should create its own away from the public realm. The rear ● Priority should be given to everywhere, including areas of poor rather than emulating, replicating or gardens of houses are more secure if they establishing a sense of place and or indifferent quality. adding to poor quality surroundings. Any back onto other gardens, rather than community, with design proposals that are considered to roads, service lanes and footpaths. movement networks used to enhance The following principles should be taken be of mediocre or poor quality will be Successful streets are capable of those qualities; into account in the design of new unacceptable. accommodating the parked car and can ● Streets should generally link up and development: help reduce car speeds and create street layouts should be designed to ● Proposals should respond to the activity. Clearly indicating the extent of encourage safer walking, cycling and existing context of buildings, streets private ownership of space around a access to public transport; and spaces, ensuring that adjacent building (by means such as walls, fences,

48 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 49 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

railings, gates and arches) visually and ● Proposals should make positive use Proposals should take account of the provide landmarks that contribute to a physically defines the boundary between of the topography, land form, changes in following principles: sense of local identity, and can help public and private space. levels, landscape setting and l Buildings should be of sufficient people orientate themselves and find natural features (see Policy D12) of the height to positively contribute to a their way around. Higher buildings can site and the surrounding area. sense of enclosure of the public realm. also be appropriate in other situations, 4.7 Townscape and Landscape ● Existing landscape features of value l Buildings should appear to be of a for example in the middle of a long should be retained (see Policy D12). human scale overall and particularly terrace, to create articulation and a Policy D6: Townscape and Landscape at ground floor level and should not central focus. 4.7.1 The aim of Policy D6 is to promote and appear overbearing. Proposals should create or reinforce local achieve character in townscape and l Buildings should be compatible with 4.8.4 People relate better to buildings of a distinctiveness by comprising site-specific landscape, in order to retain, enhance or the general pattern of heights in an human scale. Whilst this is not simply a design solutions that respond explicitly to the create local distinctiveness. The character area. question of height, tall buildings can site and its context. Proposals should of townscape depends upon how l Corner buildings should emphasise appear overbearing and create adverse preserve or enhance qualities of townscape individual buildings contribute to a the prominence and importance of the micro-climatic effects such as down and landscape character that are of value (see harmonious whole, through relating to position to provide identity and act as draughts and lateral winds. The height of Policy HE1). In areas lacking in local the scale of their neighbours and points of orientation. a building should also have regard to the distinctiveness, proposals should contribute creating a continuous, coherent and degree of overlooking and towards repairing or creating qualities of integrated form. Integrating new and 4.8.1 The aim of Policy D7 is to ensure that overshadowing of other buildings and townscape and landscape character. existing development at their boundaries individual buildings contribute to a sense land. maintains the continuity of urban form of place, through relating to the scale of The following principles should be taken into and landscape. Boundary treatments their surroundings and creating a 4.8.5 As well as taking account of the general account in the design of new development: such as walls and railings can contribute coherent urban form. The height and pattern of existing heights and the ● Building frontages and boundary to the enclosure of the street, reinforce position of new buildings should topography of city, important views and treatments should provide definition the building line and enclose front consider the geometry of the street and landmarks, e.g. the spires of city churches and a sense of enclosure for streets gardens. Well designed corner buildings the local topography. The height of new should be respected. Buildings of over six and public spaces. or features create visual interest, buildings should not be determined by stories are generally unlikely to be ● Distinctive features should be contribute to a distinctive identity and existing development of inappropriate appropriate, even in the City Centre. provided to define and emphasise provide points of orientation. Landmarks heights. landmarks, corners sites, junctions, and distinctive features make places vistas, street scenes and public spaces. attractive, memorable and legible. The 4.8.2 Densities and heights should generally 4.9 Scale - Massing ● Existing buildings, structures and legibility of a place is the ease with which increase towards the city centre and physical features of local people can understand its layout and higher buildings are likely to be required Policy D8: Scale - Massing distinctiveness or townscape value find their way around. along the strategic highway network, in should be retained and integrated centres, on prominent sites, and at Proposals should make a positive into new development to maintain 4.7.2 The character of landscape depends significant nodes and gateways. Most contribution to the appearance of an area the continuity of built form upon the appearance of land, its shape, buildings in these locations should be at by means of appropriate massing and (see Policy HE1). form, ecology and natural features least 3 domestic storeys (or the orientation. The massing of a proposal ● Proposals should respect existing including all open space and planting. commercial equivalent) in height. The should not adversely affect people’s vistas, views and skylines that Landscape schemes and boundary actual height would need to relate to the amenities in respect of immediate outlook, contribute to the character of an area. details should submitted with full size, extent and proportion of the loss of daylight/sunlight and loss of privacy. ● Buildings should relate positively to planning applications and will not be adjacent space, the objective being to and face towards streets, open space, determined without them. achieve a good sense of enclosure. Proposals should have regard to thefollowing squares and canals. Higher buildings may be allowed on sites principles. ● Public or communal open space in Wolverhampton City Centre, subject to ● Elevations should be in scale with the should relate to the buildings around it, 4.8 Scale - Height relevant urban design criteria being proportions of the adjacent space and be designed with a specific purpose in appropriately addressed in accordance provide a sense of place to the streets mind and should not just be space Policy D7: Scale - Height with the other design policies. and spaces to which it provides a built left over after development. edge. ● Attractive landscaping, including hard All development should be of a height that 4.8.3 On minor streets which are not primary ● The scale of a building should relate surfaces, parking areas and adequate helps achieve a strong sense of place, relates circulation routes, buildings of no more positively to and be appropriate to its and useable gardens/amenity areas, positively to its surroundings and the local than 2 or 3 stories high are likely to be context. should form an integral part of the topography, and does not detract from suitable. Adding greater emphasis to ● Buildings should be in scale with and design of new development and should important views and landmarks. buildings in corner positions, for example compatible with their surroundings, complement the surrounding area. through an increase in height, can except where existing buildings are

50 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 51 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

considered to be of an inappropriate or in close proximity. The richness of Plan and Section: A building is much l Attractive landscaping, fencing, walls, scale. detail is particularly important at more than just its elevations. The way its pillars, railings and other treatments ground level or where it is prominent internal spaces, structure and services are should be used to reinforce 4.9.1 The massing of development can and easily appreciated. designed is integral to a building’s overall boundaries and deter intruders. contribute to creating distinctive street ● Materials. The quality of materials quality. scenes and skylines. It is important to and finishes contribute to the Integrity: Employing principles of Where appropriate, planning conditions or provide a sense of containment if streets attractiveness of a proposal’s separation and articulation in design and obligations will be used to secure the and open spaces are to develop a sense appearance and the character of an using an appropriate method of provision of community safety measures. of place and encourage activity. The area. The use of good quality construction can assist a building’s Government’s Planning Policy Statement materials will be required. integrity. 4.11.1 Government guidance in the companion 1 advises local authorities not to accept ● The use of local and/or reclaimed Detail: The word “detail” is used in guide to PPS1 entitled “Safer Places: The design which is inappropriate in its materials, where appropriate, can be preference to ornament or decoration, Planning System and Crime Prevention” context. a major factor in enhancing local though it can often fulfil a similar role in (April 2004) confirms that crime distinctiveness and will be modern architecture. The lack of detail prevention and related measures can be 4.9.2 The size and massing of a building needs encouraged. impoverishes architecture, whereas the a material consideration in making to be appropriate and harmonise with its consistent handling of details throughout planning decisions and that the planning context / surroundings. The architectural 4.10.1 The Government’s Planning Policy a building allows us to admire the beauty system can make a significant scale of a building i.e. the proportions of Statement 1 advises that the visual of materials and the skill of the design contribution to deterring crime. each architectural element in itself and appearance and the architecture of and construction. its relationship to the whole, also needs individual buildings are clearly factors in 4.11.2 The aim of this policy is to ensure that to be appropriate. achieving the objective of high quality the design of new developments design. A key objective is ensuring that 4.11 Community Safety contributes towards reducing both the developments are visually attractive as a risk of criminal activity and the fear of 4.10 Appearance result of good architecture. The local Policy D10: Community Safety (Part I) crime. All applications for new authority should not attempt to impose development will be assessed in Policy D9: Appearance architectural styles and should not stifle Proposals should take full account of the accordance with the Crime and Disorder innovation and originality. However it is need to prevent crime, reduce the fear of Act 1998 and the companion guide to Buildings, structures, boundary treatments proper to promote or reinforce local crime and promote community safety PPS1 entitled “Safer Places: The Planning and landscape features should make a distinctiveness as supported by Policies throughout the design process. System and Crime Prevention”. Account positive contribution to the locality through D1, D6 and HE1. will also be taken of the Crime Reduction the use of appropriate form and good quality Proposals should take account of the and Community Safety Strategy for detailing and materials. Developers are 4.10.2 Individual expression and variety of following principles: Wolverhampton and the Council’s Crime expected to provide details of the external architectural style is encouraged. If a ● Opportunities for surveillance of Prevention Strategy for Parks and Open materials and finishes to be used on design is of a sufficiently high standard it public space should be maximised. Spaces. proposed buildings. will help create urban richness and Buildings should front onto the public diversity. The Council aims to promote a realm (see Policy D5). Exposed blank 4.11.3 The Council will work with developers Proposals should take account of the high quality environment which facades should be minimised. Streets and the Police, in particular the Police following principles: combines contemporary design with the and other public spaces should be Liaison Officer, to reduce the potential for ● Form. As well as scale (height and best architectural traditions of the city; well lit. crime through design. In applying Policy massing), composition, proportion, quality development as distinct from a ● The layout of buildings and D10, the Council will have regard to articulation, modulation, rhythm, particular style. The following criteria are landscaping schemes should avoid guidance provided by the Police through balance and framing are all important the basis for the definition of quality creating “dead space”, hiding places or the “Secured by Design” scheme. to the appearance of a development design: cover for criminals. Segregated routes, Developers will be expected to have and may significantly affect the Integration: To fit into its surroundings a footpaths and alleyways and parking taken that guidance into account and to character or quality of an area. building should possess several qualities, spaces which are not directly have applied its principles, particularly in ● Detailing. Details include all building including: appropriate siting, massing, overlooked should be avoided. the preparation of major new housing, elements such as entrances, walling, scale, proportion, rhythm and materials. ● Private space around buildings should industrial, retail, leisure and car park fenestration, roofs, gables, eaves, Order and Unity: Buildings and the be designed to be “defensible space” schemes. bays, balconies, porches, walls and spaces between them should possess a i.e. it should be secure, attractive and fences, and external works. The way in sense of order and unity. Symmetry, overlooked so that it is controlled, or 4.11.4 Community Safety and Crime Prevention which these details are designed and balance, repetition, the grid, the bay, the perceived to be controlled by its should be an integral part of the design articulated will effect the visual frame and the roofscape can combine to occupiers. and layout of all new buildings - not an interest, character and quality of a give buildings coherence. Order enables excuse for poor or unacceptable design. development when viewed as a whole us to interpret what we see. Community safety issues will be

52 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 53 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

addressed in all future Supplementary designed to ensure easy access for everyone, applicants should provide an “Access features or habitats should be Planning Documents (including with convenient interchange facilities. Statement” as part of the Design retained, where possible (see Policies Development Briefs) provided by the Measures to provide such accessibility Statement (see Policy D2), explaining N5, EP6 and EP7). Council. should be of a high standard of design and how the scheme will meet the needs of ● Where appropriate, creative materials to protect and improve visual people with disabilities. conservation measures, such as new 4.11.5 The range of community safety measures amenity. wildlife habitats and fresh geological which can be incorporated within 4.12.5 Applicants are advised that pre-planning exposures, should be incorporated. development proposals are numerous 4.12.1 A fundamental aim of Wolverhampton discussions with the Council’s Access ● Any landscaping or planting scheme and include, for example, careful detailed City Council is to promote an accessible Officers are always welcome and can should incorporate the greatest design and layout of new development built environment to ensure that assist in solving problems, particularly on possible proportion of appropriate and buildings, lighting and security disabled people are not denied the difficult sites, before planning permission native vegetation, except where arrangements, overlooking and opportunity to participate fully in all is sought. special requirements in terms of surveillance, closed circuit television, aspects of City life. Development, purpose or location dictate otherwise. adequate and properly planned including parking where provided, must 4.12.6 The internal design of a building is not ● Sustainable urban drainage measures defensible space, appropriate therefore meet the highest standard of usually a planning matter, except, for should be incorporated to create a landscaping, direct and uncluttered accessibility and promote inclusion. example in the case of listed buildings. more natural pattern of drainage (see walkways and mixed use developments Applicants are advised, however, to Policy EP9). which provide for different activities and 4.12.2 The Disability Discrimination Act (1995) consider the internal layout at an early ● Built structures should be designed, encourage pedestrian movement during defines a person with a disability as stage as the internal requirements of the where possible, to incorporate habitat the day. There is also a need for car parks being a person who has a physical or Building Regulations 2000 (Approved features attractive to species that and other transport facilities to be built mental impairment that has a substantial Document M) can on occasions require inhabit the built environment. to “Secured by Design” standards and for and long-term adverse effect on their changes to the building layout and ● Proposals should positively address personal safety and security to be of high ability to carry out normal day-to-day external appearance. If this happens after any nature conservation resources priority in all development schemes and activities. Section 21 of the Act requires planning consent has been granted, an which lie adjacent to or near to the proposals. that the design and construction of a amendment may need to be sought, development site. building and the approach or access to it prolonging the development process and 4.11.6 Streets and spaces that are overlooked must be accessible for people with adding extra costs to the scheme. 4.13.1 The diversity of landscapes and wildlife in allow natural surveillance, feel safer and disabilities. The Act also places Wolverhampton are a valuable resource. generally are safer. Buildings of all types responsibilities on transport operators 4.12.7 Accessible design criteria can be found in The protection and enhancement of this which front onto streets, squares or and local authorities to ensure that British Standard 8300:2001, “Design of resource will contribute towards the parks, contribute to overlooking by vehicles and infrastructure are fully buildings and their approaches to meet overall regeneration of the City and the showing their public face. One of the accessible. the needs of disabled people - Code of well being of its residents. Chapter 7: most effective measures for community practice”. Applicants are also advised to Nature Conservation sets out policies to safety and crime prevention is the 4.12.3 Therefore, planning permission for new refer to the Council’s Supplementary protect certain identified nature creation of lively, lived-in urban areas and developments (except house extensions Planning Guidance on Access and conservation sites, habitats and species public spaces which are easy to overlook and alterations) will only be granted Facilities for People with Disabilities and to ensure that development respects and oversee. where developers can demonstrate that (1995), which includes technical the constraints imposed by floodplains their proposals meet the needs of people guidelines which are still relevant. and other natural features. However, new with disabilities. The Council However, parts of the SPG are now out of development need not necessarily result 4.12 Access for People with Disabilities acknowledges the special needs which date and it will be subject to review in losses of natural habitats and features, disabled persons require as pedestrians shortly. but can be designed to preserve and Policy D11: Access for People with and drivers and will ensure highway enhance them. Redevelopment may also Disabilities (Part I) schemes are accessible for people with allow the creation of new areas of natural disabilities. 4.13 Nature Conservation value, which form an integral part of the All highway and development proposals and Natural Features design. should be designed to provide safe and 4.12.4 Proposals should demonstrate that convenient access for people with everyone could use and move around Policy D12: Nature Conservation 4.13.2 Policy D12 sets out the criteria the disabilities. the development without physical and Natural Features Council will use to assess the standard of hindrance, separation or special design of any development proposal in Measures should include special facilities treatment. These requirements will only All proposals should demonstrate a relation to nature conservation and within the highway and paving schemes, be waived in exceptional circumstances, consideration of the following: natural features, but especially to sites: dedicated parking spaces and appropriate for example, where it is not acceptable to ● Woodland, trees, hedgerows, wetland ● in proximity to a LNR, SINC or SLINC; footpaths, approaches and entrances to carry out alterations to a statutory listed habitats, watercourses, flood plains, ● within or in proximity to a wildlife buildings. Transport facilities should also be building. For larger scale developments, geological features and other natural corridor or other area where wildlife is

54 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 55 CHAPTER 4 4 CHAPTER

accessible to the local community; 4.14.1 All the policies in this Chapter contribute 4.15.1 Public art can make an important ● containing a species or habitat for which towards making sustainable places but contribution to the amenity and a national or local Biodiversity Action Policy D13 concentrates on issues environmental quality of an area. In Plan has been prepared; relating to resource use which are of smaller developments it can enhance ● used by species protected by the Wildlife particular importance. existing character, while in larger and Countryside Act 1981 as amended; projects, particularly urban regeneration ● used by species specially protected by 4.14.2 The way in which resources are used in schemes, it can contribute towards the Conservation (Natural Habitats etc,) development can have long term creating a new sense of place. It can Regulations 1994 as amended. implications for the depletion of natural integrate new development into the resources and energy use. The council is surrounding community by recording 4.13.3 Policy D12 should be read alongside keen to ensure that development makes and celebrating the past and contribute Policy D6: Townscape and Landscape and the most efficient use of natural towards the wider cultural environment more detailed guidance in the resources and promotes energy and civic pride. The Council is a “Percent forthcoming Supplementary Planning conservation. The repair and reuse of for Art” authority. This programme seeks Document on Nature Conservation. existing buildings or structures can be the allocation of at least one percent of sustainable, in that energy and materials the construction costs of a project are already invested in them. (However towards the production of works of art or 4.14 Sustainable Development circumstances also arise in which it is craft to enrich the final structure and its (Natural Resources and Energy Use) more sustainable to replace or remove environment. Supplementary Planning Policy D13: Sustainable Development old buildings or structures). Guidance on the Provision of Public Art (Natural Resources and Energy Use) provides further advice and explanation. 4.14.3 Developers will be encouraged to All proposals should respect the principles of minimise pollution and waste during 4.15.2 The Council’s initial aim in negotiations a sustainable environment in terms of their demolition and construction, and will be that at least one percent of the use of resources and energy. encouraged to make use of materials that total construction costs of a project will that are recycled, from a renewable be sought as a contribution to the The following principles shall be taken into source and have low levels of energy use provision for public art. This will apply to account in the design of new development: in manufacture. major commercial and residential ● Proposals should make good and developments as defined in the Town efficient use of natural resources for 4.14.4 Robust buildings and spaces that are and Country Planning (General building and landscaping including capable of being adapted for a variety of Development Procedure) Order 1995 the retention of existing natural and other uses with minimal disruption Article 8. In the latter case, it is not manmade features of value. reduce the use of natural resources and envisaged that the houses themselves ● Existing buildings should be retained energy. Shallow plot depths of between necessarily incorporate such features, but and re-used wherever possible. 9 and 13 metres can facilitate the that provision should be made within the ● Proposals should have the potential to be adaptation of buildings to alternative site as a whole, perhaps in association long-lived and adaptable for future uses. with the any open space to be provided changes of use, including or at the gateway to the site. Artists or consideration of the changing needs craft persons should be involved of any occupants. 4.15 The Provision of Public Art throughout the project, from the ● The siting, orientation, internal and production of separate features and the external design of buildings and use Policy D14: The Provision of Public Art embellishment of standard items such as of landscaping should maximise the fencing and gates, through to use of natural heat and light (i.e. solar The Council will seek to negotiate provision involvement with the project design gain), and maximise conservation of for public art on all major residential and team. The one percent figure negotiated non-renewable energy sources (see commercial developments and will also for may be reduced, or no provision for Policies EP8, EP9, EP16 and EP17). encourage the making of such provision on public art may be sought, where the ● Preference should be given to the use of smaller developments. Where agreement is viability of the development scheme reclaimed or locally sourced reached that public art will be provided, such would otherwise be jeopardised. building materials, which save energy in provision will be secured through the use of production and transport. conditions, planning obligations or ● Production of waste during management agreements. construction and use should be minimised (see Policy EP13).

56 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 57 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Contents

Para Page

5.1 Introduction 60

5.2 Pollution Control 60 Policy EP1: Pollution Control (Part I) 60

5.3 Environmental Impact Assessments 61 Policy EP2: Environmental Impact Assessments 61

5.4 Air Pollution 61 Policy EP3: Air Pollution 61

5.5 Light Pollution 62 Policy EP4: Light Pollution 62

5.6 Noise Pollution 62 Policy EP5: Noise Pollution 62

5.7 Water Resources 63 Policy EP6: Protection of Groundwater, Watercourses and Canals 63 Policy EP7: Protection of Floodplains 64 Policy EP8: Water Supply Arrangements for Development 65 Policy EP9: Sustainable Drainage Arrangements for Development 65

5.8 Notifiable Installations 66 Policy EP10: Notifiable Installations 66

5.9 Contaminated, Unstable and Derelict Land 66 Policy EP11: Development on Contaminated or Unstable Land 66 Policy EP12: Reclamation of Derelict Land 67

5.10 Waste 68 Policy EP13: Waste and Development (Part I) 68 Policy EP14: Waste Management Facilities 70 Policy EP15: Landfill Activities 71

5.11 Energy 72 Policy EP16: Energy Conservation (Part I) 72 Policy EP17: Renewable Energy 72

5.12 Mineral Extraction 73 Policy EP18: Mineral Extraction 73

5.13 Advertisements and Telecommunications Apparatus 74 Policy EP19: Outdoor Advertisements 74 Policy EP20: Telecommunications 74

Table 5.1 Future Capacity Requirements - Waste Treatment Facilities 70

58 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 59 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

5.1 Introduction Pollution sensitive developments will not be agreements or planning conditions. any other information, comments and permitted where users of the land may be Where conditions are imposed to control representations made on it, will be taken 5.1.1 Inefficient use and pollution of natural subject to the adverse impacts of existing or pollution, the preference will be to attach into account during the consideration of resources can threaten the health, safety proposed potentially polluting uses, unless them to structures rather than the planning application. and quality of life of human beings and conditions or planning obligations can be operations, to aid enforcement. harm the environment, both locally and used to reduce such impacts to acceptable globally, in ways that are sometimes levels. 5.2.3 With respect to the storage of oil on a 5.4 Air Pollution irreversible. A large amount of money site, all oil storage (over 200 litres) will can also be wasted, due to loss of 5.2.1 Pollution is caused by the release of also need to comply with the Control of Policy EP3: Air Pollution resources and the cost of removing damaging substances into the air, ground Pollution (Oil Storage)(England) pollutants from water, land and air. or water or by excessive noise, smell, Regulations 2001. Development which is likely to hinder the Environmental legislation helps to dust, vibration, light, heat or radiation. A achievement of the Council’s air quality control activities which cause direct and key objective of the Plan is to minimise objectives will not be permitted unless such substantial harm to the environment and the effects of pollution in order to 5.3 Environmental Impact Assessments effects are mitigated to the satisfaction of human beings, but the planning system protect the health, safety and amenity of the Council, through the use of planning also has a major part to play, through local people and safeguard the natural Policy EP2: Environmental Impact obligations and conditions, where appropriate. preventing pollution, promoting effective environment. Pollution control Assessments and natural water drainage systems, legislation, enforced by the Environment Development proposals which may affect an minimising waste production, ensuring Agency and Council Environmental The submission of an environmental statement Air Quality Management Area should clearly land is used efficiently and promoting Health Officers, is in place to control to accompany a development proposal demonstrate how they will contribute energy conservation. activities which may cause direct and may be required, subject to the towards the achievement of air quality substantial harm to people and the provisions of the Town and Country objectives for that area. 5.1.2 As part of the creation of a Green City, environment. In addition to these Planning (Environmental Impact the Wolverhampton Community Plan statutory controls, Planning Policy Assessments) Regulations 1999. 5.4.1 Air pollution can be damaging to human (2002-2012) aims to: Guidance 23 (PPG23) on Planning and health and well-being, wildlife and the ● Increase awareness of and respect for Pollution Control (1994), PPG24 on 5.3.1 Where a development proposal may fabric of buildings and has knock-on the environment; Planning and Noise (1994) and Circular have a significant impact on the effects on soil and water quality. Certain ● Increase recycling of household waste; 02/2000: Contaminated Land provide environment by virtue of its nature, size types of air pollution also contribute ● Convert non-recyclable waste into guidance on how the effects of pollution or location, an Environmental Impact towards global warming, which is energy by incineration and use the ash can be minimised through controls on Assessment (EIA) will be required. The causing major changes in climate around residue for road building. the use of land. Environmental Impact Assessment the world. Emissions from road transport Regulations (1999) specify that an EIA will and industry are the major causes of air 5.2.2 In recent years, a significant amount of usually be required for: pollution in Wolverhampton. Emissions 5.2 Pollution Control new development has taken place on ● major development of more than local from some industries are controlled by former employment sites. Development importance; the Council and the Environment Agency Policy EP1: Pollution Control (Part I) of this type helps to make efficient use of ● development in particularly through environmental protection land and will continue over the Plan environmentally sensitive locations legislation. Development which may result in pollution period. However, it is inappropriate to (such as a Site of Importance for of air, ground or water or pollution through site pollution sensitive developments, Nature Conservation); 5.4.2 The 2000 National Air Quality Strategy noise, smell, dust, vibration, light, heat or such as housing, schools, hospitals and ● development with unusual, complex sets out Government’s objectives for radiation will only be permitted where it can some high technology industries, where and potentially hazardous concentrations of a wide range of be shown that there would be no material they may be adversely affected by environmental effects (such as a pollutants, below which there are no adverse impact on: existing or proposed polluting uses. Such heavily contaminated site). significant risks to human health. The ● The immediate, medium or long term siting could also place constraints upon Strategy sets target dates for health, safety or amenity of users of the legitimate activities of established achievement of these objectives, the land or surrounding areas; or employment uses and put their future 5.3.2 Where an EIA is required, the developer depending on the pollutant. In response, ● Quality and enjoyment of the viability in doubt. Similarly, uses with the must compile detailed information about the Council has a duty to evaluate local environment. potential to cause pollution should not the likely main environmental effects of air quality across Wolverhampton, predict be sited where they would adversely the proposed development and publish pollutant levels against these targets and Where appropriate, conditions or planning effect the health, safety or amenity of this as an Environmental Statement. The declare Air Quality Management Areas obligations will be used to reduce such existing and future occupiers of the site Regulations allow developers to obtain a (AQMA’s) in locations where the public impacts to acceptable levels. and surrounding areas, or the local formal opinion from the Council on what will be exposed to air quality that is environment, unless these effects can be should be included in the Environmental predicted to fall below national successfully managed through legal Statement. This Statement, together with standards. For each AQMA identified, the

60 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 61 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

Council must produce an Action Plan to development to locations which will 5.6.1 Noise pollution can have a significant 5.7 Water Resources bring air quality up to acceptable minimise the number of car journeys adverse effect on the environment standards. The Council’s first review and generated, and this is reflected in policies and the quality of life enjoyed by Policy EP6: Protection of Groundwater, assessment of air quality was completed throughout the Plan. Areas of woodland individuals and communities. Watercourses and Canals in 2000 and concluded that air quality also play an important role by absorbing Environmental Health Legislation objectives for some pollutants are being air pollutants (see Policy N7). Further allows the Council to control excessive Development which could adversely affect met and that others would be met by guidance is provided in “Air Quality and noise pollution and a European the quality or quantity of water in 2005. However, the Government has Land Use Planning” (DETR, 1997) and “Air Community Framework Directive, groundwater, watercourses or canals will not proposed a number of changes that may Quality and Land Use Planning - Good soon to be produced, will require areas be permitted unless measures are included have an impact on whether the Council Practice Guide” (ARUP & RTPI, 1999). like Wolverhampton to prepare noise which would overcome any threat, to the will need to declare AQMA’s, notably maps and draw up action plans to satisfaction of the Council, in consultation changes to targets for particles and tackle excessive noise, over a period with the Environment Agency and other changes to vehicle emission factors. 5.5 Light Pollution of four years. appropriate authorities.

5.4.3 Land use planning has an important role Policy EP4: Light Pollution 5.6.2 The planning system plays an Proposals that include the culverting of to play in the Council’s strategy to important part in avoiding noise watercourses will be resisted. Where a achieve air quality objectives. Development proposals which include pollution by ensuring that developments culverted watercourse exists on site, Developments can produce air pollutants external lighting should: which produce noise, such as roads developments should include proposals to either by direct emissions e.g. by certain ● demonstrate that the use and design and certain industrial activities, are restore culverts to open water courses. industrial processes, during construction of the lighting scheme is the minimum separated from developments sensitive / demolition, or indirectly, via changes in required to undertake the task; to noise, such as housing. The level at 5.7.1 As with all natural resources, it is traffic flows. The Council will seek to ● minimise light spillage; and which noise becomes unacceptable important to conserve and use water ensure that new development does not ● include measures to adequately noise pollution will vary, depending efficiently. Water resources, in the form of result in a significant increase in screen neighbouring areas from the upon factors such as type and frequency groundwater, watercourses and canals, production of air pollutants and that glare produced by lighting of noise, levels of existing background are valuable for wildlife, quality of life of opportunities are taken to improve air installations, particularly residential noise and the need to protect areas local people and provision of water quality, where possible. The impact of air and commercial areas, areas of nature which are valued locally for their supplies, but are particularly sensitive to pollutants is material to the conservation interest and areas whose tranquillity. Therefore, each case will pollution. Groundwater is abstracted for consideration of planning applications. A open landscape qualities would be considered on its merits, in industrial purposes and provides detailed air quality assessment should be be affected. accordance with PPG24: Planning baseflows to rivers, which is especially produced where a proposed and Noise. However, residential significant at times of low flows. Once development may have a significant 5.5.1 Night time lighting is necessary for development will generally not be polluted, it is virtually impossible to clean adverse effect on air quality, particularly convenience, safety and personal security acceptable in locations where noise groundwater up to its former state. It is if an AQMA will be affected. This reasons and can also be used to enhance levels exceed Noise Exposure Category therefore important that new consideration will take into account the the appearance of buildings and D, as specified in PPG24. development does not threaten water results of any Transport Assessment contribute towards a vibrant night time quantity or quality. Particular care should required under Policy AM1. In some economy in town centres. However, 5.6.3 In order to encourage mixed use be taken in relation to contaminated cases, an Environmental Impact poorly located or designed lighting can development a flexible approach land, where disturbance can allow Assessment may be required (see Policy cause nuisance to nearby residents, will be taken where it is possible to pollutants present to remobilise and EP2). Lower concentrations of air detract from the character of townscapes control or reduce noise levels or leach into watercourses and pollutants, which do not prejudice air and landscapes and waste energy. to mitigate the impact of noise. groundwater. The Environment Agency, quality objectives but may nevertheless For example, where the predicted as the statutory regulatory body, has a have an adverse affect on people’s noise emission from a proposed wide variety of powers to prevent and quality of life and the environment, 5.6 Noise Pollution development is acceptable during control water related problems. should also be appropriately mitigated normal working hours but not at Groundwater protection zone maps for (see EP1). Policy EP5: Noise Pollution other times, permission may be Wolverhampton are held by the given subject to a condition Environment Agency. 5.4.4 In some cases, impacts on air quality can Developments which are likely to give rise restricting operations and vehicle be successfully mitigated through to unacceptable levels of noise pollution will movements to certain specified hours. 5.7.2 The need to improve the conservation measures such as Green Travel Plans (see not be permitted, unless measures can be Sound insulation measures, such as and amenity value of watercourses is Policy AM2), contributions to improve taken to reduce noise emissions or intrusion landscaped mounds, acoustic screening recognised by the Environment Agency, public transport and separating polluting to acceptable levels. Such measures will be or insulation within buildings, can also be in the Local Environment Agency Plan uses from residential areas. A key secured through the use of conditions or used to reduce noise pollution to (LEAP) for the River Tame - West Midlands objective of the UDP is to guide planning obligations, where appropriate. acceptable levels. Catchment. However, past development

62 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 63 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

has severely modified natural recreation uses, agriculture and approach to development. The Guidance that an assessment of any necessary watercourses, or buried them within essential transport and utilities introduces Flood Zones, which are the works can be made at the earliest culverts, disrupting the ecological infrastructure), and an alternative mapping constraint that must be used opportunity. The use of water recycling continuity which allows wildlife to thrive lower risk location is not available. when considering new development in and water efficient devices in new and to move along rivers and streams. An General purpose housing England. The extent of these indicative developments, particularly those which identified aim of the Agency is therefore or other development comprising Flood Zones for Wolverhampton is shown make intensive use of water, will be to resist further culverting of residential or institutional on the UDP proposals map as produced encouraged. watercourses in new development and accommodation will not normally by the Environment Agency in 2005. The restore existing culverts to open channel be permitted. Residential uses extent of these Flood Zones will be Policy EP9: Sustainable Drainage (LEAP, West Midlands - Tame Action Plan, should be limited to job related subject to review over the UDP period. Arrangements for March 1999). accommodation (eg caretakers and Development operational staff). Caravan and 5.7.4 The Policy recognises that some types of Policy EP7: Protection of Floodplains camping sites will generally not development are particularly vulnerable All development proposals should be located be located in these areas. Where, to flooding and would be unlikely to gain and designed so as to minimise the quantity The Council will adopt a risk based approach exceptionally, development is planning permission if proposed in an and maximise the quality of surface water to development in or affecting flood risk permitted, it should be provided area where flood risk is high. In run-off, by incorporating the maximum areas. Within the indicative flood risk areas with the appropriate minimum Wolverhampton, current Environment possible area of permeable ground surface listed below, development proposals will only standard of flood defence and Agency Flood Zone maps indicate that and features which regulate surface water be permitted in the following circumstances: should not impede flood flows or the great majority of City is at little or no flows from impermeable surfaces. result in a net loss of flood plain risk of flooding. However, the indicative Zone 2 - Low to Medium Risk of flooding storage. Flood Zone maps show that there are Development will only be permitted where (annual probability of flooding 0.1-1.0%) areas within Flood Zones 2 and 3, where adequate provision is made for the drainage • Functional flood plains - may be there is an annual probability of flooding of foul and surface water. Where necessary These areas are suitable for most suitable for some recreation, sport, of over 0.1% infrastructure improvements can be carried development. However, subject to amenity and conservation uses out to the satisfaction of the statutory operational requirements in terms of (provided adequate warning and Policy EP8: Water Supply Arrangements sewerage undertaker, planning permission response times, these areas are not evacuation procedures are in place). for Development will be subject to a condition and / or considered suitable for essential civil Built development should be wholly formal legal agreement specifying the infrastructure such as hospitals and fire exceptional and limited to essential All developments should be designed so as improvements that must be carried out stations. Where such infrastructure has transport and utilities infrastructure to minimise the consumption of water and before development commences. to be or already is located in these areas, that has to be there. Such maximise the recycling and treatment of access must be guaranteed and they must infrastructure should be designed used water. 5.7.6 Disposal of surface water run-off from be capable of remaining operational in and constructed so as to remain development has to be carefully times of emergency due to extreme operational even at times of flood, Major developments will only be permitted managed to avoid adverse flooding. to result in no net loss of flood plain where adequate water supply services are environmental impacts. The traditional storage, not to impede water flows available or under construction, or where practice for the disposal of surface water Zone 3 - High Risk of flooding (annual and not to increase flood risk such services can be efficiently extended is to pipe it away to the nearest probability of flooding 1.0% or greater) elsewhere. There will be a without harm to the environment. Where watercourse to ensure rapid disposal. presumption against the provision necessary infrastructure improvements This can lead to increased flood risk, • Developed areas - may be suitable for of camping and caravan sites. can be carried out to the satisfaction of aquifers not being recharged and less residential, commercial and industrial the statutory undertaker, planning water retention in subsoil, resulting in a development provided the minimum For Zones 2 and 3, a flood risk assessment permission will be subject to a condition greater use of treated water and an standard of flood defence (including appropriate to the scale and nature of the and/or formal legal agreement specifying increased risk of pollutant transmission in suitable warning and evacuation development and risk should be provided the improvements that must be carried watercourses. All new developments will procedures) can be maintained for the with planning applications. Flood resistant out before development commences. be expected to minimise such negative lifetime of the development, with construction and suitable warning / effects, through the use of sustainable preference for those areas already evacuation procedures may be required 5.7.5 The Council will seek to ensure that urban drainage measures, as advocated defended to that standard. depending on the flood risk assessment. development does not proceed unless by the Environment Agency. Measures water supply, sewerage or sewage such as porous ground surfaces, grass • Undeveloped and sparsely developed 5.7.3 Policy EP7 sets out the approach used in treatment infrastructure is adequate or swales and ponds can be easily areas - not suitable for residential, the determination of planning can be upgraded to serve additional incorporated into most developments to commercial and industrial development applications with regards to flood risk. demands. Developers are advised to create a more natural pattern of unless a particular location is essential The Policy reflects Government Guidance discuss requirements with water, drainage, and they also provide a more (eg for navigation and water based in PPG25 and advocates a risk based sewerage and sewage undertakers so conducive environment for wildlife. It is

64 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 65 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

also important to install adequate oil showing the extent of consultation zones the City. There are former mineshafts and However, the Council does not hold interceptor facilities or trapped gullies, as are available for public inspection at the workings on many sites, including those exhaustive information about appropriate, to avoid unnecessary Council’s planning offices. related to abandoned limestone mines. contaminated and unstable land and it pollution of the watercourse system. Some sites are contaminated as a result remains the responsibility of the of the tipping of domestic, commercial developer to determine the extent and 5.7.7 Requirements for the sustainable design 5.9 Contaminated, Unstable and industrial wastes in landfill sites, effects of such constraints. of new developments are given in Policy and Derelict Land resulting in varying degrees of ground D13: Sustainable Development. pollution. Development on or near 5.9.4 The Council is currently implementing a Policy EP11: Development on contaminated or unstable land can Contaminated Land Strategy, which Contaminated or prejudice health and safety and cause describes how it will identify and 5.8 Notifiable Installations Unstable Land harm to the environment, both on the investigate contaminated land which has site itself and in neighbouring areas. For been given a statutory definition in the Policy EP10: Notifiable Installations For all sites where: example, methane gas produced by Environmental Protection Act 1990. This ● There is reason to suspect some landfill sites can cause explosions if definition is restricted to a small number Development which would be designated contamination or unstable land it is allowed to accumulate and mixed of sites where significant harm is being or as a notifiable installation will only be (for example, land formerly used with air. Toxic chemicals can leach into may be caused to people, property, permitted if it is adequately separated from for industrial purposes or landfill watercourses and groundwater, harming controlled waters or important nature other land uses, in order to avoid risks to waste disposal or falling within a local wildlife and water quality. The conservation sites. Where contamination health and safety. The council will pay due Lower Limestone or British Coal stability of structures built on on such sites is proven to pose regard to the advice of the Health and Consideration Zone); and mineworkings may be compromised due unacceptable risks, given the actual or Safety Executive in relation to such risks. ● The possibility of contamination / to the risk of collapses. intended use of the site, Part IIA of the instability has the potential to Environmental Protection Act (1990) A decision on any development proposal materially affect the development or 5.9.2 However, modern methods now allow requires the person responsible for the within a defined consultation distance of a use for which planning permission is on-site pollution to be treated or contamination to clean up the site. notifiable installation will pay due regard to being sought or neighbouring users / removed and mine workings to be made advice given by the Health and Safety occupiers (for example, housing, stable. In the pursuit of more efficient use 5.9.5 Land which is not “contaminated land” Executive and other appropriate agencies. community services or open of land, the Council will encourage the under the statutory definition may still space uses) regeneration of potentially contaminated contain substances with the potential to 5.8.1 Certain sites and pipelines are and unstable sites. Where development is cause harm if the land use is changed. designated as notifiable installations the developer will be required to carry out a proposed on or near such sites, including Therefore, any land which may contain because of the quantities of hazardous desk study of readily available records areas within 250 metres of a landfill site, potentially harmful substances must be substances stored or used on the site or assessing the previous uses of the site and the Council will consult the Environment subject to a formal risk management in the pipeline. Such installations can their potential for contamination / instability Agency about the risks involved and may process prior to development. pose a safety risk and must be sited at in relation to the proposed development. require desk studies and/or site suitable distances from housing and investigations to be undertaken and any Policy EP12: Reclamation of Derelict Land other land uses. The Council will consult If the desk study establishes that necessary treatment completed before the Health and Safety Executive on any contamination / instability is likely but does development can take place. PPG14: The Council will seek to reclaim, and proposals for such development. not provide sufficient information to Development on Unstable Land, Circular support others to reclaim, derelict land establish its exact extent or nature, the 02/2000: Contaminated Land and and bring it back into productive use, in 5.8.2 There are a number of existing notifiable developer will be required to carry out a site Technical Advice on Development of accordance with regeneration priorities, installations in Wolverhampton, including investigation and risk assessment to Land Affected by Contamination provide historic environment and nature high pressure natural gas transmission determine the standard of remediation more detailed guidance on conservation policies and where pipelines. Whilst they are subject to strict required to make the site suitable for its contamination and instability issues resources allow. controls under existing health and safety intended use. affecting development proposals. The legislation, it is considered prudent to preference will be for treatment and 5.9.6 Given the lack of land for new control the types of development Where remediation measures are deemed disposal of contaminants on-site, where development in Wolverhampton, one of permitted close to these installations. necessary, conditions or obligations may be appropriate, rather than simply the key objectives of the Plan is to make Therefore, the Council will consult the used to ensure that the development does transporting untreated contaminants effective use of brownfield (previously Health and Safety Executive on any not take place until such measures are elsewhere. developed) land. Many of the brownfield development proposals within a completed to the satisfaction of the Council. sites allocated in the Plan for designated consultation distance of a 5.9.3 Plans showing known former landfill sites development are derelict, that is, they notifiable installation. The Environment 5.9.1 Due to Wolverhampton’s industrial and the Lower Limestone and British Coal have been so damaged by a previous use Agency and English Nature may also be heritage, industrial processes have Consideration Zones are available for that some form of reclamation or consulted, where appropriate. Plans affected ground conditions in much of public inspection at Council offices. remedial action will be required before

66 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 67 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

development or environmental 5.10 Waste important to handle waste as close as 5.10.5 The Council, together with its partners, is improvements can take place. The possible to where it arises (the proximity developing a Waste Management Council keeps an up-to-date record Policy EP13: Waste and Development principle), because of the environmental Strategy for Wolverhampton, which will of all derelict land and buildings in (Part I) impacts of transporting waste. A set out Best Practicable Environmental Wolverhampton, which forms part of consideration of the waste hierarchy and Options for dealing with different waste the National Land Use Database. The Council will seek to ensure that: the proximity principle can help to streams in Wolverhampton, in order to The Council will work with relevant ● Sufficient waste management facilities identify the “Best Practicable achieve national, regional, sub-regional bodies, such as the Regional are provided across the City, in Environmental Option” for waste and statutory targets. The Council Development Agency, and the private appropriate locations in accordance management in any individual case. considers that the most effective way of sector to enable these sites to be with applicable waste management dealing with waste produced in the City brought back into productive use, legislation, to meet adopted regional, 5.10.2 Regional targets for waste management is for producers to look at the potential including the creation of open space. sub-regional and local waste have been established through the for minimising and recovering their own Priorities for reclamation of derelict management targets; preparation of a Regional Waste Strategy waste. land will be determined by wider ● All development is designed so that, and review of Regional Planning regeneration strategies. The Council throughout construction and Guidance and reflect the national 5.10.6 The Regional Waste Study currently will explore mechanisms to enable operation, the production and requirement that all waste produced taking place as part of the review of the the reclamation of derelict land, transportation of waste is minimised within a Region should be treated or Regional Spatial Strategy over the period including securing external funding and the recovery of waste is disposed of within that Region (regional to 2026 will have an impact on the and serving compulsory purchase maximised. self-sufficiency). location of waste and recycling facilities orders, where necessary. The Council ● Opportunities to utilise sustainable across the West Midlands and the also has powers under section 215 of the transport modes, including rail and 5.10.3 Businesses and households produce Metropolitan Authorities. This will have a Town and Country Planning Act (1990) water, will be investigated and taken large amounts of waste, the treatment direct effect on the facilities that are to to require the clearing up of unsightly where possible and disposal of which can cause major be located in Wolverhampton and land for reasons of visual amenity. economic and environmental problems. therefore it is the intention of the Council Development proposals will be expected to In the past waste has often been to await publication of the study and 5.9.7 Long term dereliction and neglect incorporate appropriate provision for the managed in a way which makes then proceed to prepare a Waste Local of sites can result in natural regeneration, segregation, recovery and recycling of waste inefficient use of land, energy and scarce Development Document producing valuable natural habitats of generated by the development, resources and causes harm to human a type which are scarce in commensurate with its scale and nature. health and safety, the environment and 5.10.7 Table 5.1 shows the number of waste Wolverhampton and provide refuges In the case of major developments, a waste wildlife. treatment facilities that are present in the for rare plant and animal species. audit and provision for in-house or on-site city in 2001 and the predicted amount of Before reclamation takes place, such recycling or treatment of wastes may 5.10.4 The Council is a Waste Disposal Authority, waste and recycling and recovery sites should be surveyed, in accordance be required. responsible for the safe management of facilities that are required by 2021. These with Policies in the Nature Conservation household and some commercial wastes figures may be liable to change due to Chapter, the Historic Environment 5.10.1 The Government’s Waste Strategy (2000) arising in Wolverhampton. At present, regional waste study work which is Chapter, and the forthcoming includes recommended methods of 9.6% of household waste is recycled and ongoing. While the table below uses Supplementary Planning implementation for the Waste 67% is incinerated at the Crown Street information compiled from a region wide Document on Nature Conservation, Management Legislation incorporated Energy from Waste facility, which exports study, it does gives an indication of and any proposals for reclamation within the Environment Protection Act electricity to the National Grid. The magnitude of facilities that may be and development should take full 1990 (paragraphs 45-50) and sets out remaining 22% is non-combustible and is required. account of the nature conservation national targets for waste management. disposed of at landfill sites outside value of the site, either by preserving These targets are based on the waste Wolverhampton (2001/02 figures). The the important elements of the habitat hierarchy, which ranks different waste Council, in partnership with commercial or by providing an equivalent management options according to their operators, provides recycling facilities for replacement habitat nearby, as sustainability. Waste reduction is the best a wide range of household and appropriate. Reclamation of derelict option, followed by re-use, then recovery, commercial wastes, including glass, sites may also offer opportunities including recycling, composting and paper, metals, batteries, textiles, oil and to create new wildlife habitats, energy recovery. Making more efficient rubble, and a composting scheme for for example wetland features or use of irreplaceable natural resources in green garden waste. The Environment woodlands, at a low cost. the first instance is a key factor in Agency holds estimates of the types and reducing waste and conserving energy. quantities of industrial and commercial Safe waste disposal (e.g. to landfill) waste produced in Wolverhampton in should only take place when all other 2005/2006), which forms the bulk of total options have been exhausted. It is also waste produced.

68 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 69 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

Table 5.1 Future Capacity Requirements - Waste Treatment Facilities ● The risk of any adverse impact on the facilities being made for Wolverhampton environment, local wildlife and the until Regional studies to inform RSS health, safety, general well being and Phase 2 revision have been completed Future Requirements By Existing Capacity Additional Capacity Equivalent Number amenity of local people will be which are researching comprehensive Type of Capacity Requirements by 2021 of Facilities minimised and mitigated to the ways of managing and recycling the satisfaction of the Council and other waste produced across the Unitary Municipal Recycling 0 60 2 relevant bodies; Authorities. The applicant will be And required to discuss proposals with the Municipal Recovery 105 -12 0 ● (Recycling) The following locational Environment Agency at the earliest requirements are satisfied: opportunity. Industrial and Commercial 31 206 8 1. Energy recovery, waste transfer, Recycling and Recovery waste treatment and material recycling 5.10.12 Extensions to existing facilities and new facilities should only be located in areas facilities will be encouraged where they Construction and 5 364 4 used or allocated for industrial purposes would contribute towards the objectives Demolition Recycling in accordance of the Waste Management Strategy. with policies B5, B9, and B11 and However, care will be taken to ensure Hazardous Recycling 43 -24 -1 sufficiently distant from existing housing that the environment and the amenity of and Recovery or other sensitive uses to avoid detriment nearby residents are protected by Total 184 594 13 to amenity; guiding facilities to appropriate locations 2. Composting sites should be located and requiring measures such as at a reasonable distance from residential screening and containment of activities areas to avoid harm to within buildings, where appropriate. local amenity; Some applications for waste Sources: WMRA - West Midlands Waste waste, but this can be minimised. For 3. Container banks should be accessible by management facilities will require an Facilities, Phase 2: Future example, waste materials produced a choice of means of transport or Environmental Impact Assessment (see Capacity Requirements (2005) during demolition and construction, such by car in a location which would Policy EP2). as rubble, can be recovered for use on- encourage a combined journey purpose; 5.10.8 During 2005/2006 it is estimated that site or elsewhere by the construction 4. Sites should be capable of providing 5.10.13 Particular care should be taken regarding there will be an annual waste industry. Waste recovery facilities should sufficient on-site space for staff and the storage, treatment and disposal of management requirement in also be considered for inclusion in all customer parking and on-site turning industrial wastes. Due to the risks Wolverhampton of 276,077 tonnes of all new developments, wherever possible facilities for the size of commercial associated with the disposal and types of waste and that by 2015 this will and appropriate. These could take the vehicles likely to visit the site. treatment of hazardous or toxic wastes, have been reduced to 264,215 tonnes. form of recycling bin storage areas for known as “special” wastes, existing (WMRA - West Midlands Waste Facilities) individual dwellings or premises and special waste treatment facilities will be centralised recycling points and energy 5.10.11 The move towards more sustainable strictly controlled and proposals for new 5.10.9 Wolverhampton already exceeds the recovery schemes for larger waste management will mean a greater facilities will only be permitted where it is national target to recover value from 45% developments. Other requirements for need for facilities to store, sort and comprehensively demonstrated that of municipal waste by 2010. However, the the sustainable design of new recover waste in Wolverhampton. The these risks have been minimised to Council, other bodies, businesses and developments are given in Policy D13: Council will aim to maintain sufficient acceptable levels, in accordance with householders will need to take action to Sustainable Development. waste management facilities across the Policy EP14. achieve two other targets: City to meet local, regional and sub- ● to recycle or compost at least 30% of regional needs and targets, ranging from Policy EP15: Landfill Activities household waste by 2010; Policy EP14: Waste Management Facilities energy recovery facilities, waste transfer ● to reduce the amount of industrial and sites (for sorting and storing waste prior Development proposals involving landfill commercial waste sent to landfill to 85% Proposals for the establishment or extension to recycling) and material recycling of domestic and commercial waste will not of 1998 levels by 2005. of waste management facilities will be plants, to public waste disposal sites, be permitted, except where it can be permitted where: composting facilities and local container demonstrated that this is necessary to 5.10.10 The land use system can play a major role banks. It is likely that a substantial waste achieve the reclamation of a site for a in achieving waste management targets, ● It can be demonstrated that the proposal transfer facility will be required to serve defined beneficial after-use. as detailed in PPS10 on Planning for represents the Best Practicable the Black Country area. The Council will Sustainable Waste Management (2005). Environmental Option for the work with neighbouring authorities to 5.10.14There are at present no active landfill The construction of a development and achievement of the Council’s determine the optimum location for such sites in Wolverhampton. However, its long-term use inevitably give rise to Waste Management Strategy; a facility. This decision has resulted in no previous use of large areas for landfill has site allocations for waste treatment given rise to long term problems, such as

70 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 71 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

landfill gas contamination. Given that all from the sun (passive solar gain) and are heat e.g. from industrial processes, will 5.12.1 The industrial heritage of the Black other possible options for waste sheltered from wind chill effects. Design also be encouraged. These features allow Country was based, to a large extent, on management should be explored before features which improve water efficiency developments to harness renewable the exploitation of the South landfill is considered, the Council will not and encourage recycling of waste are energy for use on site, to the extent that Staffordshire coalfield. Although t allocate any further landfill sites over the also energy efficient. See also Policy D13: some developments can be self-sufficient here are at present no active mineral plan period. Landfill activities will only be Sustainable Development. or even net producers of energy. This also workings in Wolverhampton, it is permitted where fill with inert waste is helps to reduce the large amount of important to protect known accessible necessary in order to bring a derelict or Policy EP17: Renewable Energy energy wasted during transfer across the mineral reserves (coal and clays) to contaminated site back into use. In such national grid. All renewable energy allow future extraction, if necessary. cases, the Council will need to be Favourable consideration will be given to facilities should be carefully located and The Coal Authority have defined an satisfied that waste disposal is a by- developments that produce or use designed to ensure that no harm is area of “opencast interest present product of the need to reclaim the land, renewable energy, where such proposals caused to the environment or to the and future” in the south east of rather than an end in itself. The Council conform with other Plan policies and are in health and well-being of occupants of Wolverhampton, where they wish will require that the applicant discuss scale and character with their surroundings. the site or the surrounding area. to be consulted on any major landfill proposals with the Environment development proposals in order to Agency at the earliest opportunity. Where a new development will generate consider the need for any further significant energy demands, consideration 5.12 Mineral Extraction extraction of coal before development should be given to the provision of occurs. Plans showing this area and 5.11 Energy combined heat and power systems and Policy EP18: Mineral Extraction Mineral Resource Information Maps district heating schemes to serve the produced by the British Geological Policy EP16: Energy Conservation (Part I) development. Renewable energy facilities Any proposals for the extraction and Survey are available from the Council which are of a large size or likely to have a transport of minerals, coal or fill should: on request. The conservation and efficient use of energy significant impact on the environment ● Be sited, constructed and operated will be maximised by: should be located within industrial areas. so as to minimise environmental 5.12.2 The Council will consult with the Coal ● Ensuring that the energy demands of impacts on the surrounding area and Authority in making assessments of developments are minimised through 5.11.3 Another way of conserving energy the local highway network, including whether shallow coal should be appropriate location, orientation, resources is through encouraging greater any impact arising from a temporary removed in advance of proposed siting and design; use of renewable sources of energy, such cessation of working, to acceptable developments in areas of opencast ● Encouraging the production and use as solar, wind and water power or waste levels; interest. of renewable energy. incineration. Other renewable sources of ● Have regard to the need to protect energy include wood from local, environmentally sensitive areas and sites; 5.12.3 The Council, in conjunction with the 5.11.1 PPG22 Renewable Energy (1993) requires sustainably-managed woodlands and ● Include measures for the satisfactory other West Midlands Metropolitan local planning authorities to consider the controlled use of landfill gas, which can transport of material to and from the Councils, will seek to maintain a land contribution their area can make towards supplement gas supplies, generate heat site, with preference for rail transport; bank of permitted reserves of energy conservation, given that current and electricity and also remove the risk ● Include, in respect of underground aggregates equivalent to at least ten use of fossil fuels is unsustainable, in of fires and explosions. The Crown Street extraction, details of measures to years production, to contribute towards economic and environmental terms. Energy from Waste facility is a major minimise any problems of subsidence; meeting regional demand for Transport is a major consumer of fossil source of renewable energy in ● Include measures to achieve restoration aggregates. However, in line with fuel resources and UDP policies which Wolverhampton, generating 7 of the site to an appropriate after-use, sustainable development principles guide development to locations where megawatts of energy each year, sufficient which should include the creation of and the waste hierarchy, the processing the need to travel is minimised will make power for 12,000 households. If new nature conservation resources. and use of secondary aggregates will b a large contribution towards energy proposals come forward for further Restoration should preferably be by e encouraged, where practicable, in conservation. renewable energy facilities, these will be progressive restoration, with the accordance with Policies EP13 and EP14. considered favourably, providing they importation of any infill materials 5.11.2 Buildings generate large demands for conform with other Plan policies and are phased to minimise environmental 5.12.4 In the unlikely event that proposals energy over their lifespan. Building located appropriately. An Environmental impacts. for mineral extraction come forward Regulations ensure that detailed Impact Assessment may be required for during the plan period, they will be measures for energy conservation, such such facilities (see Policy EP2). In cases where development is proposed considered on their merits, in accordance as insulation, are included in the over the known “area of opencast interest” with Minerals Planning Guidance construction of new buildings. The 5.11.4 The inclusion of appropriate renewable the Council will seek the removal of remnant Notes, criteria set out in Policy EP18 planning system can also help by energy features in the design of new shallow coal prior to development and other UDP policies. If any substantial promoting energy saving features in the development, such as solar panels on where possible. proposals are made, an Environmental design of developments e.g. orientating buildings or combined heat and power Impact Assessment may be required buildings so they retain maximum heat (CHP) facilities, which make use of waste (see Policy EP2).

72 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 73 CHAPTER 5 5 CHAPTER

5.12.5 The Council will consult with the Coal signs can, both individually and ● Where possible masts and sites for Authority in making assessments of collectively, prove particularly damaging telecommunications purposes are whether shallow coal should be removed to appearance. Acceptable free-standing shared where it represents the in advance of proposed developments in commercial signage is generally more optimum environmental solution; and areas of opencast interest. difficult to achieve within a ● Applications must provide evidence predominantly residential environment that they have sought to locate the mast or antenna on an existing 5.13 Advertisements and 5.13.2 Advertisements and signs that could building, mast or structure. Telecommunications Apparatus distract road users or those in control of other forms of transport can increase the 5.13.5 The provision of telecommunications Policy EP19: Outdoor Advertisements risk of accidents and are therefore not apparatus which is both necessary and acceptable. This particularly applies to environmentally sensitive in terms of Outdoor advertisements will not be large hoardings and illuminated siting, design and amenity, will be permitted where their location, scale, advertisements near to junctions and encouraged. Supplementary Planning design or means of illumination would: road signals of any kind. Guidance on Telecommunications (2002) 1. Have a harmful effect on public safety, provides more detailed design guidance including road or pedestrian safety; or 5.13.3 In considering the impact of a proposed for different types of telecommunications 2. Have a harmful effect on the appearance advertisement on the safety of traffic and equipment. of an area by reason of visual clutter, over pedestrians, the Council will take into dominance in the street scene or account that the primary purpose of an 5.13.6 Health considerations and public concern otherwise being out advertisement is to attract people’s can in principle be material of scale or character with the attention, and will not automatically considerations in determining building, buildings or immediate presume that the advertisement will applications for planning permission and neighbourhood where they are to be distract the attention of passers by. The prior approval. Whether such matters are displayed. The impact of proposed vital consideration will be whether the material in a particular case is ultimately advertisements on amenity will be advertisement is likely to be so a matter for the courts. It is for the subject to particularly close scrutiny distracting or so confusing as to Council to determine what weight to in the following locations: endanger, or create a hazard to passing attach to such considerations in any ● Within or affecting the setting of a drivers, cyclists or pedestrians. Proposed particular case. conservation area (see Policy HE11); advertisements, including large ● On or adjacent to a Listed Building or hoardings and illuminated displays near 5.13.6 However, it is the view of Central local list building to road junctions and traffic signals, Government that the planning system is (see Policies HE14 & HE19); which would cause that level of not the place for determining health ● On sites fronting onto or dominating distraction, or confusion, will not be safeguards. In the Government’s view, if a views from the ring road, main roads, acceptable proposed mobile phone base station railways or canals; meets the ICNIRP (International ● In predominantly residential areas or in 5.13.4 Further advice on the display of outdoor Commission for Non-Ionizing Radiation close proximity to residential properties; advertisements can be found in Protection) guidelines for public ● Where the proposed advertisement Supplementary Planning Guidance on exposure it should not be necessary for a would screen attractive views, significant Outdoor Advertisements and Signs local planning authority, in processing an landscaping or other visually important (1996). application for planning permission or features. prior approval, to consider further the Policy EP20: Telecommunications health aspects and concerns about them.

5.13.1 Advertisements on business premises are Applications for planning permission or usually acceptable, provided they do not prior approval for telecommunications detract from the appearance of the development will be granted where it has premises themselves or the immediate been demonstrated that: environment, or create or add to visual ● There is a need for the development; clutter, particularly in predominantly ● The development has been designed and residential areas. In the key locations sited to minimise its visual impact; listed in Policy EP19, where it is especially ● It has been demonstrated that no important to enhance the environment, practicable alternative sites in less poorly designed advertisements and sensitive locations are available;

74 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 75 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 6: HISTORIC ENVIRONMENT

Contents

Para Page

6.1 Introduction 78

6.2 Local Character and Distinctiveness 79 Policy HE1: Preservation of Local Character and Distinctiveness (Part I) 79 Policy HE2: Historic Resources and Enabling Development 80

6.3 Conservation Areas 81 Policy HE3: Preservation and Enhancement of Conservation Areas 81 Policy HE4: Proposals Affecting a Conservation Area 82 Policy HE5: Control of Development in a Conservation Area 82 Policy HE6: Demolition of Buildings or Structures in a Conservation Area 83 Policy HE7: Underused Buildings and Structures in a Conservation Area 83 Policy HE8: Encouragement of Appropriate Redevelopment in 83 Conservation Areas Policy HE9: Relaxation of Normal Standards in a Conservation Area 83 Policy HE10: Removal of Permitted Development Rights in a 84 Conservation Area Policy HE11: Shop Fronts and Advertisements in Conservation Areas 84

6.4 Listed Buildings 84 Policy HE12: Preservation and Active Use of Listed Buildings 84 Policy HE13: Development Affecting a Listed Building 85 Policy HE14: Alterations and Extensions to a Listed Building 85 Policy HE15: Change of Use of a Listed Building 86 Policy HE16: Demolition of a Listed Building 86 Policy HE17: Development Affecting the Setting of a Listed Building 87

6.5 Local List Buildings and Site 87 Policy HE18: Preservation and Enhancement of Local List Buildings & Sites 87 Policy HE19: Development Affecting a Local List Building or Site 87 Policy HE20: Demolition of a Local List Building or Site 88

6.6 Historic Parks and Gardens 88 Policy HE21: Historic Parks and Gardens 88

6.7 Canals 89 Policy HE22: Protection and Enhancement of the Canal Network 89 Policy HE23: Bradley Arm of the Birmingham Canal 90

6.8 Archaeology 90 Policy HE24: Management and Protection of Archaeological Sites 90 Policy HE25: Sites and Monuments Record 90 Policy HE26: Requirement for Archaeological Evaluation 91 Policy HE27: Development Affecting a Monument of National Importance 91 Policy HE28: Development Affecting Other Archaeological Sites 91

76 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 77 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

6.1 Introduction the conservation of this broader historic l Where possible, the salvage of special 6.1.4 As part of the creation of a City of environment, through defining character features or elements for re-use in the 6.1.1 The whole of Wolverhampton is an Communities and Neighbourhoods and a areas and types and by involving local replacement development scheme. historic landscape, which has gradually Green City, the Wolverhampton people. The Council has begun to adopt evolved over time. People began to Community Plan aims to: this approach by identifying Areas of 6.2.1 An appraisal of local character influence that evolution around 6,000 ● Increase respect and care for the natural Special Character, to protect historic describes how and why one area years ago, in prehistoric times. Buildings and built environment; landscapes, and starting to keep a list of differs from another, in other words, and other standing structures provide ● Improve the quality of urban design of locally important and valued buildings its distinctiveness. It recognises and tangible evidence of human occupation new buildings and spaces; and landscapes, assessing their value describes the ways in which the since Saxon times (449 - 1066 A.D.). Over ● Bring prominent empty and underused against a list of criteria. present environment reflects how the years, new buildings have been listed buildings into active use, especially people have used, changed and erected, sometimes on the same sites as in the City Centre. 6.1.8 It is also important to ensure that the adapted to their physical environment old ones, preserving the old street present generation’s contribution to local through time. It seeks to explain pattern for generations. Preserved below 6.1.5 The Government and English Heritage character is of a quality which will the development of the historic and within these streets are are currently reviewing policies relating become valued by the next. The policies environment and its relationship archaeological remains of earlier times to England’s historic environment. This in this Chapter should be read in with other valued assets, such as which only come to light during will result in a new statement of policy conjunction with policies in Chapter 4: wildlife habitats and species. It is redevelopment. and the revision of Planning Policy Design. Further detailed guidance closely associated with local identity Guidance Note 15 (PPG15): Planning and regarding the Historic Environment will and offers scope for involving local 6.1.2 In addition to built up areas, many of the Historic Environment and PPG16: be provided in forthcoming SPD on the communities. Defining character does Wolverhampton’s open spaces also have Archaeology. The review is in its early Protection of Heritage and the Historic not indicate value, but can form the a long history, containing woodlands and stages, but clear policy directions are Environment and SPD on Design. basis of decision-making about change. hedgerows which are evidence of emerging, which are reflected in this management by farmers and landowners Chapter. 6.2.2 The Council will seek to carry out a for hundreds of years. There are also 6.2 Local Character and Distinctiveness study of local character and remains of parks, gardens and green 6.1.6 In particular, there is a move away from distinctiveness in Wolverhampton open spaces provided for the enjoyment the idea of “heritage” and the designation Policy HE1: Preservation of Local Character during the lifetime of the Plan. The of individuals or local people. The growth of sites of special historic value, and and Distinctiveness (Part I) study will identify broad, geographic and prosperity of Wolverhampton and its towards a broad definition of the historic “Character Areas” and a range of industry began in the later years of the environment as all of the physical All development proposals should take landscape and townscape “Character eighteenth century and has continued to remains of the past, including the typical account of the character of the area in Types”. The study will help to ensure the present century. Whilst this has and the ordinary. There is also a growing which they are to be sited, including its that all new development conserves destroyed much evidence of earlier recognition of the importance of the historic character, and should respect its and enhances positive features of times, it has also created a wealth of new historic environment to sustainable positive attributes. Physical features which local character and distinctiveness. buildings and structures which are now development and the need to treat strongly and positively contribute to the The study results and further guidance some of Wolverhampton’s greatest historic, social, economic and cultural local character and distinctiveness of the will be adopted as SPD. heritage assets. issues as an integrated whole. City’s landscape and townscape should be retained. In particular, proposals should take 6.2.3 In the absence of such a study, local 6.1.3 Parts of the historic environment, such as 6.1.7 The patterns of buildings and landscapes account of the special contribution of character and distinctiveness should Listed Buildings, Conservation Areas, in Wolverhampton have evolved over conservation areas, historic parks and still be a major factor in assessing Scheduled Ancient Monuments and time and are unique, creating a local gardens, listed and local list buildings, the good design. As part of the Design Registered Parks and Gardens, are character and distinctiveness which are canal network, archaeological sites and Statement required for every protected by designations. Laws exist to constantly under pressure from the protected trees. development proposal (see Policy D2), protect some of these sites and buildings demands of modern development. Not applicants should analyse and take from alterations which would harm their every part of the historic environment In exceptional cases where the loss of such into account the positive elements of historic character and special features. In can or should be protected from change. features is permitted, the following may be character and distinctiveness relating addition to statutory protection, many Conservation is a dynamic process of required: to the site and its locality and seek to valuable features of the historic managing change to ensure that those ● An appropriate level of survey and address negative elements, in environment are protected through the parts of the historic environment which recording which may involve accordance with Policy D6: Townscape planning system. Conditions can be are most valued and contribute most to archaeological excavation; and Landscape and forthcoming SPD attached to planning permissions and local distinctiveness are protected for ● Provision of replacement building(s) on Design. special agreements can be made with future generations to experience and of comparable quality and design, developers to protect and enhance learn from. A study of local historic especially in respect of buildings of historic sites and buildings. character and distinctiveness can help in landmark value;

78 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 79 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

Policy HE2: Historic Resources and course of the development and before 6.3 Conservation Areas ● Prevailing and former uses and the Enabling Development completion or occupation. influence of these on plan form and Policy HE3: Preservation and building type; Enabling development proposed to 6.2.4 Many planning applications Enhancement of ● he quality and relationship of buildings secure the future of an historic resource affect the historic environment, in Conservation Areas and the contribution of key unlisted will not be permitted unless it meets all its widest sense. Most either enhance, buildings; of the following criteria: or are not materially damaging to, Preservation and enhancement of the ● Prevalent and traditional building 1. The enabling development will the historic environment and conform character and appearance of designated materials, textures and colours; secure the long term future of the with other UDP policies. On occasion, conservation areas will be promoted. ● Archaeological significance and potential resource and, where applicable, its however, ‘enabling development’ is ● Character and relationship of open continued use for proposed which, whilst it would The Council will: spaces; a sympathetic purpose; achieve significant benefit to a ● Continue to review existing conservation ● Contribution made by green spaces, 2. It is demonstrated that the amount particular historic resource (such as areas and make new designations or trees, hedges and other natural or of development is the minimum a listed building), would normally extend existing ones during the life of cultivated elements; necessary to secure the future of the be rejected as clearly contrary to other the UDP; ● Local details; resource, and that its form minimises UDP policies. Such proposals are put ● Produce an up-to-date character ● Setting in relationship with the disbenefits; forward on the basis that the benefit appraisal and proposal for preservation surrounding area. 3. The justification for the development to the community of conserving the and enhancement for each conservation arises from the inherent needs of the resource would outweigh the harm area; 6.3.3 Local Authorities are encouraged resource, rather than the circumstances to other material interests. ‘Enabling ● Seek to ensure that proposals for the to publish a character appraisal for of the present owner or the purchase development’ is an established and preservation and enhancement of each conservation area, giving the price paid; useful planning tool by which a conservation areas are designed to reasons for designation. A phased 4. Sufficient financial assistance is not community may be able to secure provide safe and convenient access for programme of conservation area available from any other source; the future of an historic resource, people with disabilities. appraisals is currently being 5. The proposal avoids detrimental which would otherwise be lost or undertaken in Wolverhampton. fragmentation of management of the deteriorate. However, strict criteria 6.3.1 The Council has a duty under the Improvements to conservation resource; must be applied to such development Planning (Listed Buildings and areas can be achieved by a 6. The enabling development will not to ensure that the long-term benefits Conservation Areas) Act 1990, to combination of voluntary co-operation, materially detract from the to the community outweigh any designate, protect and enhance development control and grant aid, archaeological, architectural, historic, harm which may be caused. Further conservation areas. A conservation area where appropriate. The Council is landscape or biodiversity interest of guidance on this issue is contained in is an area of special architectural or committed to undertake appraisals the asset, or materially harm its the English Heritage policy statement historic interest the character or for all conservation areas, to setting; and entitled ‘Enabling development and appearance of which it is desirable to formulate and publish proposals 7. The value or benefit of the survival or the conservation of heritage assets’ preserve or enhance. Thirty conservation for their preservation and enhancement enhancement of the heritage asset (June 2001). areas have been designated to date in and to seek resources, in partnership outweighs the long-term cost to the Wolverhampton, as shown on the with English Heritage and other community of providing the enabling 6.2.5 Historic resources are any component Proposals Map. These cover a wide agencies, to facilitate repairs development. of the man-made historic environment variety of environments, including town and improvements. including any building, structure, and village centres, industrial buildings, Where a scheme meets these criteria, object, area or site that is significant in manor houses, residential areas, parks, 6.3.4 In particular, proposals may include: planning permission will only be granted if: the history, architecture, archaeology canal and railway corridors and farmland. ● Offering, within any financial ● The impact of the development is or culture of the City. They may include constraints, financial assistance to precisely defined at the outset, normally statutorily listed or locally listed 6.3.2 Further conservation area designations owners and occupiers to improve through granting of full rather than buildings (individually or in association) may be made during the life of the Plan buildings and features within outline planning permission, and any of architectural or historic significance; and these will be subject to the same conservation areas and their setting; related listed building or conservation areas such as parks, gardens or other Plan policies. Conservation areas will be ● Carrying out improvements to the area consents; designated historic landscapes designated on the basis of a thorough street scene including re-paving, ● The achievement of value or benefit is including conservation areas; and assessment of the following factors: improved street furniture and securely and enforceably linked to the archaeological remains including ● Location and population; landscaping; impact of the development, preferably scheduled monuments. ● Origins and development; ● Landscaping for a temporary period by means of a legal agreement; and ● Topography and historic layout of on vacant sites pending redevelopment; ● The feature is repaired to an agreed property boundaries and thoroughfares; ● Preventing deterioration of disused standard, and the funds to do so made buildings and structures and available, as early as possible in the encouraging them back into viable use.

80 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 81 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

Policy HE4: Proposals Affecting a ● The development should not adversely Policy HE6: Demolition of Buildings Policy HE8: Encouragement of Appropriate Conservation Area affect the historic street patterns and or Structures in a Redevelopment in morphology, roofscape, skyline and Conservation Area Conservation Areas Where a proposal for development may setting of the conservation area, affect a conservation area or its setting, important open spaces or significant The demolition of buildings or structures in a Favourable consideration will be given to a full planning application should be views into, out of and within the area; conservation area which contribute to the appropriate redevelopment of sites within submitted, giving sufficient detail, within ● The positioning and mass of the special architectural or historic character or or affecting the setting of a conservation the plans and the design statement development should be in scale and in appearance of the area will not be permitted, area which currently detract from the accompanying the application, to fully harmony with surrounding buildings and unless: character or appearance of the area. assess the impact of the proposal on the open spaces; ● All other alternatives have been pursued special architectural or historic character ● The proportions of different parts of the and it can be demonstrated that the 6.3.9 In some cases, conservation areas are of the conservation area and its setting. development and of individual buildings building or structure is dangerous or blighted by inappropriate or derelict should be in scale with each other and incapable of repair; and buildings and sites. It is important to Such proposals should pay particular relate well to adjoining buildings; ● Detailed plans for redevelopment, which take opportunities to bring these sites attention to, and precisely define the impact ● Architectural details, materials and will preserve and enhance the back into appropriate use and improve of the development on the scale, proportions, colours used should be appropriate conservation area in accordance with their appearance and character. character, materials and detailing of the to the area and in keeping with Policy HE5, have been approved and the conservation area and its setting. surrounding buildings. contract for redevelopment let prior to demolition. Policy HE9: Relaxation of Normal Where appropriate, the submission of a Standards in a general historic survey and impact 6.3.5 Due to the sensitive nature of the 6.3.7 The arrangement of a group of Conservation Area assessment with the proposal, including character and appearance of buildings and spaces in a conservation documentary research information and an conservation areas, strong design area is often what gives it a distinctive The Council will consider relaxing normal archaeological evaluation, may also be controls will be exercised over any character. Such areas are sensitive to highway, parking and amenity standards in required. proposals for new development the demolition of even one building. conservation areas where it can be affecting a conservation area, Therefore, the Council will require a demonstrated that: Where development is permitted which may including those affecting unlisted separate application for Conservation ● Their rigid application would result in harm or destroy any important feature of a buildings and spaces. The design of Area Consent to demolish any building designs which fail to respect and conservation area, conditions may be any new development should respect or structure in a conservation area. integrate with the character and form of imposed to ensure that: and enhance the existing character the area; and ● Such features are investigated and and appearance of the area and pay Policy HE7: Underused Buildings and ● Health and safety would not be recorded to an appropriate level special regard to scale, materials, Structures in a Conservation unacceptably prejudiced. prior to or during works; colour and design. For this reason, Area ● Where possible, such features are full planning applications only will 6.3.10 It is recognised that certain standards preserved either in situ or off site; be accepted. Wholly or partially disused buildings or required for modern developments ● Provision is made for any records to structures in conservation areas should be can be inappropriate to the complex be deposited with the archive service. 6.3.6 Policies in Chapter 4: Design and brought back into appropriate use and not and sensitive nature of historic forthcoming SPD on Protection deliberately allowed to deteriorate. In such environments. In order to successfully of Heritage and the Historic cases, the Council will consider taking integrate new development into Policy HE5: Control of Development in a Environment and on Design appropriate action to secure their conservation areas and preserve Conservation Area provide further guidance on continued preservation. their special character and form, appropriate development in a it may be necessary to relax certain Proposals for new build, change of use, conservation area. Special guidance 6.3.8 Buildings and structures in a standards. This can often be alterations, extensions or redevelopment on development affecting places of conservation area which suffer from achieved within the bounds of safety within or affecting the setting of a worship in conservation areas is given disuse can detract from its character. and practicality without compromising conservation area will be permitted only in the Supplementary Planning The fabric of such buildings and the intention of the standards. if they comply with all of the following Guidance on Places of Worship. structures can be allowed to criteria: Supplementary Planning Guidance deteriorate to such an extent that ● The development should preserve or on Access and Facilities for People the damage is prohibitively expensive enhance all features which contribute with Disabilities gives advice on access to repair. The Council has powers positively to the area’s character or improvements to buildings in a to prevent this from happening, appearance, including archaeological conservation area. including the use of urgent works sites and remains, trees, hedges and and repairs notices. landscape features;

82 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 83 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

Policy HE10: Removal of Permitted permitted. Discontinuance action will be 6.4.1 Listed buildings are buildings and Such proposals should pay particular Development Rights in a taken to remove posters and other material structures of recognised special attention to, and precisely define the impact Conservation Area considered to be harmful to the character or architectural or historic importance of the development on, the scale, appearance of the conservation area. which have been included in a list proportions, character, materials and Where appropriate, control will be exercised compiled by the Department of Culture, detailing of the listed building and its setting. over detailed features of all or part of a 6.3.12 An increase in the number of Media and Sport. There are currently over conservation area by the making of directions standardised style shop fronts and 500 individual listed properties and Where appropriate, the submission of a under Article 4 of the Town and Country projecting signs can harm the structures in Wolverhampton, including general historic survey and impact Planning (General Permitted Development) appearance of the street scene, farm buildings, churches, canal bridges, assessment with the proposal, including Order, 1995 or the use of planning conditions. particularly in a conservation area. public houses and industrial and railway documentary research information and an Similarly, an increase in the number of buildings. Details of listed buildings archaeological evaluation, may also be 6.3.11 Sometimes the character of a advertisements and their size and within the City are available from the required. conservation area can be adversely visibility can harm the appearance of a Council. Additions may be made to the affected by small alterations or conservation area. Shop fronts, list during the lifetime of the Plan. Where development is permitted which may extensions, which normally constitute particularly those which are original or harm or destroy any important feature of a permitted development and do not are of period character, provide interest 6.4.2 Listed buildings are valuable resources in listed building, conditions may be imposed to require a planning application. In these and detail for passers-by and form an themselves and also often make a major ensure that: cases, Article 4 directions can be used to important part of the overall street scene. contribution to local historic character ● Such features are investigated and remove permitted development rights. Sensitive renovation of such shop fronts and distinctiveness. The Council will seek recorded to an appropriate level prior to and quality design of new shop fronts to ensure the preservation and active use or during works; Policy HE11: Shop Fronts and can enhance the historic and of listed buildings and encourage ● Where possible, such features are Advertisements in architectural quality of the street scene enhancement and high standards of preserved either in situ or off site; Conservation Areas and improve the shopping environment. maintenance and repair. This will be ● Provision is made for any records to achieved through the development be deposited with the archive service. Within a conservation area, changes to shop 6.3.13 The Council’s general policy on control of control process and by making advice fronts and new shop fronts will only be advertisements and signs is Policy EP19. and, in some cases, grant aid available to 6.4.3 Due to the sensitive nature of listed permitted if the design will not adversely SPG on Outdoor Advertisements and owners and occupiers. In order to buildings and their settings, the Council affect the character and appearance of the Signs (which will be updated and revised) safeguard Wolverhampton’s stock of will exercise strong design controls over conservation area and, specifically will: gives specific guidance relating to historic buildings, the Council undertakes any proposals for new development ● Retain or restore any original or advertisements and signs in conservation a buildings at risk survey every two years. which may affect them. Any such period features; areas and relating to listed buildings. Where a historic building shows proposal should respect and enhance the ● Relate well in scale, height, proportions, Supplementary Planning Guidance on significant signs of neglect, the Council special architectural and historic interest materials and detailing Shopfront Design provides a clear and will act as soon as possible to prevent of the listed building and pay special to other parts of the building, adjoining explicit design framework for the further deterioration whilst a long-term regard to scale, materials, colour and shop fronts and to the sympathetic renovation of older solution is found. Such action will usually design. For this reason, the Council will street scene generally; shopfronts and design of new and involve the use of powers under the require comprehensive information ● Not involve a single shop front spanning modern shopfronts in the City. Planning (Listed Buildings and about the possible effects of any works two or more frontages; Conservation Areas) Act 1990 to carry out before considering an application. ● Not involve the use of inappropriate urgent works or serve repairs notices. Applicants are encouraged to discuss modern shop front features, such as 6.4 Listed Buildings proposals at an early stage with Council plastic canopies, large plate glass display Policy HE13: Development Affecting a officers. windows and roller shutters; Policy HE12: Preservation and Active Listed Building ●l Improve access for people with Use of Listed Buildings Policy HE14: Alterations and Extensions disabilities, wherever possible and Where a proposal for development may to a Listed Building compatible with the other requirements The full, active and proper use and effective affect a listed building or its setting, a detailed above. and sensitive upkeep of listed buildings will full planning application will be required, Development involving: be promoted. giving sufficient detail, within the plans ● external or internal alteration to a listed Display of advertisements in a conservation and the design statement accompanying building; or area which are of an inappropriate scale, The Council will seek to ensure that listed the application, to fully assess the impact ● the erection of extensions or new illumination or materials, lead to clutter or buildings are not allowed to deteriorate of the proposal on the special architectural structures within the curtilage of a listed obstruct or detract from the character or and will consider taking appropriate or historic interest of the listed building building appearance of the conservation area or the action to secure their continued and its setting. architectural features of the buildings on preservation, including use of urgent will only be permitted where it can be clearly which they are displayed will not be works and repairs notices. demonstrated that the special architectural

84 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 85 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

or historic interest of the listed building, sensitively. Supplementary Planning ● In order to remove later modern 6.5 Local List Buildings and Sites including its setting, will not be adversely Guidance on Shopfront Design provides additions of no historic or architectural affected. a clear design framework for the importance; or Policy HE18: Preservation and sympathetic renovation of older shop ● Where it forms an essential part of Enhancement of Local List Applicants should include sufficient fronts. SPG on Outdoor Advertisements redevelopment that is necessary to Buildings and Sites information, within the plans and the design and Signs gives specific guidance on preserve or enhance the listed building statement accompanying the application, to advertisements and signs relating to and its setting. The Council will produce and regularly review demonstrate how the proposal will contribute listed buildings. a list of locally important historic buildings, to the conservation of the listed building, In all cases, demolition will not be permitted structures, landscapes and archaeological whilst preserving or enhancing its Policy HE15: Change of Use of until there are approved detailed plans for sites on the basis of their age, special architectural or historic interest. a Listed Building redevelopment and the contract for character, design or historic interest, to be redevelopment has been let. referred to as the local list. Alterations to shop fronts and fixing of Proposals for change of use of Listed advertisements to a listed building will only Buildings will be permitted provided that the 6.4.6 Listed buildings are an irreplaceable The conservation of locally listed structures be permitted where they complement the new use can be accommodated without national asset and demolition or and sites through their retention, proper special architectural or historic interest of the harming the special architectural or historic destruction of important features will maintenance, sympathetic use and, where building, as per criteria listed in HE11. interest of the building or its setting. only be permitted in exceptional appropriate, restoration, will be encouraged. Appropriate adverts will be of a modest circumstances, as clarified in PPG15: nature and relate to the use of the building. Applications for change of use to a listed Planning and the Historic environment Buildings and other features included on the building which provide insufficient and forthcoming SPD on the Protection Local List will not enjoy the full protection of Where it is possible to do so without having information to assess the impact of of Heritage and the Historic Environment. statutory listing. adverse effects on the special interest of the associated alterations will not be accepted. In such exceptional circumstances, it is listed building and its setting, proposals important for local heritage that any should be designed to provide safe and features to be lost or harmed are Policy HE19: Development Affecting a Local convenient access for people with disabilities. Policy HE16: Demolition of a Listed Building properly investigated and recorded and, List Building or Site if possible, preserved in some way. 6.4.4 As well as the external appearance of Planning permission for redevelopment and Development affecting local list buildings listed buildings, their internal fabric and related applications for listed building 6.4.7 Much of the quality and character of or sites will not be permitted if it involves: features, such as panelling and fire consent for the demolition or substantial listed buildings derives from their ● Alterations, extensions or change of use surrounds, are often also of value. Listed demolition of a listed building will only be continuing use for their original purpose. which would have an adverse effect on Building Consent must be obtained from granted in exceptional circumstances. However, vacant or part vacant listed features of special character or historic the Council for demolition or any works Consideration will be given to: buildings can present special problems. interest; of alteration or extension, even minor ● The importance of the building in Encouragement will be given to bringing ● Any adverse effect on the setting of ones, which would affect the special terms of its architectural and historic these buildings back into use, but care a local list building or structure architectural or historic interest of a listed interest; will be taken in the choice of any building. Applicants must demonstrate ● Its setting and contribution to the alternative use and the details of any Unless it can be demonstrated that: why such works are necessary and how local scene; alterations to be made. ● The proposed development is essential they will contribute towards the ● Its condition and the cost of repair to the success of a scheme which would conservation and enhancement of the and maintenance in relation to its Policy HE17: Development Affecting the provide other, listed building. Regarding shop fronts importance and the value derived Setting of a Listed Building overriding, planning benefits; and and advertisements, the criteria listed in from its continued use; ● All reasonable alternatives which would Policy HE11 for conservation areas ● The adequacy of the efforts to sustain Development affecting the setting of a listed avoid the adverse effects have been should also be applied to listed buildings. existing uses or find viable new uses, building will only be permitted if it respects investigated and proved not to be or where appropriate, to achieve its and enhances the special architectural and feasible. 6.4.5 Some places of worship are exempt from preservation in some form of charitable historic interest of the listed building, Listed Building Consent requirements, as or community ownership; paying special regard to scale, materials, explained in Supplementary Planning ● The merits of alternative proposals, colour and design. Guidance on Places of Worship, but are including the benefits for the still subject to normal requirements for community that would decisively 6.4.8 Unsuitable development in the vicinity of planning permission. Supplementary outweigh the loss resulting from a listed building can seriously detract Planning Guidance on Access and demolition. from its special architectural or historic Facilities for People with Disabilities gives interest. This may include work affecting advice on access improvements to listed Partial demolition within the curtilage of a the public realm, for example, the use of buildings, which should be carried out listed building will only be permitted: paving materials.

86 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 86 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

Policy HE20: Demolition of a Local List to the list during the lifetime of the Plan ● Any features to be harmed or lost are ● Protect and take opportunities to Building or Site will be subject to the same policies. investigated and recorded to an enhance features of the corridor which Details of sites currently on the local list appropriate level prior to or during contribute to its historic, recreational or Development which involves the total and selection criteria are available from works; nature conservation value; demolition of a local list building or site, or the Council. ● Where possible, such features are ● Demonstrate a high quality of design, partial demolition which would result in the preserved in situ or off site; including boundary treatments; loss of features of special character or historic ● Provision is made for any records to ● Contribute towards neighbourhood interest, will not be permitted unless it can 6.6 Historic Parks and Gardens be deposited with the archive service. regeneration, where possible; and be clearly demonstrated that: ● Protect and enhance public access to the ● The proposed demolition is essential to Policy HE21: Historic Parks and Gardens 6.6.1 A register of parks and gardens of corridor. the success of a scheme which would national importance for their special provide other, overriding, planning Development which preserves and enhances historic interest was compiled by the 6.7.1 The canal network in Wolverhampton has benefits; and the historic landscape, features and Historic Buildings and Monuments many important functions. Many parts of ● All reasonable alternatives to demolition architectural elements which together give Commission in 1986. Parks and gardens the network and associated features are have been investigated and proved not historic parks and gardens their special are defined as all designed open spaces, of architectural, archaeological and to be feasible. character, will be encouraged. Historic parks including sites such as village greens. historical significance and some sections and gardens are defined as those on the West Park was included on the original of canal corridor are designated In such cases, the following may be required: national register or the local list. register and Wightwick Manor has since conservation areas because of their ● An appropriate level of survey and been added to the register. Both sites are special historical character and interest. recording which may involve Development which would: shown on the Proposals Map. Inclusion The network is a key local and regional archaeological excavation; on the register confers no statutory recreational resource, catering for a wide ● Provision of replacement building(s) ● result in the loss or substantial protection, but is an important planning variety of leisure interests ranging from of comparable quality and design, redevelopment of an historic park or consideration. Further parks or gardens boating and angling to the study of especially in respect of buildings of garden or adversely affect its special may be added to the register during the nature, and forms part of the Greenway landmark value; historic character or appearance; or life of the Plan. It is important, however, Network (see Policy R6), with many ● Where possible, the salvage of special ● impair views into, out of or within an that all local sites of significant historic shared use paths providing harmonious features or elements for re-use in the historic park or garden and its wider and landscape value are protected. A routeways for pedestrians and cyclists. replacement development scheme; landscape setting number of such sites have been added to Canals are important wildlife corridors ● The use of road or building names in any the Local List to ensure that they are (see Policy N5) and some parts are new development which reflect the will not be permitted, unless it can be clearly preserved and enhanced, where possible. valuable wildlife habitats, increasingly so historic origins of the area, maintaining a demonstrated that: Such areas make a vital contribution to as water quality improves. They can also link with the past. Wolverhampton’s heritage, local amenity be of value for environmental education ● the development is essential to the and, in some case, nature conservation and tourism. Planning permission involving the total or success of a scheme which would value. Parts of these sites are also partial demolition of a local list building may provide other, overriding, planning protected under policies in Chapter 7: 6.7.2 Canal corridors, which include buildings be granted subject to a condition that the benefits; Nature Conservation. adjacent to the canal and towpath, have building shall not be demolished before a ● all reasonable alternatives have been the potential to play a major positive role contract for the carrying out of works of investigated and proved not to be in regeneration projects. The Canalside redevelopment of the site has been made, feasible; and 6.7 Canals Quarter in Wolverhampton City Centre and there are detailed plans for ● opportunities have been taken to (see Policy CC12) will provide many Policy HE22: Protection and Enhancement redevelopment. conserve and, where appropriate, restore canal-related recreational, tourism and of the Canal Network important landscape design features and amenity benefits. Bilston Urban Village 6.5.1 There are many historic buildings, architectural elements. The Council will work with partners to protect will also provide opportunities to landscapes and sites in Wolverhampton and enhance the historical, recreational and maximise the potential of neglected which do not currently meet national In such cases, a full planning application nature conservation value of the canal buildings and sites alongside the criteria for statutory or special protection should be submitted and an impact network and increase its attractiveness as Birmingham Canal (see Chapter 16: but are nonetheless valued by residents assessment, including documentary both a local amenity and a tourist attraction. Bilston Town Centre). as part of their local heritage. Local research information and a comprehensive authorities can protect such sites landscape survey, may be required. Where Where development sites are crossed, 6.7.3 The Council will seek to protect the canal through the system of planning control such development is permitted, the council bounded by or readily visible from canal network from harmful development and and by the adoption of local lists. The will consider imposing conditions to corridors, proposals will be expected to make will continue to work with British Council has produced and will regularly ensure that: optimum use of their visual and recreational Waterways, the voluntary sector, the local review a local list for Wolverhampton, potential. In particular, new development community and businesses to enhance subject to consultation. Any sites added alongside canals will be expected to: existing facilities, provide new facilities,

88 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 89 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

improve water quality and increase remains provide a valuable link with the 6.8.4 There are at present over 1,200 entries for 6.8.6 Planning Policy Guidance Note 16 access to the network. The Council will past and help engender a sense of local Wolverhampton on the Black Country (PPG16) on Archaeology recommends also seek to stimulate appropriate identity in addition to providing a Sites and Monuments Record. Many that where there is good reason to canalside development opportunities valuable educational, leisure and tourist more archaeological sites are likely to believe an archaeological site may be and encourage the positive use of canal resource. exist either buried below the ground or affected by a development it is corridors where they cross or bound as surface features unrecognised due to reasonable to require an archaeological major development sites. A high 6.8.2 Some of these sites and monuments are lack of documentary research or evaluation of the site and of the impact standard of design will be expected of national importance. Four monuments fieldwork. of the development proposals upon it. within canal corridors. Buildings should in Wolverhampton have been declared The scope of the evaluation should present active frontages towards the Scheduled Ancient Monuments, as 6.8.5 In order to protect such sites, it is normally be set out in a brief prepared by canal and developments should shown on the Proposals Map, and more important that all available evidence is the Council’s archaeologist. A copy of any incorporate elements of canalside are likely to be scheduled as the national collected and stored on a single evaluation report should be lodged with vernacular architecture, where possible. Monuments Protection Programme computer database. This has been the Black Country Sites and Monuments proceeds. In some cases, especially for achieved for Wolverhampton as part of Record. Policy HE23: Bradley Arm of the urban sites, central government believes the Black Country Sites and Monuments Birmingham Canal the planning system to be a more Record. This record, however, needs Policy HE27: Development Affecting a effective means of protection than constant maintenance and updating as Monument of National The line of the Bradley Arm of the scheduling. Other sites may be judged as more information is discovered about Importance Birmingham Mainline Canal will be less important nationally but are existing sites, new sites are discovered, safeguarded from any development which nevertheless vital in telling us something and technological advances for storage Any development which would adversely would prejudice its possible future about the unique character and and display of information are made. affect a monument of national importance, reinstatement as a canal link between the distinctiveness of Wolverhampton and Projects for enhancing the record in whether scheduled or not, or its setting, will Birmingham Mainline and Walsall Canals. the wider region. Wolverhampton has a particular geographic areas or for not be permitted. particularly rich heritage of industrial particular types of monuments are 6.7.4 Reinstatement of the former Bradley Arm remains, both above and below ground, required. In some cases grants for this of the Birmingham Canal Navigations at which may be affected by the type of enhancement work may be Policy HE28: Development Affecting Other some time in the future may yield development of brownfield land. Natural available. In addition, the record is the Archaeological Sites significant economic, tourism and formations, such as old stream channels, main way of checking for archaeological recreation benefits. It is important to ponds, kettle holes and other sites in proposed development areas and Development which would adversely affect ensure that the line of this Canal is waterlogged sites, may preserve for recording management data. an archaeological site of less than national safeguarded to avoid prejudicing any archaeological deposits of importance, importance or its setting will not be future discussions that may take place particularly evidence of past Policy HE26: Requirement for permitted unless the benefits of the regarding the feasibility and viability of environments. These may be affected by Archaeological Evaluation development clearly outweigh the need for reinstating the link. The link is shown on drainage, decontamination activities and protection of the archaeological site. the Proposals Map. development. Proposals for development which may affect an archaeological site should be In such cases, development will not be 6.8.3 In certain cases it will be appropriate for accompanied by an evaluation report, allowed to proceed until it has been 6.8 Archaeology the Council to assist in the management comprising a desk-based assessment and demonstrated, via the evaluation report, that and protection of archaeological sites in fieldwork and carried out by a suitably the archaeological remains will be preserved Policy HE24: Management and Protection order to ensure their preservation for this qualified archaeologist or professional in situ or by record, as appropriate. of Archaeological Sites and future generations and, where organisation. The report should include: Preservation by record may comprise appropriate, their use as an educational, ● An evaluation of the archaeological fieldwork before or during development and The Council will promote the conservation, leisure and tourist resource. resource; will include the publication of a report upon protection and enhancement of the ● An assessment of the probable impacts the work. A combination of preservation and archaeological heritage of Wolverhampton of the proposal upon it; recording may be required. and, where appropriate, its interpretation Policy HE25: Sites and Monuments Record ● A mitigation strategy designed to and presentation to the public. minimise damage to the archaeological The Council will maintain and enhance a resource. 6.8.1 Although a primarily urban area, database of all known archaeological sites Wolverhampton retains a rich variety of and monuments within Wolverhampton as archaeological sites and remains, ranging part of the Black Country Sites and from the Saxon cross by St Peter’s church, Monuments Record. to the site of John Wilkinson’s furnace, dating from the 18th century. These

90 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 91 CHAPTER 6 6 CHAPTER

6.8.7 PPG16 makes it clear that archaeological sites are a material consideration in the planning process and that there should be a presumption against development which would adversely affect monuments of national importance or their setting. Any works to a Scheduled Ancient Monument itself require Scheduled Monument Consent, to be obtained from the Secretary of State. Monuments of regional and local significance should be preserved wherever possible unless there is an overriding benefit of another kind in the development taking place. In this case archaeological sites should either be preserved within the development area, or where this is not possible, recorded ahead of destruction. Again, the scope of the work should be defined in a brief written by the Council’s archaeologist.

92 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 93 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 7: NATURE CONSERVATION

Contents

Para Page

7.1 Introduction 96

7.2 Promotion of Nature Conservation 96 Policy N1: Promotion of Nature Conservation (Part I) 96

7.3 Access to Natural Green Space 98 Policy N2: Access to Natural Green Space 98

7.4 Nature Conservation Sites 98 Policy N3: Protection of Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation 98 Policy N4: Protection, Declaration and Enhancement of Local Nature Reserves 99 Policy N5: Protection of Sites of Local Importance for Nature Conservation 100 and Landscape Features of Value to Wildlife

7.5 Hedgerows and Woodland 102 Policy N6: Protection of Important Hedgerows 102 Policy N7: The Urban Forest 102 Policy N8: Tettenhall Ridge Ancient Woodland 103

7.6 Wildlife Species 103 Policy N9: Protection of Wildlife Species 103

94 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 95 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

7.1 Introduction 7.1.4 Revised Planning Policy Statement 9 on designation criteria and survey results to schools and helps schools to create Biodiversity and Geological Conservation publicly accessible, where appropriate; nature areas in their grounds. The Council 7.1.1 Although densely built-up, (2005) and the Conservation (Natural ● Prepare a Supplementary Planning also produces promotional leaflets and Wolverhampton contains pockets of Habitats, etc.) Regulations 1994 now Document on nature conservation in runs guided walks for the public at green space, trapped countryside and provide a clear national framework for relation to development control and various nature conservation sites around areas of open water which provide a the protection and enhancement of land management; Wolverhampton. variety of habitats for a wide range of regionally and locally important nature ● Develop the nature conservation value plant and animal species, some of which, conservation sites and the wider network of open space within its ownership; 7.2.3 In order to make effective management like the great crested-newt, are relatively of landscape features which are of value ● Enter into agreements to improve the decisions, up-to-date survey information rare. Buildings, gardens and areas of to wildlife. use, treatment and management of and technical expertise and advice are “wasteland” are examples of other land of nature conservation value; needed. The Council is committed to valuable urban wildlife habitats. There 7.1.5 Regionally, there have been a number of ● Acquire land of high existing or carry out regular surveys of important are also a variety of natural and man- nature conservation initiatives in recent potential nature conservation value, nature conservation areas and made geological features in years. The Black Country Millennium Urban subject to resources; developers will also be required to Wolverhampton which have value as Forest has created significant areas of new ● Enhance public appreciation of produce survey reports to accompany archaeological relics and as educational woodland in Wolverhampton. The Black wildlife in Wolverhampton through, development proposals which may and nature conservation resources. The Country Nature Conservation Strategy for example, improving access and affect wildlife. This information will feed biological diversity or “biodiversity” of was adopted in 1994 and a Birmingham signage, use of promotional into EcoRecord, the habitat and wildlife wildlife found in Wolverhampton and Black Country Biodiversity Action Plan materials and work with schools; database for Birmingham and Black contributes towards the survival of (BAP) was published in 2000, listing actions ● Ensure that there is no overall Country, managed by the Local species at a regional and national level that need to be taken to safeguard important reduction in biodiversity due to Authorities and the Wildlife Trust. and also gives residents a valuable local species and habitats. Policies in this development; and Studies of habitat creation and opportunity to have direct daily contact Chapter and the programmed ● Wherever possible, ensure an management practices, a number of with nature. Supplementary Planning Document on enhancement in biodiversity which have already taken place in Nature Conservation will seek to address through new development. Wolverhampton, also help build up 7.1.2 As part of the creation of a green and those actions which relate directly to local information and expertise. healthy City, the Wolverhampton land use planning in Wolverhampton. 7.2.1 Nature conservation resources are Community Plan aims to: constantly changing in response to a 7.2.4 The Council will seek to work in ● safeguard and improve natural green variety of factors, including natural partnership with others to promote space, including parks and allotments; 7.2 Promotion of Nature Conservation evolution and management practices. nature conservation in Wolverhampton ● enhance school grounds for nature The use of land for recreation or the and consult partners, where appropriate, conservation and promote Policy N1: Promotion of Nature encroachment of new built development throughout the planning process. environmental awareness among pupils; Conservation (Part I) can damage or destroy vulnerable Partners will include English Nature, ● assess the potential for providing new or habitats, especially where sites are small The Wildlife Trust for Birmingham and improving existing green open space and The Council, in partnership with a range or isolated. In an urban area such as the Black Country, the University of wildlife habitats as part of new of organisations and adjoining local Wolverhampton, where nature Wolverhampton, neighbouring Local developments, especially in areas which authorities, and developers will seek to conservation resources are limited, it is Authorities, wildlife groups and local are deficient in such habitats. secure the appropriate study, protection, extremely important to protect and people. management, enhancement and expansion manage these resources appropriately 7.1.3 Policies in this Chapter and Policy D12 in of Wolverhampton’s existing nature and to take opportunities to create new 7.2.5 A positive and pragmatic approach Chapter 4: Design, aim to protect and conservation resource, including the resources on existing open space and via will be taken to the planning and enhance biodiversity in Wolverhampton, creation of new habitats and features of new development. In many cases, management of open space owned whether this is found on designated sites value for nature conservation. The value management practices which favour by the Council itself. Projects to or in built-up areas, and to promote the of Local Nature Reserves and Sites of wildlife cost little but can create rich new enhance biodiversity will be developed improvement and creation of habitats for Importance for Nature Conservation will habitat within a relatively short period of and prioritised, with reference to the wildlife, close to where people live and be strongly protected. time. Birmingham and Black Country work. This can be achieved through Biodiversity Action Plan and the careful management and sensitive In particular, the Council will seek to: 7.2.2 It is also important to maximise the value Council’s Parks and Green Spaces design of buildings, landscaping and of wildlife for local residents, both for Strategy, and on the basis of: open spaces. The intention of the policies ● Carry out regular survey work, sufficient recreation and education. The Council, in ● Potential for the enhancement in this Chapter is to ensure that there will to effectively monitor, protect and conjunction with the Wildlife Trust for of biodiversity and linkages with be no overall reduction in biodiversity enhance Wolverhampton’s nature Birmingham and the Black Country, runs other natural green space; due to development. conservation resource, and make site a Natural Curriculum Project, which ● Local access to natural green space promotes nature conservation education (as defined under Policy N2);

96 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 97 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

● Results of public consultation and Recreation. An exercise is underway to merit statutory protection, such as Sites Policy N4: Protection, Declaration and practical support from the local map known areas of accessible natural of Special Scientific Interest or National Enhancement of Local community; green space and identify areas which do Nature Reserves. However, there are Nature Reserves ● Ability to implement and maintain not meet this standard. The results will be currently 148 ha of regionally important the proposal; incorporated into a Supplementary sites for wildlife or geology, called Sites of Development likely to have a harmful effect ● Value for money. Planning Document on Nature Importance for Nature Conservation on the nature conservation value of all or Conservation and the Wolverhampton (SINCs). SINCs in Wolverhampton cover a part of a Local Nature Reserve will not be Parks and Green Spaces Strategy and wide range of habitats, from wildflower permitted. In considering development 7.3 Access to Natural Green Space used to define further open space, sport meadows and ancient woodlands to proposals the Council will seek to enhance and recreation priority areas, as detailed pools and abandoned quarries. SINCs are the nature conservation value and the level Policy N2: Access to Natural Green Space in Policy R2. All recreational open space designated by English Nature, following a of interpretation provision of Local in Wolverhampton is protected under detailed survey and assessment of value Nature Reserves. The Council will seek to ensure that all Policy R3. for wildlife, geology and the local residents have access to a natural green community. The SINC system originated The Council will seek to declare the following space within 400m of their home. In areas in the West Midlands and has the support sites as Local Nature Reserves over the falling short of this requirement, the 7.3.3 In such areas, the creation, protection, of the Metropolitan Councils, the Black lifetime of the UDP: protection and provision of publicly enhancement and appropriate Country Geological Society and the 1. Northycote Farm, Bushbury accessible natural green space of value for management of natural green space will Wildlife Trusts. (See Policy G7) wildlife will be a high priority. be a priority and the Council will expect 2. Extensions to existing Smestow Valley development proposals to take all 7.4.2 A full survey of all existing and potential Local Nature Reserve 7.3.1 Everyday contact with nature is possible opportunities to preserve and SINCs in Wolverhampton was carried out 3. Parts of Goldthorn Wedge, including important for the well-being and quality create accessible natural green space. during 2000/2001, and resulted in the Ashen and Park Coppices (private) of life of local people and as an The Council will also seek voluntary designation of 44 new SINCs, the loss of 5 4. Brook Point Pool (private) educational resource. However, there are management agreements to create ha SINCs and the alteration of a number 5. Monmore Green disused railway many areas of Wolverhampton where habitats on temporarily vacant sites in of boundaries. The revised boundaries of 6. Ladymoor Pool residents have little access to natural these areas. all current SINCs are shown on the 7. Peascroft Wood green space. Natural green space is Proposals Map and a full list is provided 8. Springvale Park defined as any area of open space or in Appendix 4 to this Plan. The Council 9. The Gorge, Cinder Hill water, including watercourses, which is 7.4 Nature Conservation Sites will ensure that all existing and potential of value for wildlife or for geological SINCs are re-surveyed at least once every The Council will, where possible, seek to features, or is managed to encourage Policy N3: Protection of Sites of 5 years during the lifetime of the UDP, in enhance and increase access to and links colonisation by wildlife, whether in Importance for Nature accordance with Black Country Nature between Local Nature Reserves, where this public or private ownership. In Conservation Conservation Strategy and Biodiversity will not harm their nature conservation value. Wolverhampton this includes a hierarchy Action Plan targets. of sites, ranging from the regionally Development likely to have a harmful effect 7.4.5 Sites which are of regional or local important Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) on the nature conservation or geological 7.4.3 SINCs are prime nature conservation importance for wildlife, and are also of and Sites of Importance for Nature value of all or part of a Site of Importance assets which it would be almost value for education and community Conservation (SINCs), through Sites of for Nature Conservation (SINC) will not be impossible to replace if lost. 2% of development, including the quiet Local Importance for Nature permitted. Wolverhampton’s total land area is enjoyment and appreciation of nature, Conservation (SLINCs), to sites which are designated as SINC, a lower proportion can be designated as Local Nature currently undesignated (due to their low Where a proposed development site adjoins a than any other West Midlands District. It Reserves (LNRs) by the Council. In such quality or lack of information) but have SINC, the Council will seek to secure the is, therefore, of great importance that cases, the Council makes a commitment the potential for enhancement over time. protection and long term management of SINCs should be protected from to manage the site for the benefit of the important habitats or features, through the inappropriate development and properly local community and can pass byelaws 7.3.2 English Nature have proposed a number use of conditions, planning obligations or managed in order to prevent any loss of protecting the site and apply for grant of standards for provision of accessible management agreements, where valuable wildlife, habitats or geological aid to carry out improvements. In 1998, natural green space. At present, appropriate. Developers may be required to features. Smestow Valley was designated Wolverhampton is a long way from submit an ecological survey and impact Wolverhampton’s first Local Nature Reserve. meeting all of these standards. The assessment to accompany any proposal or as 7.4.4 Policy N3 will apply to any further SINCs The 48 ha site supports a wide variety of Council has, nevertheless, adopted a a condition of any permission. designated following survey work during woodland, grassland and wetland similar standard on access to natural the lifetime of the plan, and also to SSSIs, habitats and is an important wildlife green space. Accessibility in relation to 7.4.1 In Wolverhampton there are currently no should any be designated by English corridor, running alongside the Valley recreational open space is defined in nature conservation sites considered to Nature. Park pathway (a disused railway) and the Chapter 12: Open Space, Sport and be of sufficient national importance to Staffordshire and Worcestershire Canal.

98 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 99 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

through the use of conditions, planning giving local communities access to above. Depending on the nature of the 7.4.6 English Nature recommend that 1ha of obligations or management agreements wildlife on their doorstep. Section 37 of site and the development proposed, an Local Nature Reserve should be provided where appropriate, to minimise any harm the Conservation (Natural Habitats, etc.) ecological / geological survey and impact for every 1,000 residents. Wolverhampton caused and to carry out sufficient measures Regulations 1994 recognises the assessment will usually be required, falls below this standard by 194 ha. The to compensate for any harmful effects, as importance of linear and “stepping stone” which should: Council has identified a number of sites defined in any current Supplementary landscape features for the migration, ● identify the current nature conservation / which it will seek to declare as LNRs Planning Document on Nature Conservation. dispersal and genetic exchange of wild geological value of the site; during the lifetime of the UDP, to flora and fauna and requires Councils to ● identify the potential effects of the increase present provision to 0.5 ha per maintain and enhance such features and proposed development on the nature 1,000 residents. These sites, shown on the 7.4.7 In addition to SINCs and LNRs, their integrity as wildlife corridors. conservation / geological value of the proposals map and listed in Policy N4, Wolverhampton currently contains 136 site; have been prioritised in accordance with ha of sites of local importance for wildlife 7.4.10 The following landscape features are ● predict and evaluate the significance of Policies N1 and N2. As Council resources and geology. These sites were originally considered of importance for wildlife in these effects; are limited and not all sites are owned by identified by the Wildlife Trust for Wolverhampton: ● identify any compensatory measures the Council, management options, such Birmingham and the Black Country and ● Hedgerows which could be put in place to mitigate as partnership arrangements and the use The Black Country Geological Society as ● Old walls, including slag walls for these effects. of trusts will be explored, where Sites of Local Importance for Nature ● Linear tree belts and individual trees appropriate. The Council will also Conservation (SLINCs), following a of special interest 7.4.13 A Supplementary Planning Document on encourage South Staffordshire District Habitat Survey in the late 1980s. It is ● Plantations and semi-natural Nature Conservation will be prepared Council to declare Pendeford Mill a LNR. particularly important to protect and or ancient woodlands which will detail the requirements of an Any LNR declared during the lifetime of properly manage SLINCs in ● River / stream corridors ecological / geological survey and impact the UDP will be subject to Policy N4. Wolverhampton, as there are few SINC ● Canals assessment and suggests appropriate sites and no nationally important sites. ● Ponds, lakes and reservoirs measures to avoid or compensate for any Policy N5: Protection of Sites of Local Also, it has been demonstrated that ● Natural green spaces harmful effects. In most cases, Importance for Nature habitat creation and appropriate ● Wild roadside verges development can be designed or Conservation and Landscape management over a number of years can ● Active rail transport corridors controlled so as to preserve and protect Features of Value for Wildlife result in the enhancement of SLINC sites ● Redundant railway corridors natural features, for example, by fencing or Geology to SINC status. ● Urban “wasteland” sites characterised by or bunding off areas or restricting limiting environmental conditions harmful operations or uses to specific Where a proposed development site includes 7.4.8 All current SLINCs are listed in Appendix (especially at early stages of succession) times of year. or adjoins: 4 to this Plan and the boundaries of ● Gardens and Allotments ● A Site of Local Importance for Nature these sites are shown on the proposals ● The Built Environment 7.4.14 In the few cases where loss of a Conservation; or map. Two thirds of the original total landscape / geological feature is ● Any landscape feature of value for SLINC site area was surveyed in 7.4.11 A number of these landscape features unavoidable, compensation will usually wildlife, as specified in the Conservation 2000/2001 and 43 ha was found to have form part of the Wolverhampton involve the creation and long term (Natural Habitats, etc.) Regulations 1994, increased to SINC value. A further 22 ha Greenway Network and are protected management of one site, of more than of natural green space was surveyed and under Policy R6. Urban forestry and equivalent size and similar quality and the protection and long term management found to be of SLINC value. There are canals are also protected under Policies habitat type to that lost, located on of important features will be sought through further natural green spaces in N7 and HE22 respectively. The Black nearby open space. It is necessary to the use of conditions, planning obligations or Wolverhampton which need to be Country Nature Conservation Strategy, provide a larger area than that lost in management agreements, where appropriate. surveyed to discover if they are of SLINC adopted in 1994, identifies a network of order to compensate for the disturbance Developers will usually be required to submit value. The Council will carry out a rolling important wildlife corridors in the Black caused to local ecosystems during the an ecological / geological survey and impact re-survey programme for remaining Country. Policy N5 also applies to a many years it takes for new habitats to assessment to accompany any proposal. SLINCs and other sites over the lifetime number of sites identified in the become established. Improvements to of the Plan. Any new SLINCs identified as 2000/2001 SINC survey report as having the quality or accessibility of remaining Development which may have a harmful a result of this survey work will be potential nature conservation value, landscape / geological sites or features effect on the nature conservation value, subject to Policy N5. although they currently have no SINC / may also be acceptable compensation in geological value or integrity as a wildlife SLINC designation. areas where there is a large amount of corridor, of such sites or features will only 7.4.9 Although some sites are of particular accessible natural green space, as be permitted in exceptional circumstances, value for nature conservation, their value 7.4.12 Policy N5, which should be read identified in the Wolverhampton Parks where the benefits generated by the is greatly enhanced by the presence of alongside Policy D12, strongly controls and Green Spaces Strategy. The relative development would clearly outweigh wider networks of natural green space any development which may harm the ease or difficulty of creating different nature conservation considerations. which act as important wildlife corridors nature conservation value of a SLINC, or habitat types / geological exposures will In such cases, developers will be required, and reservoirs for biodiversity, as well as any of the landscape features listed be taken into account when deciding the

100 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 101 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

acceptability of compensatory measures. taking opportunities to plant new trees derelict land. Wolverhampton contains the Black Country Urban Forest, is In all cases, detailed landscape plans and areas of woodland on land in council approximately 450 ha of woodland and committed to maintaining woodland must be submitted and agreed before and private ownership, where over 13,000 street trees. cover at least 7.5% of the City’s land area, planning permission will be granted. appropriate; following completion of the current ● Encouraging short term forestry Policy N8: Tettenhall Ridge planting programme, and will continue techniques on temporarily vacant sites; Ancient Woodland to take opportunities to improve 7.5 Hedgerows and Woodland ● Discouraging the removal of mature, management of and extend this cover. healthy trees, including the placing of The Council will seek to ensure that any The boundaries of sites currently Policy N6: Protection of Important tree preservation orders on trees worthy woodland or trees of value within the managed as Black Country Urban Forest Hedgerows of and in need of protection; Tettenhall Ridge Ancient Woodland area are are held by the Council and are available ● Requiring, where appropriate, the protected and managed appropriately, to on request. Policy N7 will ensure that Council approval must be sought for any replacement of trees removed with prolong their life, through the use of opportunities are taken to introduce new works involving damage to or removal of a council consent, with trees of a size and planning conditions or planning obligations native trees and woodland as part of the hedgerow of potential importance, as defined species specified by the council; or Tree Preservation Orders, as appropriate. development process and that any by the Hedgerows Regulations (1997). ● Maintaining and re-establishing trees unavoidable loss of trees is compensated within the street scene; 7.5.3 There are two known ancient semi- for. Woodland habitats are also protected The Council will seek to protect important ● Protecting and enhancing existing natural woodlands in Wolverhampton under Policies N3, N4 and N5. hedgerows, as defined by the Hedgerows hedgerows and ancient and semi-natural (Park Coppice and Ashen Coppice SINCs) Regulations (1997), through refusal to grant woodlands. and two known areas of plantation on consent for such works or through the use of ancient sites (Mount Hotel Woodland 7.6 Wildlife Species conditions, planning obligations or The Council will require that species native to SINC and Tettenhall Ridge). Ancient management agreements to secure long the local area are used in planting and woodland formerly dominated the Policy N9: Protection of Wildlife Species term management, where appropriate. landscaping, where possible. Tettenhall Ridge area, the approximate boundary of which is shown on the Development proposals that would harm 7.4.15 Certain important hedgerows are given Proposals Map. The 2000/2001 nature wildlife species protected by law, species protection by the Hedgerows 7.5.1 Tree and woodland cover has a major conservation survey revealed that along identified in the UK or Birmingham and Regulations 1997. Under these role to play in improving the quality of the Ridge there are many small patches Black Country Biodiversity Action Plan, and regulations, the Council must give urban life and helping to secure of ancient woodland and groups and species that are rare and vulnerable in the approval for any plans to remove a regeneration and economic revitalisation. individual veteran trees surviving, in Black Country, and their habitat hedgerow which is over 20m long (or Trees help to reduce the effects of public and private ownership, some of requirements, will only be permitted where meets at each end with other pollution, generate health benefits, which are not protected under other it can be demonstrated clearly that measures hedgerows), and adjoins agricultural or provide wildlife habitats, and are also a designations. Policy N8 aims to protect as to protect the species have been proposed. forestry land, a Local Nature Reserve or renewable source of energy and wood much of the remaining woodland and land used for keeping or breeding of products. Woodland can also contribute tree resource as possible. In addition, where a development site is used horses, ponies or donkeys. The to local character and distinctiveness and by species protected under Schedule 2 of the regulations do not apply to hedgerows the overall appearance of the landscape, 7.5.4 There is a history of urban forestry Habitat Regulations, planning permission will bounding domestic properties. If the and also improve surroundings for leisure planting in Wolverhampton which not be granted unless all the requirements of hedgerow is considered important, and recreation. In assessing the stretches back 20 years. The most recent Article 16 of the Habitats Directive have been against a list of criteria (available on appropriateness of development initiative is the Black Country Millennium met, that is: request), the Council can refuse consent proposals that involve new tree or Urban Forest, a project funded with to remove it or impose conditions on the woodland planting, the Council will take Lottery and Forestry Commission money, ● The development is for reasons of public consent to ensure long term into account any effects that such which has planted 61 ha of new health and safety or overriding public management of any remaining planting would have on the value of the woodland in Wolverhampton to date. interest; hedgerow. Any breach of the regulations site and adjacent land for nature Urban forestry planting has contributed is a criminal offence. conservation, archaeology, amenity, greatly towards the enhancement of ● There is no satisfactory alternative to the landscape and formal or informal derelict and vacant land, run-down urban development proposal; and Policy N7: The Urban Forest recreation. green space and, through management grants, neglected parks and woodlands. ● The development would not be The Council will, in partnership with others, 7.5.2 The term “urban forest” describes all the detrimental to the maintenance of the seek to preserve, enhance and extend the trees, woodland and associated green 7.5.5 The Black Country Urban Forest Strategy population of the species in its natural urban forest within Wolverhampton, by: space in an urban area, including street (1995) stresses the need to protect and range. and garden trees, hedgerows, trees in properly manage both mature and new ● Ensuring trees and areas of woodland are open spaces, newly planted woodland woodland and trees in the urban Where there is a strong indication that a properly managed and maintained, and and woodland which has colonised environment. The Council, as a partner in proposed development site is made use of

102 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 103 CHAPTER 7 7 CHAPTER

by wildlife species protected by law, species reference to legally protected species, identified in the UK or Birmingham and but also to species of national Black Country Biodiversity Action Plan, and importance for biodiversity and species species that are rare and vulnerable in the characteristic of the Birmingham and Black Country, proposals will be required to: Black Country area which are believed to be declining or under threat. ● Provide an ecological survey and impact assessment; 7.6.2 The PPS9 on Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (2005) considers the ● Accommodate the long-term needs of presence of protected species to be a these species in the design and layout of material planning consideration. the proposal; Protected species and BAP species often occur outside designated wildlife sites ● Adequately mitigate any effects on and some, like bats, are often dependent the active breeding, resting, or on the built environment itself as a feeding habitat requirements of habitat. In order to protect these species, these species in order to minimise it is important that new development any adverse harm caused so that takes their presence into account and population levels are sustained. mitigates for any unavoidable harmful effects. Through the use of conditions, planning obligations and management agreements, 7.6.3 A Supplementary Planning Document on the Council will seek to secure: Nature Conservation will list all species known to be found in Wolverhampton ● The implementation of sufficient which are either legally protected mitigation measures to compensate for species, species of national importance any adverse effects and to minimise any for biodiversity or species characteristic harm caused to such species; of the Birmingham and Black Country area which are believed to be declining The long-term protection and management or under threat. This list of species may of breeding, resting and feeding habitats be amended during the life of the plan in sufficient to safeguard current populations response to reviews of relevant of such species. legislation or survey work revealing the existence of new species or the vulnerability of existing species in the Wolverhampton area. 7.6.1 The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended), The Conservation (Natural 7.6.4 Policy N9 sets out how the Council will seek Habitats, etc.) Regulations 1994 and the to protect the habitats used by these Badgers Act 1992 give varying degrees of species from inappropriate development legal protection to a number of and should be read alongside Policy D12. threatened wildlife species. Species SPD on Nature Conservation will, for each known to occur in Wolverhampton species provide details of any legal include great-crested newts, badgers, protection, ecological survey and impact bats, water voles and floating water assessment procedures and measures plantain. Legislation usually protects the that should be taken to accommodate animals or plants themselves and habitat requirements in site design and breeding or resting sites. However, layout. In all cases, detailed landscape feeding areas and habitats occupied for plans must be submitted and agreed only part of the year, but which are before planning permission will be essential to the survival of the species, granted. are not legally protected. The Birmingham and Black Country Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) makes

104 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 105 CHAPTER 8 8 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 8: THE GREEN BELT AND RURAL LANDSCAPES

Contents

Para Page

8.1 Introduction 108 8.1.2 National Planning Policy context 108 8.1.4 Supporting documents 108

8.2 The Function and Role of the Green Belt 108 Policy G1: Protection of the Green Belt (Part I) 108

8.3 Control of Development Affecting the Green Belt 109 Policy G2: Control of Development in the Green Belt 109 Policy G3: Control of Development Conspicuous from the Green Belt 109

8.4 Major Developed Sites 110 Policy G4: Major Developed Sites in the Green Belt 110

8.5 Access to the Green Belt 110 Policy G5: Access to the Green Belt 110

8.6 Northycote Farm Country Park 111 Policy G6: Northycote Farm Country Park 111

106 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 107 CHAPTER 8 8 CHAPTER

8.1 Introduction conservation value is protected by other (c) Goldthorn / Lower Penn ● agriculture and forestry; UDP policies. A number of minor (d) Bushbury ● essential facilities for outdoor sport 8.1.1 Wolverhampton is a highly urbanised, alterations to the Green Belt have also and recreation, cemeteries and other industrial area, with limited areas of been made to take account of the 1994 8.2.3 Wolverhampton Green Belt areas also uses of land which preserve the green open space. Such space provides Local Authority boundary changes. These have a number of positive roles, helping openness of the Green Belt and do not opportunities for recreation and valuable few and minor revisions to the Green Belt to retain attractive landscapes and conflict with the purposes of including wildlife habitats (see Chapter 7: Nature boundary (shown on Plans in the Green agricultural uses, and providing facilities land in it; Conservation and Chapter 12: Open Belt Background Paper) do not for recreation, dedicated nature ● limited extension, alteration or Space, Sport and Recreation), particularly compromise the purposes of the Green conservation areas and access to the replacement of existing dwellings; where it forms part of a wider network of Belt. open countryside for the urban ● limited infilling or redevelopment open space, but it is often under pressure population. Watercourses, canals and a of major existing developed sites from a variety of uses and demand for significant number of education facilities (see below); development land. Open space on the 8.2 The Function and Role are also located in the Green Belt, adding ● park and ride schemes. urban fringe can play a vital role in of the Green Belt to its value. separating settlements and linking the 8.3.2 The countryside surrounding urban urban open space network into the Policy G1: Protection of the Green Belt areas will often be the most surrounding countryside. Green Belt and (Part I) 8.3 Control of Development sustainable location for park and other designations help to protect such Affecting the Green Belt ride schemes. For this reason, park areas from inappropriate development. Within the Green Belt, inappropriate and ride development may not be development will not be permitted except Policy G2: Control of Development inappropriate in the Green Belt, National Planning Policy context in very special circumstances, where the in the Green Belt providing that the proposal complies harm caused is clearly outweighed by other with criteria listed in PPG2. Park and 8.1.2 Planning Policy Guidance Note 2 (PPG2): considerations. Any such case will be Within the Green Belt, appropriate ride schemes are also subject to Green Belts (1995) states that Green Belt referred to the Secretary of State as a development, as defined in PPG2, will only Policy AM11. boundaries should endure over a longer departure from the UDP. be permitted where the siting, scale, time period than the life of the materials and design of the proposed 8.3.3 The re-use of buildings in the Green Development Plan and should only be 8.2.1 Many of the significant open spaces in development (including its relationship to Belt is also appropriate development, altered in exceptional circumstances. In Wolverhampton have been given long any existing buildings) will be in keeping providing that: accordance with this guidance, Green term protection as Green Belt. Many with the purposes of the Green Belt and ● the proposed use will not have a Belt boundaries as defined in the 1993 areas of Green Belt are also protected by its openness. greater impact on the openness of UDP have largely been retained. other Plan policies. There are four the Green Belt than the existing use; purposes of including land in the Green Re-use of existing buildings in the Green Belt ● there is strict control over extensions 8.1.3 The principal change in PPG2 from that Belt in Wolverhampton: will be permitted subject to criteria defined to buildings and uses of land used as the basis for the 1993 UDP is the 1. To check the further growth of the in PPG2. surrounding buildings; removal of ‘institutions standing in large conurbation; ● the buildings are of permanent grounds’ from the list of appropriate uses 2. To prevent the conurbation from merging and substantial construction and in Green Belts. To compensate, PPG2 into neighbouring settlements, such as Policy G3: Control of Development capable of conversion; introduces the concept of Major Bilbrook and Perton; Conspicuous from the ● the design of buildings is in keeping Developed Sites (MDS) for the first time. 3. To assist in safeguarding the South Green Belt with their surroundings. The UDP identifies a number of MDS’s, as Staffordshire countryside from set out in Policy G4. encroachment; Any development in a location conspicuous 8.3.4 If proposals for appropriate 4. To assist in urban regeneration, by from the Green Belt will be permitted only development are made within the Supporting documents encouraging the recycling of derelict and where it can be shown that the proposed Green Belt, the Council will expect other urban land in the conurbation. use and the siting, scale, materials and provision to be made to minimise 8.1.4 A background paper has been produced design of the development would not any impact on the environment and to support the Plan’s Green Belt policies. 8.2.2 The areas of Green Belt in harm the visual amenity or visual character opportunities taken to develop the This paper contains a full appraisal of the Wolverhampton are shown on the of the Green Belt. positive roles of the site, as outlined purpose and role of each Green Belt area Proposals Map. The majority is in the in 8.2.3. It is also important that in the City, in response to the revised form of wedges which stretch from the 8.3.1 Within the Green Belt, development development, both within and PPG2. This appraisal highlights the need open countryside into the built up area. will be strictly controlled. PPG2 states conspicuous from the Green Belt, to remove certain small areas from the These wedges are located at: that the construction of new buildings does not harm the visual amenity Green Belt because they do not fulfil a (a) Tettenhall / South Staffordshire in a Green Belt area is inappropriate, or character of the Green Belt. Green Belt function, as defined by PPG2, golfcourse unless it is for one of the following and their amenity, historic or nature (b) Smestow Valley / Valley Park purposes:

108 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 109 CHAPTER 8 8 CHAPTER

8.4 Major Developed Sites 8.4.3 Using this definition, eleven major possible. This can be achieved, for 8.6.2 The Country Park is managed by an developed sites have been designated. example, through the negotiation of Advisory Group, including officers and Policy G4: Major Developed Sites These sites are identified on the access agreements, improving public Members of the Council and in the Green Belt proposals map and listed below. Most are rights of ways, signposting and the representatives of the Friends of in active use, but a few include production of leaflets for self-guided Northycote Farm. A range of visitor Within designated major developed sites in redundant buildings which could be walks. facilities have been developed, including the Green Belt re-use of buildings, limited released for other, appropriate, uses. On a model working farm, guided walks infilling and redevelopment will be other sites, improvements to facilities around the farmhouse and public events permitted where it can be shown that the could be made which would benefit the 8.6 Northycote Farm Country Park and school visits throughout the year. proposed development will: economy and the local community or There is scope to develop these facilities ● Have no greater impact on the purposes provide environmental enhancements. Policy G6: Northycote Farm Country Park further and encourage greater public of including land in the Green Belt than The Council will allow re-use, limited in- participation in a range of leisure, the last known use filling or redevelopment on these Within Northycote Farm Country Park, recreational and nature conservation of the site; and identified sites, providing this does not development which will improve visitor activities. The Council, through the ● Will not exceed the height of any existing increase any impact on the character of facilities, including the provision of car parks, Advisory Group, will continue to prepare buildings. the Green Belt. picnic sites, footpaths and nature trails, will management plans and seek to take be actively encouraged, as long as such advantage of grants and other sources of Any infill development should not, either in 8.4.5 The Major Developed Sites identified in facilities are located and designed so as not funding in order to further the aims of itself or cumulatively, lead to a major the UDP are: to intrude on the character and appearance the Country Park. (>10%) increase over and above the original 1. Aldersley School of the countryside or harm areas of nature developed area of the site. 2. Barnhurst Sewage Treatment Works conservation value, in line with the area’s 3. University of Wolverhampton Compton future status as a Local Nature reserve Any complete or partial redevelopment Road Campus (see Policy N4). should result in environmental 4. St Peters C of E Collegiate School improvements and should not occupy a 5. St Edmunds RC School 8.6.1 A Country Park is an area of land which larger area than the buildings which 6. Bushbury Hill Junior School and Moreton offers the public, with or without charge, previously occupied the site, unless this Community School the opportunity to enjoy recreational would achieve a reduction in height which 7. Smestow School activities in the countryside. Northycote would benefit visual amenity. 8. Colton Hills School Farm Country Park is the only Country 9. Highfields School Park in Wolverhampton and a proposed 10. Penderford High School Local Nature Reserve. The site was 8.4.1 PPG2 states that major developed sites 11. Wulfrun College of FE acquired by the Council over a period of may be designated within the Green Belt. time and the buildings were restored The Council has adopted the following with grant aid from the Countryside criteria for the designation of major 8.5 Access to the Green Belt Commission in the early 1990’s. The developed sites in Wolverhampton, Country Park boasts a restored based on guidance in PPG2: Policy G5: Access to the Green Belt seventeenth century Grade II listed farmhouse and large areas of pasture, 8.4.2 All Major Developed Sites should: Existing public access to, through and parkland and woodland, designated as a ● be of a substantial size to include a within the green belt will be protected Site of Importance for Nature substantial built footprint, totalling more and, wherever possible, enhanced, giving Conservation. The Park also forms part of than 5,000 sqm, which has a significant reasonable access for all sections of the the Bushbury Wedge Area of Special impact on the openness of the Green community to the amenities provided by Character and provides opportunities for Belt; the green belt, subject to the need to protect informal public access for residents of ● have an identifiable core of buildings nature conservation areas from disturbance. Wolverhampton to the countryside of which could accommodate limited infill South Staffordshire. development without having any greater 8.5.1 Adequate access to open areas at the impact on the openness of the Green urban fringe is particularly important for Belt than existing development; urban dwellers, particularly those living ● offer the prospect for environmental in inner city areas and those without improvement through complete or partial private transport. The Council will redevelopment without having any continue to try to make areas of Green greater impact on the openness of the Belt and the wider countryside more Green Belt than existing development. easily accessible to as many people as

110 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 111 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 9: BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY

Contents

Para Page

9.1 Introduction 114 9.1.4 Supporting documents 114 9.1.6 National & Regional Policy Context 114 9.1.12 The Local Economy 115 9.1.15 Regional Policy Initiatives 115 9.1.23 UDP Strategy 116 9.1.26 Aims and Objectives 117

9.2 Promoting Investment 117 Policy B1: Economic Prosperity (Part I) 117

9.3 Portfolio of Sites 118 Policy B2: Balanced Portfolio of Employment Land (Part I) 118 Policy B3: Business Development Allocations 118 9.3.6 Quantitative Requirement 120 9.3.8 Qualitative Requirement 120

9.4 Business Expansion 122 Policy B4: Expansion of Existing Businesses 122

9.5 Design Standards 122 Policy B5: Design Standards for Employment Sites 122

9.6 Offices 123 Policy B6: Offices 123 Policy B7: Loss of City Centre Offices 125

9.7 Warehousing 125 Policy B8: Warehousing 125

9.8 Employment Areas 126 Policy B9: Defined Business Areas 126 Policy B10: Redevelopment of Business Land and Premises 127 Policy B11: Ancillary Uses in Employment Areas and Premises 129

9.9 Employment 136 Policy B12: Access to Job Opportunities 136

9.10 Hotel and Conference Facilities 130 Policy B13: Business Tourism, Hotel and Conference Facilities 130

9.11 All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development Area 131 Warehouse Quarter Policy B14: All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development Area Warehouse Quarter

Table 9.1 Business Development Allocations 119

112 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 113 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

9.1 Introduction o targeting employment opportunities in limiting the range and quality of sites in 9.1.11 RSS promotes a series of ‘high areas of high unemployment and such uses. The guidance also introduces technology corridors’ as the catalyst for 9.1.1 This Chapter is concerned predominantly poverty to reduce the worst differences the concept of the sequential test under economic diversification in the West with land uses which fall within part B of between the least well off which town centres are regarded as the Midlands and also encourages the Use Classes Order as defined by the neighbourhoods with the rest of the City normal location for development that development plans to facilitate the 1990 Town & Country Planning Act. The B attracts lots of people, such as development of ‘clusters’ of successful Use Class covers employment Supporting documents commercial offices. and growing businesses in order to development for office (B1a), research promote economic regeneration and and development (B1b), light industrial 9.1.4 A background paper has been produced 9.1.8 Under both the UDP system and the new reduce reliance on declining (B1c), general industrial (B2) and storage to support the Plan’s business and Local Development Framework system, manufacturing sectors. Wolverhampton and distribution uses (B8). The Chapter industry policies and proposals. The as set out in PPS12, local authorities are is identified as a key location within the also considers those sui generis non retail paper incorporates the results of several encouraged to create the conditions in Wolverhampton-Telford High Technology commercial uses which have similar studies which have been used to inform which businesses can thrive and prosper. Corridor where such cluster development characteristics to Class B uses. Additional the Plan: Local authorities should take account of should be promoted. guidance is given on the closely allied the need to revitalise and broaden the business and conference tourism sector. ● Regional Employment Land Study (2001 local economy, the need to stimulate The Local Economy & 2005) employment opportunities and the 9.1.2 Employment opportunities are ● Wolverhampton Economic Prospects; a importance of industrial and commercial 9.1.12 The Business and Industry Background increasingly being created in other Use report to Wolverhampton Task Force development particularly in the growing Paper emphasises the City’s high levels of Classes such as hospitals, educational (2001) (Prism consultants) knowledge driven sector. A range of sites unemployment, narrow economic base establishments and the leisure and retail ● West Midlands Regional Planning suitable for existing and future and its dependence on declining industries. Key policies relating to these Guidance Review - A Study into the businesses should be provided for. industries, and correspondingly low sectors are contained in other chapters. future of Employment Land Provision in levels of activity in ‘growth’ sectors. the West Midlands (Chesterton) 9.1.9 PPG13 advises that job creating 9.1.3 The Plans Business and Industry policies ● Analysis of enquiries to the Council and development should take place in 9.1.13 The Wolverhampton Economic Prospects support a number of regional, sub- its partners for land and premises locations that offer a realistic choice of Report (2001) predicts significant regional and local strategies to which the (ongoing) modes of transport. Office developments changes to the size and structure of the Council is party. These include the ● Market Sensitive Appraisal of Industrial should be directed to areas which are or local economy over the UDP period. Wolverhampton Neighbourhood Land and Premises in Wolverhampton may become highly accessible by public Overall levels of employment are Renewal Strategy and the (1997) (GVA Grimley) transport. It also advises that harnessing anticipated to contract to 2011, but this implementation programmes of the the use of new technologies can help to is predicted to be contrasted by an Regional Economic Strategy and 9.1.5 Each of these reports is available from reduce the need to travel. increase in total output, indicating that European Union Objective 2. Of the Council. firms will continue to invest in more particular significance is the Plan’s ability 9.1.10 The Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) efficient means of production. to realise the objectives of the National and Regional Policy Context stresses the need to regenerate the Wolverhampton Community Plan, the metropolitan areas of the West Midlands 9.1.14 These changes in the economy of the most relevant of which to this Chapter 9.1.6 Major changes in national planning region in order to support urban City will be exacerbated by skill problems are: policy since 1993 require a review of the renaissance and reverse historic in the local workforce. The new jobs likely policy approach towards Business and decentralisation into the shires. It also: to be created in the service sector are ● to contribute towards a wealth Industry as set out in the first dominated by managerial, professional generating city by: Wolverhampton UDP. In particular, ● Emphasises the need to diversify the and skilled technical occupations. o promoting and opening up sites for changes in PPG6 (1996), now known as economy through encouragement of Without significant levels of training, the business development PPS6: Planning for Town Centres, PPG12 growth industries, the service sector, high local workforce will experience increasing o safeguarding existing jobs by allowing (2000), now known as PPS12: Local technology activity and inward problems in competing for new job companies to expand and protecting Development Frameworks and PPG13: investment opportunities, resulting in increased viable employment premises from Transport (2001) have placed much ● Advises that a range of employment sites levels of in commuting. redevelopment greater weight on the importance of the should be offered ‘to reflect the differing planning system in promoting more development needs of businesses and to Regional Policy initiatives ● to contribute towards a green city by: sustainable patterns of development. give a choice in terms of size and quality’; o encouraging the reuse of prominent ● Locations should minimise reliance on 9.1.15 The City’s economic vulnerability is empty buildings 9.1.7 PPS6 supports the protection of the car for access and should provide for reflected in and recognised by its industrial and commercial land from the juxtaposition of employment and inclusion in a wide range of European, ● to contribute towards a City of retail development, especially where it residential uses. national, regional and local funding areas communities and Neighbourhoods by: can be shown to have the effect of and other initiatives. These include EU

114 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 115 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

Objective 2, UK Government Assisted 9.1.20 The Agenda for Action identifies a However, the UDP is of crucial ● Strengthen and diversify the City’s Area status (Tier 1 and 2), Single number of target clusters that are either importance in complementing the economic base; Regeneration Budget; and Advantage established (transport technologies, regional policy initiatives described ● Ensure that the benefits of economic West Midlands Regeneration Zone. The building technologies, food and drink, above and local regeneration development are shared by all, UDP Strategy, as set out in Chapter 2, has tourism and leisure, high value added programmes, and can provide a clear particularly the residents of those areas been developed alongside the strategic consumer products); growing framework for and positive of greatest need. approaches being promoted by these (information and communication encouragement to, private sector initiatives in order to maximise their technology, specialist business and investment. 9.1.27 In order to realise these aims, the policies effectiveness and provide a clear professional services and environmental have the following specific objectives: framework for investment decisions. technologies) or embryonic / aspirational (interactive media, medical 9.1.24 In order to fulfil these requirements, the ● To enable the provision of an adequate 9.1.16 The implementation of these initiatives is technologies). Appropriate clusters will Plan adopts a flexible and positive policy supply of land for development and to underpinned by the Regional Economic be encouraged to locate within the framework. The UDP can ensure the ensure that the land identified provides a Strategy (RES) produced by the Regional Regeneration Zone and High Technology protection of key sites and provide a portfolio of sites to reflect the differing Development Agency (RDA) and set Corridors. good choice of sites to meet, as far as development needs of businesses and to within the overall framework of RSS. possible, the full range of business give a choice in terms of size, location, 9.1.21 The Rover Task Force Report, published in requirements. Employment growth will quality and use class; 9.1.17 The implementation of the RES is being June 2000, identified the promotion of be promoted principally at key nodal ● To ensure that the land identified is carried forward by the ‘Agenda for Action’ three ‘High Technology Corridors’ as a points located on a series of three of the readily capable of development for the which sets out a shortlist of priority means of diversifying and modernising Strategic Regeneration Corridors; the uses proposed; projects. These projects range from the Region’s economic base. These A449 Stafford Road Corridor, the Bilston ● To facilitate the expansion of existing spatially targeted initiatives to more corridors now form a principal element of Corridor and the Wednesfield Corridor. businesses and promote the thematic and sectoral assistance RSS. One of the selected corridors links The Stafford Road corridor is of particular development of clusters of growth sector programmes. The most significant of Wolverhampton with Telford via the importance to the implementation of the organisations; these in terms of the land use planning A449/M54 axis. The corridors were Plan’s strategy. It contains a number of ● To avoid the loss of existing viable system are: selected on the basis of the following the City’s larger employers, including the employment land and premises to characteristics: University of Wolverhampton and other uses; ● Regeneration Zones Wolverhampton Business and Science ● To ensure that in terms of location, sites ● Sectors and Clusters ● The potential to attract and develop Parks. By virtue of its excellent should contribute to reducing the need ● High Technology Corridors more high tech, high value added communication links, high quality to travel and are readily accessible by a businesses by virtue of the presence of development opportunities and existing choice of modes of transport; 9.1.18 Regeneration Zones provide the Universities, research institutions or businesses, the corridor has the potential ● To ensure that local people, particularly framework by which UK Government and property opportunities; to attract high profile, growth sector in areas of greatest need are able to EU resources can be targeted effectively ● They were located in areas heavily cluster organisations and has a key role access appropriate new job opportunities to areas of greatest need in order to dependent upon the automotive sector. in supporting a range of initiatives in the and training programmes; realise maximum benefit. The RES Wolverhampton - Telford High ● To ensure a high standard of design in identifies six Regeneration Zones (RZ). 9.1.22 The Wolverhampton - Telford corridor has Technology Corridor. new development in order to avoid The North Black Country and South deliberately not been tightly defined. It is significant detrimental impact upon Staffordshire Regeneration Zone covers more relevant to interpret it as an 9.1.25 The Plan also contains policies which set adjacent land uses and create an the great majority of central and eastern approach to discovering and delivering out to support the growth and expansion attractive working environment. Wolverhampton including all the major opportunities in a range of key of indigenous firms, as well as the concentrations of industrial activity in the established nodal points within the attraction of new businesses into City. corridor, such as Wolverhampton Science Wolverhampton. The Plan contains 9.2 Promoting Investment Park and Wolverhampton Business Park. design guidance for new employment 9.1.19 The RES also promotes the concept of development and seeks to ensure that Policy B1: Economic Prosperity (Part I) cluster development to drive the UDP Strategy local people are able to benefit from new sustainable economic development of job opportunities. The Council will seek to improve the region by attracting growth sector 9.1.23 The Council’s ability to tackle underlying Wolverhampton’s prosperity by granting organisations. Clusters are groups of economic issues is severely constrained. Aims and Objectives planning permissions for inward investment, companies and organisations in related The regeneration of the local economy is the establishment of new small and medium industries that have economic links governed by the state of the national 9.1.26 The policies in this Chapter aim to: sized enterprises and the expansion or through, for example, trading, common economy, levels of central government ● Maximise local employment relocation of existing businesses on existing skills and infrastructure, or other areas of funding, EU policy and capital spending, opportunities and minimise and allocated sites / buildings within the City. mutual interest. and the actions of the private sector. economic disadvantage;

116 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 117 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

9.2.1 Creating a prosperous and successful Policy B3: Business Development Allocations Table 9.1 Business Development Allocations economy is a key objective of the Council and the Local Strategic Partnership. The Business Development Allocations are sites Site category Site reference Site name Size (ha) Plan can help to achieve this by ensuring of over 0.4ha (1 acre) and available at 1 the protection of key sites and providing April 2003. The sites listed in Table 9.1 are Premium (Regional B3.1 Wolverhampton Business Park 8.6(o) a good choice of sites to meet, as far as primarily safeguarded for Class B Investment Site) possible, the full range of business employment uses, subject to the requirements. The Plan also provides a restrictions on development for offices Total premium 8.6 flexible and positive policy framework, and warehousing in policies B6 and B8; against which planning applications for Sub-regional B3.2 Brook Point 8.1 different types of business development Other employment generating uses will be can be assessed, bearing in mind other permitted where: B3.3 Wolverhampton Science Park 5.2(o) (3.7ha net) planning considerations ● the uses concerned are not main town B3.4 Science Park extension 2.9(o) centre uses as listed in Policy SH2; B3.5 Antar Phase 4 4.4++ ● they are consistent with the status of the B3.6 Citadel Junction 5.7+ 9.3 Portfolio of Sites site as part of the portfolio of B3.7 Bowmans Harbour 9.8** employment land in the City; Total sub-regional 36.1 Policy B2: Balanced Portfolio of ● they have characteristics comparable Employment Land (Part I) with uses within Classes B1, B2 and B8, Good local B3.8 Planetary Road 4.4 including terms of job creation; The Council will work towards the provision ● they are compatible with the use of other B3.9 Ladymoor Road 3.0+ of a balanced portfolio and geographical areas of the site for Class B purposes and B3.10 Corus 4.9 spread of Class B employment land that is will not prejudice the efficient operation B3.11 Pendeford Business Park 0.9(o) readily capable of development and well of existing or proposed industrial uses; B3.12 Spring Vale 0.4 served (or capable of being served) by and B3.14 Bentley Bridge 2.0* existing infrastructure. ● it is shown that they are necessary in B3.15 Former IMI works 3.7* order to make development of an MU4 Former GKN site 3.2(o - office 9.3.1 One of the key roles of the UDP endorsed allocated site viable. in RSS is the establishment of a balanced block only) portfolio of development sites in order to Strategic Bilston Urban Village 7.0 assist in the process of urban Regeneration regeneration. Area B3.18 Rear IMI Marston 2.3 9.3.2 A balanced portfolio means a supply of B3.26 Rolls Royce 2.5++ land available for development and capable of meeting anticipated market Total good local 34.3 demands. It should provide a diversity of Other local B3.19 Old Heath Road 0.7 sites and premises in terms of size, B3.20 Phoenix Road 1.5 location, market sector and quality, the B3.21 Qualcast Bridge 1.5 balance of which changes to reflect B3.22 Qualcast Road 0.4 market requirements. The allocation of a 2.3 range of sites to provide this balanced B3.23 Vulcan Road portfolio is provided in Policy B3 and in B3.24 Crown Works 1.5 other parts of the Plan dealing with office B3.25 Cable Street 1.2 and retail development. Total other local 9.1

Grand total 88.1

● suitable for a Medipark which could include high technology industry, business, research and development uses related to healthcare and medical technologies and health care related office and education uses ** development could include other employment generating community uses + known nature conservation interest on site that should be considered in development proposals ++ compensatory provision or commuted payment in lieu of on site provision for the loss of recreational open space required (o) development for Class B1 (a) office uses will be acceptable

118 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 119 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

9.3.3 Policy B2 states that the Plan will allocate Using these rates as the basis for UDP of clusters. The site serves the with good (or potentially good) public and seek to retain a portfolio of sufficient land supply over the period 2003-11 Wolverhampton-Telford High Technology transport links, well sized and attractive, employment land of appropriate size and would equate to between 75.2 ha and Corridor and the North Black Country with the potential to meet both cluster quality. The UDP employment land 80.0 ha. and South Staffordshire Regeneration priorities and local needs. Size and requirement is based upon a two-stage Zone. Wolverhampton Business Park is location are key when identifying process: 9.3.7 Class B employment land availability at safeguarded for Class B1 use only and such sites. April 2003 comprised 88.1 ha. This is has an approved Masterplan for a Class Stage 1 - establish minimum quantitative made up of 38.5 ha from undeveloped B1 business park that comprises largely 9.3.16 In Wolverhampton, the larger requirements on the basis of past build 1993 UDP sites carried forward, 28.7 ha office development. The Council will not Wednesfield Way sites, Antar rates on large ‘windfall’ sites and 20.9 ha of permit any additional large-scale Phase 4, Wolverhampton Science Stage 2 - identify qualitative shortfalls in land identified though the Regional ancillary development on the site Park, Citadel Junction and Bowmans terms of the requirements of the revised Employment Land study. The City is following the completion of the hotel Harbour have been included on the Regional Planning Guidance, and the therefore able to satisfy quantitative and health club. basis that they have excellent links to needs of the property market. employment land requirements over the the strategic highway network and are UDP period. 9.3.12 In addition to Wolverhampton Business thus likely to prove attractive market 9.3.4 This approach is discussed in more detail Park, two further sites comprising 43.7ha propositions. In particular, the in the Business and Industry Background Qualitative requirement of land within the RIS category are proposed extension to Wolverhampton Paper located to the north of Wolverhampton Science Park is proposed to build . 9.3.8 Policy PA8 of RSS promotes a two-tier within South Staffordshire District as upon the success of earlier phases Medipark Facilities approach to defining the employment shown on Map 2.1. These sites are of development in attracting inward land portfolio. First tier sites are of located at Wobaston Road (35ha) and investment and indigenous high 9.3.5 In addition to the proposals for New regional significance and are made up of Hilton Cross (8.7ha). technology research and Cross Hospital set out in Policy C5, a the following sub tiers: development organisations. partnership of the Royal Hospital Trust, Major Investment sites the City College, Black Country LSC and ● Regional investment sites Good quality local employment sites Wolverhampton University are ● Major investment sites 9.3.13 Current provision of Major Investment considering plans for a Medipark in the ● Regional logistics sites Sites in the Black Country is limited to the 9.3.17 Good quality local employment City. The Medipark could contain a range Wobaston Road site to the north of sites are above 0.4ha and other large of facilities based around the medical 9.3.9 Second tier sites are of more local Wolverhampton and within South sites that may be some distance technologies/health sector, including importance and consist of: Staffordshire District. This site abuts the from the strategic highway network. research and development, office and Wobaston Road RIS and is identified in Such sites are usually best suited to education provision, and will be strongly ● Sub-regional employment sites the Staffordshire Structure Plan. The accommodating local investment linked both physically and functionally to ● Good quality employment sites Structure Plan requires that the site needs although they are also capable New Cross Hospital. Given their location ● Other local employment sites should comprise some 50 ha and be of attracting small to medium sized close to New Cross, the mixed nature of reserved for one or exceptionally two projects from further afield. The the adjacent land uses and proximity to 9.3.10 Policy B3 demonstrates that the UDP is large firms within the B1 and B2 use class. majority of sites in Wolverhampton are the proposed Metro line, site B3.14 able to provide a balanced portfolio of within this category. Indeed, over the and/or site B3.15 would be the most sites in terms of potential market sectors Regional Logistics sites past 10 years the majority of appropriate location for this facility. Such and geographical location. This portfolio employment development has taken development will only be permitted as of sites is considered appropriate to meet 9.3.14 The Plan does not provide for a Regional place on such sites and has been to part of a phased comprehensive anticipated development requirements Logistics site in the City. This approach is accommodate sub-regional indigenous development scheme set out in a over the UDP period without the need to consistent with Policy PA11 of RSS which needs. This Plan has identified the Masterplan to be approved by the identify additional sites through the Plan does not identify the Black Country as a potential use of two of these sites Council. process. The principal sites within each of priority location for such development. (B3.14 and B3.15) as a Medipark for the RSS categories are described below. The development of Class B8 floorspace New Cross Hospital as described in Quantitative requirement in the City will be limited to small scale paragraph 9.3.5 Regional Investment Sites (RIS) proposals in accordance with Policy B8. 9.3.6 Build rates for Class B1, B2 and B8 uses Other local employment sites over the period since 1986/87 have 9.3.11 Wolverhampton Business Park forms the Sub-regional sites equated to some 6.4 ha per annum. Over City’s Regional Investment Site. The site 9.3.18 Other employment sites are the two most recent five yearly has been identified through the regional 9.3.15 Sub-regional sites are around 10ha in size predominantly to meet local needs monitoring periods, build rates have planning process as a site with the with the potential to attract regional, sub and are usually located such that been slightly higher, varying between 9.4 potential to help diversify the regional regional and national operators. Sites are they provide an important source ha per annum and 10.0 ha per annum. economy and assist in the development close to the strategic highway network, of moderately priced land.

120 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 121 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

9.4 Business Expansion 2. Orientating buildings and operations 9. Providing appropriate levels of and operational space for servicing and away from residential or other sensitive vehicle parking and circulation and manoeuvring will be required in Policy B4: Expansion of areas, and limiting door and window on-site turning space as required by accordance with relevant Plan policies. Existing Businesses openings and external plant in buildings Policy AM12; The design of junctions and estate access facing such areas to a minimum; 10. Taking full account of the need to roads should be to the requirements of The extension or expansion of existing 3. Providing a buffer between buildings prevent crime and reduce the fear of the highway authority. businesses will be permitted providing that and land used for employment crime in line with Policy D10; and the proposal can be satisfactorily purposes and residential curtilages, 11. Minimising levels of light pollution accommodated within the existing site or such buffer to include landscaping, as set out in Policy EP4. 9.6 Offices other suitable land for the purpose is fencing, acoustic bunding, screen available, subject to other UDP policies. planting and noise attenuation 9.5.1 In considering the development control Policy B6: Offices measures as required and criteria to be applied to Class B 9.4.1 The growth and expansion of existing to exclude buildings and vehicle employment development, it is Wolverhampton City Centre, as defined businesses often leads to demand for parking and manoeuvring areas; appropriate to provide more detailed on the inset map, will provide the main physical development. One of the key 4. Incorporating a landscaping scheme policy guidance to supplement that set concentration of office employment and objectives of the Wolverhampton which respects the site features, out in the Design Chapter of the Plan. will be the primary location for major new Community Plan / RZ Partnership is to existing and potential, and the nature This reflects the importance of ensuring office development proposals. Proposals for encourage sustainable indigenous conservation value of the site, makes that the environmental and amenity office development within the City Centre business growth, and the UDP has a role provision for amenity open space aspects of employment related inset map area will be determined against in supporting this objective and the areas, includes perimeter screen development are properly assessed and the criteria in Policy SH4 and SH5, and many actions linked to it. Overall, it is planting and integrates with other controlled. subject to any site specific policies and important that expansion proposals do aspects of the development; proposals where relevant not lead to over intensive development 5. Ensuring that outdoor storage areas 9.5.2 It is important that employment and of a site or premises, and that adverse are kept to a minimum and, where allied development can fit into the Office development of an appropriate scale impacts, for example on the environment essential, that they are suitably surrounding pattern of land uses without will also be encouraged in the following or traffic generation, are avoided. It may located, properly designed and detriment, with particular emphasis locations: be the case that the expansion needs of a screened; placed on ensuring that residential ● identified key sites within the Stafford growing business are best met through 6. Providing appropriate environmental amenity is protected through a variety of Road Corridor as listed in Table 9.1; relocation rather than continued protection by ensuring satisfactory means including landscaping, use of ● within the inset maps for Bilston Town occupancy of an increasingly restricted means for the disposal of trade buffer zones, building siting and use, and Centre and Wednesfield Village Centre in or cramped site. In this event the Council effluent and the storage of by-products design. The depth of any buffer will be accordance with Policies SH4 and SH6; will assist wherever possible. and waste awaiting disposal; determined through a development brief ● District and Local Centres (as defined on 7. Incorporating pedestrian and or negotiation. Conditions may be the Proposals Map) in accordance with cycle links to residential areas and imposed to ameliorate or reduce the Policies SH4, SH7 and SH8. 9.5 Design Standards existing footpaths and greenways, impact of certain uses or processes, together with access for public including restrictions on days and hours Office development in other locations will only Policy B5: Design Standards for transport vehicles where appropriate of operation, where this is justified in be permitted where: Employment Sites and including measures to improve order to overcome potential problems or 1. the development is compatible with access for employees by alternative concerns for proposals adjacent to adjacent uses and is consistent with Proposals for Class B employment purposes means of transport, including Travel sensitive areas. Policy B5; and appropriate sui generis commercial Plans, where appropriate (see Policy 2. it is ancillary to an existing or proposed uses should provide for adequate AM7); 9.5.3 A number of the Principal Employment production or storage / distribution use; infrastructure and the protection of the 8. Not permitting proposals where the Sites listed at Policy B3 are known to or amenity of surrounding land uses, traffic generated is likely to cause include areas or landscape features of 3. development will result in the retention particularly residential uses, by: serious nuisance to adjacent uses, importance for wildlife or geology. Urban of a building or group of buildings of adversely affect the effective use of ‘wasteland’ sites can also be of great architectural or historic interest and 1. Limiting proposals for land adjacent land for employment uses, or lead to a importance for wildlife and a survey and subject to Policy HE2; or to residential areas or other noise significant increase in environmental impact assessment may be required in 4. a need has been identified and a sensitive uses to Class B1 and small scale disturbance caused by heavy goods relevant cases as set out in Policy N5. sequential approach to site selection has B8 uses or other commercial vehicle movements on the local road shown that an edge of centre or out of uses where this would protect amenity, network. Transport Assessments may 9.5.4 In some cases, development briefs will be centre site is the sequentially preferred and imposing conditions be required when appropriate, as set prepared setting out detailed location; or as required to protect amenity; out in Policy AM6; development guidance for particular employment sites. Suitable car parking

122 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 123 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

5. there are no other suitable locations (B3.3, B3.4). These are the key sites in the modes of transport including public required to produce market and financial in or adjacent to a defined centre and the Wolverhampton-Telford High Technology transport will be considered. evidence to justify the loss of office proposal will meet an identified local Corridor and will benefit from significant floorspace. need as set out in Policy SH9. public transport investment over the 9.6.7 Office development in predominantly In such circumstances the site should be plan period, which will enhance their residential areas will not generally be 9.6.10 In addition, in exceptional circumstances, accessible by a choice of modes of travel accessibility. Furthermore, a number of considered acceptable due to traffic change of use or redevelopment of including public transport, walking or planning permissions for offices are generation and amenity considerations. viable office accommodation but may be cycling. extant on these sites, particularly high However, in exceptional circumstances, supported because the proposal is of technology and research and and where a building is of architectural significant strategic benefit to the role 9.6.1 Business office uses are any of those development. or historic importance the Council has a and status of the City Centre. For defined in Class B1(a) of the Use Classes duty to encourage its retention and example, major development proposals Order but specifically exclude those 9.6.4 Bilston Town Centre and particularly restoration wherever possible, and office of town centre uses such as shopping in financial and professional services found Bilston Urban Village also have the uses of such buildings may be an the City centre which enhance its role as in Class A2 of the Use Classes Order. potential to accommodate new office appropriate way of achieving this. The a sub-regional centre in accordance with development given their high levels of criteria which should be used to assess Policy SH1 may be supported. In 9.6.2 The 1990s has seen some decentralisation public transport accessibility. such proposals for ‘enabling locations outside the City Centre, of Wolverhampton’s office market, Wednesfield Village Centre also offers the development’ are set out in Policy HE2. proposals involving the change of use or resulting in developments at Pendeford opportunity for smaller scale office redevelopment of offices will be Business Park and Wolverhampton development. More details can be found 9.6.8 The design and layout of proposals for determined in accordance with Policy B9. Business Park. These developments have in the appropriate chapters of the Plan. office development must comply with been successful in attracting and planning standards, including retaining firms within Wolverhampton, 9.6.5 There may be some scope for small-scale satisfactory car parking provision and 9.7 Warehousing particularly large-scale requirements that office development within amenity considerations and the could not be accommodated in City Wolverhampton’s district and local requirements of Policy B5 where relevant. Policy B8: Warehousing Centre locations. While these sites are centres provided it is of a scale consistent peripheral, existing and proposed with the size and function of the centre Policy B7: Loss of City Centre Offices A proposal for large scale warehousing will improvements in public transport do (as defined in Policies SH7 and SH8) and only be permitted if it can be shown that: permit a choice of modes of transport for does not detract from their primary role Proposals involving the loss of existing City employees. While the UDP will continue of providing convenience shopping Centre offices will only be permitted where: 1. it is essential and ancillary to local to promote appropriate development in facilities and associated local services. In manufacturing or has demonstrable such sustainable locations, the Plan will many instances, such provision may be ● it can be demonstrated that the size, links elsewhere in the local economy; seek also seek to direct additional office limited to the reuse of upper floors. The location or design of the property render or development to the City Centre. The City Council will not encourage such it unsuited to modern business 2. employment generation is comparable Centre is accessible to the majority of the proposals where they will detract from requirements; or to that which could be expected to City’s workforce and is the hub of the local amenity. ● the development and / or land use will be result from other forms of employment public transport system. Large-scale of acknowledged strategic benefit to the development. Recent research by office development also contributes to 9.6.6 On other employment sites, the Council functioning of the City Centre. English Partnerships suggests that a vitality and viability by attracting more will resist office development unless it is density of 1 job per 35 sq metres is an people to leisure, retail and cultural ancillary to an established or proposed 9.6.9 It is recognised that some buildings in appropriate basis on which to make facilities. It is envisaged that over the production or distribution use. When the City Centre are no longer appropriate this comparison; or Plan period there will be a number of new development is proposed, for office use. The reuse of obsolete office 3. it is to accommodate the expansion opportunities for new office conditions to this effect may be imposed. buildings, particularly for residential needs of an established Wolverhampton development within the Canalside Such an approach is intended to steer purposes and subject to Policy H7, will be based distributors; and Quarter and St John’s Urban Village. More such development to the most accessible supported if it can be demonstrated that 4. in all cases the local road network is information on specific proposals can be locations and to safeguard other sites in they are no longer of a standard capable capable of accommodating the traffic found in the Wolverhampton City Centre the portfolio for more suitable of meeting modern business generated, taking into account both the Chapter. employment uses. Free-standing office requirements. The loss of modern capacity of the highways and the effect development on such sites will only be buildings that are capable of providing on traffic and pedestrian safety. 9.6.3 As described above, opportunities also considered when there are no realistic good quality office accommodation or exist for office development on key sites options in the preferred locations and older premises more suited to the needs identified in Policy B3, namely remaining there is an identified local employment of small and start up companies will be 9.7.1 Warehousing (including wholesale cash plots at Pendeford Business Park (site need for the types of jobs to be provided resisted. Where this is the case, the and carry uses) means those storage and B3.11), Wolverhampton Business Park at the site. In such instances, only sites Council will consider the individual distribution uses in Class B8 of the Use (B3.1) and Wolverhampton Science Park that can be easily accessed by a choice of circumstances and the applicant may be Classes Order. It does not include retail

124 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 125 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

warehousing which is a Class A1 Use and 9.8 Employment Areas community uses may preclude review has resulted in a number of is subject to the policies and proposals of employment activity to Class B1 or changes to DBAs, as detailed in the the Shopping and Role of Centres Policy B9: Defined Business Areas B8 uses. Business and Industry background paper. Chapter. In the Defined Business Areas (DBAs) shown 9.8.2 Sites within DBAs may be appropriate for 9.8.6 Over the lifetime of the UDP it is 9.7.2 Warehousing requires a considerable on the Proposals Map, and subject to Policy uses which serve the needs of businesses anticipated that a number of sites and site area but usually provides fewer job B5, the following uses will be considered and employees working within the area. premises within DBAs will become opportunities than similar sized Class acceptable on both vacant sites and through Such uses include food and drink or care available for redevelopment as a result of B1 or B2 uses. The Council considers the redevelopment of sites already in use: facilities. Such uses should be of a scale, a number of macro economic (structural large scale uncontrolled warehousing nature and location to serve the economic changes) and micro economic development is not appropriate in an ● B1 (business) subject to Policy B6; immediate needs of the DBA, where factors (the changing fortunes of urban area like Wolverhampton with ● B2 (industry); existing facilities are inadequate, and individual firms). In some instances, and a limited supply of employment land. ● B8 (storage / distribution) subject to where the requirements of Policy SH9 are subject to Policy B10, some of these sites Policy B8; satisfied. will no longer be suited to continued 9.7.3 It is recognised that warehousing may ● A1 (food), A3, A4, A5 (food and drink) economic activity, and other uses may be be complementary to manufacturing and D1 care facilities of a scale, nature 9.8.3 On appropriate sites, other acceptable sui supported. These sites may make a industries in Wolverhampton and, and location to serve the needs of the generis employment uses which would contribution towards the provision of therefore, large scale warehousing may DBA, in accordance with Policy SH9; otherwise be difficult to locate, such as new homes in the City, as set out in be acceptable if it can be demonstrated ● Uses ancillary to the principal Class B use plant / machinery hire, builders paragraphs 13.3.6-13.3.7 of the Housing that it is essential to the efficient of the property as defined in Policy B11. merchants or motor trade may be Chapter. functioning of these industries. acceptable within DBAs. Such uses can Wholesale cash and carry outlets may On appropriate sites, sui generis commercial assist the regeneration of DBAs and Policy B10: Redevelopment of also serve local retailers and traders and uses may also be appropriate where they create jobs. In considering proposals for Employment Land their development on employment land have characteristics comparable with uses development account will be taken of and Premises may be supported. within Classes B1, B2 and B8 or where they the cumulative impact of land lost to non create job opportunities, assist the Class B uses, and the availability of Proposals in Defined Business Areas, or at 9.7.4 Exceptionally, large scale warehousing regeneration of an Employment Area or alternative sites in appropriate locations. individual or small groups of employment may be acceptable if it can be accommodate uses that cannot be located in premises not shown on the Proposals Map, demonstrated that the resultant defined centres or residential areas. Such 9.8.4 In considering whether a site or building for uses other than the uses set out in Policy employment levels compare favourably development will only be permitted if the within a DBA is suitable for a sui generis B9 will only be permitted where: with those that might be expected from extent to which the area can function as an use, the Council will need to ensure that 1. the loss of the employment use and similar sized Class B1 or B2 employment Employment Area will be maintained or the efficient operation of industrial uses its replacement by the proposed use uses. Proposals to accommodate the enhanced. Factors to be taken into account elsewhere in the DBA are not prejudiced. would be in accordance with another expansion needs of established are job creation, the availability of land for Permission may therefore be refused policy or proposal in the UDP; or Wolverhampton based distributors will employment uses and the compatibility of where, for example, the future industrial 2. the existing use and/or the traffic be permitted, subject to compliance the proposed use with the use of adjacent activity in neighbouring premises and generated by that use has unacceptable with the criterion concerning traffic land for employment uses. sites could be unduly constrained; where impacts on the amenity of surrounding generation the public may be brought into contact land uses and/or on the highway Proposals in Defined Business Areas, for uses with atmospheric or noise pollution, network, and the proposed use would 9.7.5 Large scale warehousing is defined as other than those listed above, will not be contaminated and, heavy industrial remove those unacceptable impacts; or being in excess of 4000sqm of gross permitted unless the requirements of Policy traffic, etc; or where other conflicting 3. the site or premises are unsuitable for internal floorspace (approximately 1ha B10 can be satisfied. land use patterns may be established. continued employment use, whether by of land). Proposals for change of use of modern reuse of existing buildings or by industrial premises to non employment redevelopment, due to their location 9.7.6 The design and layout of proposals for 9.8.1 The Proposals Map identifies a series of uses will also be resisted, due to the and/or the standard of accommodation warehouse development must comply Defined Business Areas (DBAs). These impact on the supply of such premises. and/or the condition of the land and the with planning standards set out in SPG / DBAs accommodate the majority of the need for and costs of remediation works; SPD, including satisfactory car parking City’s industrial activity and will continue 9.8.5 The location and extent of the DBAs is and it has been shown that there is no provision and amenity considerations to do so in the future. The purpose of based upon the 1993 UDP. However, market demand for continued and the requirements of Policy B5 where DBAs is to identify areas where Class B these boundaries have been subject to employment use; or relevant. employment development is likely to be review having regard to the nature of 4. it has been demonstrated that the loss of acceptable having regard to the criteria existing uses and the suitability of the site or premises from employment set out in Policy B5. For example, in some introducing alternative forms of use would not prejudice the required instances, the proximity of residential or development such as housing. This supply of a balanced portfolio and

126 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 127 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

geographical spread of land for DBAs and other employment areas. 9.8.13 In addressing criteria (4), the Economic Regard will also be given to the location and size employment purposes over the UDP and Market Assessment should show that of the ancillary use as a whole in that it should period in accordance with Policy B2. 9.8.10 The Policy accepts that in some the redevelopment of the site or not affect the operation of the principal use. circumstances, land and premises premises concerned will not have an In all cases it will also be necessary to currently in employment use may be unacceptable impact upon the range and 9.8.15 Some established and proposed demonstrate that the introduction of the subject to other UDP proposals for non quality of the sites available for employment uses are hybrid in nature, alternative uses proposed will not inhibit or employment uses. In such cases, employment use in the relevant area. The including for instance elements of non prejudice the operations of any nearby redevelopment or reuse for non relevant area should be determined on Class B uses, such as factory shops. In occupiers or businesses. employment uses may be acceptable. the basis of the quality of the site having order to prevent inappropriate uses from However, in all other circumstances, one regard to the definition of employment encroaching into established industrial of the criteria (2), (3) or (4) must be land set out in Policy B3 and paragraphs areas and to protect existing and satisfied. Applicants will be required to 9.3.8 -9.3.18. For example in assessing the proposed employment land and 9.8.7 Policy B9 safeguards land and premises provide an Economic and Market supply of sites of sub-regional quality the premises it is important to ensure that within Defined Business Areas for Assessment in respect of criteria (3) and relevant area may include the whole of any ancillary use is related directly to the appropriate employment generating (4). The detailed requirements of this the City and in some cases, particularly principal purpose of the premises as a uses. In addition to the major assessment are set out in 9.8.12 and on the edge of the city, the supply of whole. concentrations of activity in the DBAs, 9.8.13. land in neighbouring authority areas will the Council recognises that there are need to be considered. The relevant area 9.8.16 The extent to which the non class B use smaller pockets of industrial uses across 9.8.11 In addressing criteria (2), it must be of sites of local significance will be much is ancillary to the principal operation of the City that are vital for providing local demonstrated that a business does not more localised, and limited to a much the premises will be determined having employment and a balanced portfolio of conform with the predominant land use, smaller geographical area from which the regard to the purpose of the business, different sizes and quality of sites. These such as established industrial operations demand for such premises is likely to be the predominant use of the premises, areas are a key characteristic of the City within residential areas, or otherwise drawn. the mode of operation and impact of where industrial activity sits side by side creates environmental, traffic or amenity such uses, and the criteria set out in with housing and other land uses. The conflicts. The benefits to be gained from 9.8.14 Where it can be demonstrated that these Policy B5. loss of these areas would mean that the removal of such businesses will need criteria are satisfied, in many situations residents may have to travel increased to be balanced against the wider particularly outside DBAs, housing 9.8.17 In the case of retail uses it will be distances to work. Among other things, advantages of retaining the site or development may be the best option but appropriate to limit any sales to only these areas may provide a less expensive premises in employment use. Mitigating other uses including community facilities the products of the in situ company source of industrial floorspace. measures such as sound insulation or and open space may also be considered. and planning conditions will need to revised access arrangements might Proposals for non ancillary retail or other be applied to restrict the area accessible 9.8.8 If sites within the DBAs or other enable a site’s retention rather than a uses more appropriately located within to visiting members of the public. employment areas become available change to non employment use. centres will be subject to the policies and Where retail development is considered during the Plan period the Council will proposals of the shopping and the role of ancillary and appropriate, the sales area seek their reuse for Class B employment 9.8.12 In addressing criteria (3), applicants will centres chapter. should not exceed 10% of the gross purposes in the first instance particularly be expected to submit an Economic and floorspace of the unit concerned, or if they have the potential to Market Assessment which demonstrates B11: Ancillary Uses in Employment Areas and 200sq metres, whichever is the least. accommodate a large number of local that the site is unsuitable for continued Premises Ancillary retail development in excess jobs. Such employment ‘windfalls’ will employment use. The sustainability of of the 10% or 200sqm thresholds will make a contribution towards the City’s the location (including its accessibility by Within existing and proposed employment sites be permitted where it can be employment land portfolio. Similarly, a a choice of modes of transport) will be and premises, proposals for ancillary uses will be demonstrated that there is a need for stock of available property is also needed one matter that should be considered in considered as ancillary and appropriate where: the retail activity which cannot be if companies are to start up and expand. this context. In assessing the potential of occupied on a sequentially preferable A range of sites is essential to the attracting continued employment use, 1. the ancillary use will not change the site in a defined centre (in line with Council’s strategy to promote indigenous the economic and market assessment principal purpose of the business policies SH5-SH8) or on the edge of growth, and also to attract new forms of should take into account whether the operating from the site; and a defined centre. employment, including small and start costs of the necessary remediation works 2. the ancillary use will not change the up firms, to counterbalance the would make the reuse or redevelopment principal mode of operation for the 9.8.18 Proposals for town centre uses, dependence upon declining traditional for employment uses unviable. The existing business; and as defined in Policy SH2, which are industries Economic and Market Assessment should 3. the level and type of employment not considered ancillary to a Class B also include evidence that the site has created by the ancillary use will not use, will be determined in accordance 9.8.9 The Policy establishes the circumstances been marketed over a reasonable period exceed the existing level of employment with the policies and proposals of the where proposals for uses not listed in of time and at realistic rental and capital provided by the principal uses of the Shopping and Role of Centres Chapter. Policy B9 will be permitted on land in values. premises. ancillary use.

128 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 129 CHAPTER 9 9 CHAPTER

9.9 Employment 9.9.4 The Council will also support proposals development and co-ordinate activity ii) Eastern Area - retail use on land fronting which develop new employment within within the sector as a whole. Within the Dudley Road; Policy B12: Access to Job Opportunities the community through ‘Social tourism sector, business tourism, defined iii) Southern Area - residential development Enterprise’ projects. Social Enterprise as hotel and conference facilities, is on Drayton Street and Pearson Street. The Council will negotiate planning projects aim to reinvest profits made into widely acknowledged as being at the obligations with the developers and developing new employment within the high yield end of the market. It accounts Additionally, improvements to the Graisley occupiers of major new job creating community or delivering a service in the for a large number of overnight stays and Recreation Ground are encouraged as is the developments to secure initiative and/or neighbourhood. These projects can play a significant proportion of overall introduction of a green corridor for contributions towards the recruitment and an important role in promoting expenditure. pedestrians and cyclists along Thomas training of local people. The training schemes neighbourhood regeneration, Street into the City Centre. should offer help particularly to particularly in Priority Neighbourhoods. 9.10.2 Although the sub-regional business disadvantaged groups, so that they may tourism and conference market has obtain the necessary skills to increase their grown strongly in recent years, there is 9.11.1 The regeneration of the ABCD area is a key access to job opportunities. 9.10 Hotel and Conference Facilities considerable scope for further priority for the Council. The area is development in Wolverhampton. As identified as a Strategic Regeneration 9.9.1 In attracting new employers to Policy B13: Business Tourism, Hotel such, the Tourism Strategy identifies the Area in Policy S1 of the UDP. The ABCD Wolverhampton, it is recognised that and Conference Facilities need to promote the area as a business Masterplan identifies the Warehouse people commuting from the rest of the and conference location and encourage Quarter as shown on the UDP Proposals region will take some of the new jobs. Proposals for hotel and conference facilities the development of new facilities. Map for a sustainable mix of uses It is important, however, that the jobs will be supported on sites within and Research has indicated that there is a including housing, creative and created in the new and existing sectors immediately adjacent to Wolverhampton particular need for a dedicated technology light industry, live / work of the economy are made available to City Centre, Bilston Town Centre, Wednesfield conference venue. In accordance with development and the reuse of historic all of the City’s workforce. Village Centre and defined District and Local Central Government Guidance contained buildings in the area. Retail uses will also Centres of a scale appropriate to the scale of in PPS6 and PPG13, proposals for hotel be permitted in recognition of the 9.9.2 In particular, many of those centres as defined in Policies SH5, SH6, and conference facilities will be directed potential upgrading of the existing local Wolverhampton’s industrial areas SH7 and SH8, and subject to Policy SH3. to defined centres or to locations that are trading community on the Dudley Road. and development sites are in close well served by a choice of means of Policy B14 sets out the appropriate range proximity to ‘Priority Neighbourhoods Proposals for hotel and conference facilities transport. Locations within or adjacent to of uses for this area as shown on the ’ as identified in the City’s will only be permitted on sites adjacent to the City Centre and town centres are ABCD Masterplan. Development briefs Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy. the City Centre, Bilston Town Centre, likely to be the most suitable and are are likely to be required to include design These areas form the focus for a range Wednesfield Village Centre and the able to contribute to vitality and viability. guidance and access arrangements. of public sector initiatives designed defined district and local centres if a need There will also be a need to review to improve problems of high for the facility concerned has been parking and traffic circulation within and unemployment, poor health, crime, demonstrated, and a sequential approach 9.11 All Saints and Blakenhall into/out of the area. low educational attainment and a to site selection has shown that no Community Development Area - poor physical environment. Although alternative site is available within the Warehouse Quarter 9.11.2 To the north west of the area subject to close proximity to job opportunities is relevant centre. In addition, the form, scale Policy B14 is the Marshalls Building, Pool important, it is not the only factor in and design of the development should be Policy B14: All Saints and Blakenhall Street. This site is also within the ABCD determining employment levels. appropriate to the site and location and Community Development Area Masterplan area and detailed guidance As such, a proactive multi-agency satisfy the requirements of Policy SH2. - Warehouse Quarter on the development and appropriate approach to secure job opportunities f range of uses for the site is set out in or residents in Priority Neighbourhoods The Warehouse Quarter includes the area Policy CC9. is required. 9.10.1 Throughout the 1990s, Wolverhampton bounded by St John’s Ring Road, Penn Road, experienced some growth in leisure and Dudley Road and Fellows Street. Within the 9.9.3 When new job creating development tourism and this is expected to continue sub-areas shown on the Proposals Map, the is proposed the Council and its partners during the Plan period. This sector is of following uses will be permitted: will negotiate with the company to benefit to both visitors and residents, i) Northern and Central Area - devise suitable training and recruitment providing valuable local employment refurbishment and reuse of the historic programmes that benefit local people. and supporting and diversifying the local buildings and mixed use development In some instances childcare will be economy. In recognition of this, the with an emphasis on creative and appropriate. This is consistent with Council has recently adopted a Tourism technology light industrial activity, and key aims of the plan that seek to tackle Strategy. The Strategy outlines actions to live/work high unemployment and minimise promote the City as a tourism location, units as demand arises; economic disadvantage. encourage new infrastructure

130 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 131 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 10: SHOPPING AND THE ROLE OF CENTRES

Contents

Para Page

10.1 Introduction 134 10.1.5 Scope of the Policies 134 10.1.6 Supporting Documents 134 10.1.8 National and Regional Policy Context 135 10.1.10 Local Changes and Consultants’ Recommendations 135 10.1.14 Retail Need 136

10.2 Centres Strategy and the Sequential Approach 137 Policy SH1: Centres Strategy (Part I) 137

10.3 Centre Uses 138 Policy SH2: Centre Uses 138

10.4 Need and the Sequential Approach 139 Policy SH3: Need and the Sequential Approach 139 Policy SH4: Integration of Development into Centres 141

10.5 City and Town Centres 142 Policy SH5: Wolverhampton City Centre 142 Policy SH6: Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield Village Centre 144

10.6 District and Local Centres 146 Policy SH7: District Centres 146 Policy SH8: Local Centres 146

10.7 Local Shops and Centre Uses 147 Policy SH9: Local Shops and Centre Uses Outside Defined Centres 147

10.8 Protected Frontages 149 Policy SH10: Protected Frontages 149

10.9 New Retail Development 150 Policy SH11: New Retail Development - Comparison Goods 150 Policy SH12: New Retail Development - Bulky Comparison Goods 150 Policy SH13: New Retail Development - Foodstores 151

10.10 Other Centre Uses 151 Policy SH14: Catering Outlets 151 Policy SH15: Drive-Through Facilities 153 Policy SH16: Amusement Centres and Arcades 153

10.11 Retailing at Petrol Filling Stations 154 Policy SH17: Retailing at Petrol Filling Stations 154

132 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 133 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

10.1 Introduction community and leisure facilities, as well work has been undertaken or where The plan has had a fair measure of as shopping and office employment, there was a particular need to further success in steering these developments 10.1.1 Shopping is a vital part of people’s lives, within a hierarchy of centres, as part of a update or supplement the consultants’ towards in-centre or edge of centre enabling them to buy food to eat and sustainable approach to land use. The findings. Each of these reports is locations and a number of out of centre clothes to wear and to fulfil a wide range policies in this Chapter contribute to this available from the Council. schemes have been resisted. However of other requirements. Access to a range by defining the broad roles of particular existing centres have clearly lost trade of shops with competitive prices, and the centres and the types of development National and Regional Policy Context and some have significantly changed opportunity to shop in convenient and appropriate to each. their roles. pleasant surroundings, is an important 10.1.8 The key national planning policy part of the quality of life. Restricted Scope of the Policies guidance for the policies and proposals 10.1.11 Improvement of the City Centre, and the access to shops or a poor choice of shops contained in this Chapter is provided by centres of Bilston and Wednesfield, has in is a form of deprivation, which can 10.1.5 Shopping provides the primary raison PPS6 ‘Planning for Town Centres’ (2005). recent years become a key priority for the exacerbate other inequalities. Shopping d’être for centres and policies are This guidance re-emphasises the council. Consultants Donaldsons also contributes to the local economy, therefore concerned principally with Government’s commitment to promoting undertook an audit of the City Centre in providing jobs and income, particularly development falling within Class A1 vital and viable town centres, and 1994 and an action plan was adopted in in a place like Wolverhampton, which Shops of the Town and Country Planning encourages development to be focussed 1995. There has been considerable serves a ‘sub-region’ extending well (Use Classes)(Amendment)(England) in existing centres in order to strengthen success on the ground, for example beyond the City boundary. Order 2005 (the Use Classes Order). and regenerate them. In order to deliver enhancement of the entertainment However there is a wide range of other these objectives, local planning quarter and progress with the scheme to 10.1.2 As part of the creation of a Wealth activities and uses that require a high authorities should: improve the retail markets and create a Creating City, a Healthy City and a City of degree of accessibility to their users ● Actively promote growth and manage new town square in the Salop Street / Communities, the Wolverhampton and/or generate a large number of trips, change in town centres; School Street area. A forum bringing Community Plan aims to: and whose location therefore needs to ● Define a network and hierarchy of together key stakeholders was ● Create more jobs in the service sectors be considered in accordance with similar centres each performing their established and its work is now being through providing opportunities to principles. The policies of this chapter are appropriate role to meet the needs of carried forward and expanded through a expand the role of the City Centre; therefore relevant to all centre uses, as their catchments; and City Centre company. Major ● Encourage the facilities that will enable defined in Policy SH2, although in a ● Adopt a proactive, plan led approach to improvements have also been achieved the City to be marketed to visitors and number of cases policies elsewhere in the planning for town centres. in Bilston and Wednesfield centres, investors; UDP also apply. including full or partial pedestrianisation ● Ensure all local communities have good 10.1.9 The Regional Spatial Strategy for the of their main shopping streets. access to healthy food; Supporting Documents West Midlands (RPG11, 2004) reiterates ● Provide sites for an accessible hierarchy the national principles and sets out a 10.1.12 At the same time, notwithstanding some of health care facilities; 10.1.6 Central to the review of policies for development strategy for town centres recent evidence of an uplift, ● Encourage the role of appropriate district shopping and the role of centres has and retail development in the region. Wolverhampton’s ranking in the national and local centres as the focus of been the Wolverhampton Shopping and Local development plans should ensure and regional centre hierarchies remains communities; Town Centres Study (1998) by that centres remain the main foci for lower than it was in the late 1980s. The ● Provide opportunities for retail and other consultants DTZ-Pieda. The consultants’ retail and office development. The development of Merry Hill shopping services that meet the needs of culturally report examined the existing retailing guidance identifies Wolverhampton as centre (major phase opened 1989) led to diverse communities structure of Wolverhampton and the one of a network of 25 “strategic town profound changes in shopping patterns potential for new retail development and city centres” serving the region, in and around the Black Country. Towns 10.1.3 The key aims of the shopping and role of during the period covered by the review; while Birmingham is to be further in immediate competition with centres policies are therefore: and made recommendations as to its developed as “a major regional capital of Wolverhampton like Walsall and Telford 1. to maintain a pattern of provision across location. The consultants undertook a European and international standing”. have also continued to extend their retail the City that gives the best possible partial update in 2000, the provision. In addition, during the period choice of shops and services in locations Supplementary Report on Retail Local Changes and Consultants’ covered by the UDP review, major new accessible to people in their everyday Capacity. This study was itself subject to Recommendations shopping developments in Birmingham lives; and review in 2003 by consultants CB Richard will fundamentally increase that City’s 2. to support economic regeneration by Ellis, and again by the same consultants 10.1.10 The pattern of retailing in attraction. The need to broaden sustaining and strengthening the sub- in October 2004. Wolverhampton has changed Wolverhampton’s shopping appeal is regional role of the City Centre. significantly since the 1993 UDP was becoming increasingly urgent. 10.1.7 The Council has also produced a Retail prepared. Approximately 71,000 m_ of 10.1.4 Part of the overall strategy of the UDP is and Centres Background Paper to new shopping has been developed 10.1.13 The 1998 DTZ-Pieda study, as updated by to focus the activities to which people support UDP policies and proposals, (1988-2001) mostly in the form of food the 2003 CB Richard Ellis review need frequent access, including social, covering aspects where further technical superstores and retail warehouse parks. examined the health of centres in

134 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 135 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

Wolverhampton and made need derived from DTZ-Pieda’s / CB Retail Warehousing originally identified in the 1998 DTZ recommendations on future action. The Richard Ellis’ work. By assessing future Pieda study will be satisfied by the principal findings of these studies were: changes in population and spending 10.1.18 With regard to quantitative need approved proposal at Raglan Street. ● The overall hierarchy of centres in the power within the catchment area the associated with the retail warehouse City as set out in Policy S1 of the 1993 consultants were able to identify the market, additional floorspace 10.1.22 The above forecasts of capacity in each of UDP remains generally valid; additional expenditure likely to be requirements for Wolverhampton to 2011 the main retailing sectors provide the ● Wolverhampton City Centre is an available to shops in Wolverhampton are very modest beyond that currently basis for the detailed policies and important catalyst for the regeneration of over the review period. This, in turn with the benefit of planning permission. proposals set out below. the City as a whole and in seeking to enabled the need for additional On the basis of existing commitments attract new investment and employment floorspace to be predicted. Separate and a modest uplift in market share opportunities the focus should wherever estimates were made for capacity (resulting from the development of 10.2 Centres Strategy and the possible be on the City Centre; associated with the city centre and retail modern, good quality and permitted Sequential Approach ● The City Centre remains reasonably warehouse comparison goods market floorspace), the anticipated requirement healthy. However there is a quantitative and that associated with the foodstore arising out of this market is: Policy SH1: Centres Strategy (Part I) and qualitative deficiency in retail and market. leisure provision in Wolverhampton, 2003 7,210 sqm net The network of centres shown on the resulting from a lack of investment in 10.1.15 In using these figures the Council has 2006 surplus of 580 sqm net Proposals Map will be maintained and recent years and this is reflected in some been conscious that projections of this 2011 150 sqm net enhanced as a means of providing access increased dissatisfaction amongst kind are subject to margins of error and to shoppers. are likely to be overtaken by events as 10.1.19 The most significant retail warehousing a wide range of shops, services and other ● There is a quantitative need over the UDP particular developments come forward. commitment is at Raglan Street on the activities in readily accessible locations, and period for new comparison shopping Furthermore, estimates of expenditure edge of Wolverhampton City Centre. as a focus for regeneration in the City. Centre floorspace in the City Centre. This is capacity do not in themselves uses, as defined in Policy SH2, will be supported by known demand from demonstrate need. Whilst such capacity Foodstores expected to locate within centres and will retailers and the growing investor is usually a necessary condition for be subject to the application of a sequential confidence evident since the Secretary of development, qualitative considerations 10.1.20With regard to foodstores the 2004 CB approach. In applying this strategy the State’s decision in 1997 to refuse a major are often of importance in determining Richard Ellis Assessment identifies the following broad roles of centres will be expansion of Merry Hill. The 1998/2000 the scale and form of need. following level of convenience need: recognised: DTZ Study also identified a requirement for further retail warehousing and a new Comparison Goods 2003 1,670 sqm net ● Wolverhampton City Centre will be foodstore provision. The CB Richard Ellis 2006 630 sqm net maintained in its role as a sub-regional review has confirmed that this retail 10.1.16 For comparison goods the consultants 2011 2,140 sqm net centre and the principal location for warehouse and foodstore need will be studies have identified the following employment, shopping, commerce satisfied by development proposals broad quantitative need for development 10.1.21 This assessment is made on the basis that and leisure activity in the City. Uses granted planning permission since 2000. associated with the city centre to 2011: the existing J Sainsbury store at St serving a sub-regional or City-wide ● The most appropriate direction for George’s Parade will cease to trade and catchment area will be encouraged expansion of the City Centre retail core 2004 21,830 sqm net not be replaced by another foodstore to locate within the City Centre. so as to enhance its overall appeal to 2006 27,350 sqm net operator, following completion of the ● Bilston and Wednesfield will function shoppers is towards the south in the 2011 36,310 sqm net Raglan Street development. However, if as town centres providing a wide Victoria Street/School Street area. the existing store continues to trade or is range of shopping and other services ● It is not feasible, or necessarily desirable, 10.1.17 This analysis has not been extended replaced by a smaller replacement store in the sectors of the City that they to accommodate all City Centre to assess the capacity associated with this level of residual spending would serve. Appropriate activities will be development pressures within the ring Bilston and Wednesfield centres, and reduce substantially. The 2004 CB Richard encouraged to locate within them. road. Some of the centre uses expected any such capacity associated with these Ellis Assessment indicates that if the J ● The four district centres identified on in a sub-regional centre, and other centres would be over and above that Sainsbury store at St George’s Parade is the Proposals Map and listed in Policy activities contributing to the role of the identified. Given the size of these c replaced by a smaller foodstore, the SH7 will be supported as the focus of City Centre, could be located outside entres, this would be comparatively residual convenience need at 2011 would convenience shopping and other local providing good links are created. modest, and reflect their role in serving equate to approximately 700 sqm net. services, social, leisure and community the south eastern and north eastern The Council understands that it is the uses within their respective localities. Retail Need sector of the City respectively. current intention of J Sainsbury to remain ● The 24 local centres identified on the trading from St George’s Parade and not Proposals Map and listed in Policy SH8 10.1.14 UDP policies and proposals seek to to implement proposals for a new store will be fostered and protected in order address the above issues, within the at Raglan Street. This notwithstanding, that an accessible range of local shops context of an assessment of quantitative the need for one large food store and services is available, especially to

136 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 137 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

those who do not have access to a car. 10.2.4 Other centres also have a significant 10.3.1 This Policy sets out the uses which the could not be sold within, or failing that on Outside identified centres, retail and other strategic role to play. On the eastern side Council regards as town centre uses for the edge of, a centre. The Council will apply centre uses will be permitted where they are of the City, Bilston and Wednesfield are the purpose of applying the sequential the sequential test in a flexible and realistic small in scale and meet the day to day needs important town centres at the core of approach. The definition of centre uses is manner. of a population living mainly within walking strong local communities. Both have consistent with the definition of “town distance which cannot conveniently be been the focus of regeneration initiatives centre uses” set out in PPS6. Retailing The Council will take into account any served from an identified centre, as required in recent years and the Council is which is associated with on-site genuine difficulties applicants can by Policy SH9. Other development of centre committed to maintaining this manufacturing or distribution activities demonstrate in operating their business uses in edge of centre or out of centre momentum (see Policy SH6). Both but which is on such a scale as to be model from the sequentially preferable locations will be permitted only where the centres are at the core of Strategic more than subsidiary to these activities sites in terms of scale, format, car parking requirements of Policy SH3 are met. Regeneration Corridors (see Policy S2) (see Policy B11) will be subject to this provision and scope for disaggregation. and inset proposals (see Chapters 16 and Policy. The Council will also expect applicants to 10.2.1 The strategy for centres forms part of the 17) provide opportunities for appropriate be innovative and flexible in their wider strategy of sustainable development to reinforce their roles. requirements in terms of considerations development. Centres are accessible by a 10.4 Need and the Sequential Approach such as floorspace, unit sizes, layouts and choice of means of transport and are 10.2.5 Other sectors of the City do not have configurations, ancillary facilities, car thereby available to all sectors of the major centres like Bilston and Wednesfield. Policy SH3: Need and the parking, servicing and design, so as not to community. The concentration of activities However there is an important network Sequential Approach preclude the possibility of identifying within them therefore helps to counteract of district and local centres, often within locations in centres. Where an edge of social exclusion. It also allows a variety of walking distance of people’s homes, Proposals for the development of centre uses centre or out of centre proposal comprises needs to be met in a single trip, so reducing many of which include community uses which serve more than a local need in different elements or units, or involves the overall need to travel. Centres also as well as retail services. Plan policies aim locations outside defined centres and not in adding floorspace to or within an existing help to define local communities and to to protect these centres and to steer accordance with allocations made in this Plan or permitted development, then each promote a sense of identity. appropriate development towards them. will be permitted provided that it has been part of the proposal should be considered A sequential approach has been applied demonstrated that: separately for an in centre location. 10.2.2 In applying this strategy the City Council in preparing the Plan’s detailed policies in does not seek to impose a rigid respect of centre uses and this approach 1. There is a need for the proposed However, a single operator will not be ‘hierarchy’ within which the relative will also be applied in assessing specific development; expected to split their proposed development status of all centres is permanently fixed. development proposals (Policy SH3). 2. A sequential approach to site selection into separate sites where flexibility in terms Nevertheless the recognition of broad has been adopted; and of scale, format, car parking provision and categories of centre and the 3. The proposed development is of a scale scope for disaggregation has been clearly identification of types of development 10.3 Centre Uses and nature appropriate to the location demonstrated. appropriate to each has important concerned. benefits, providing a framework of Policy SH2: Centre Uses For proposals involving an extension to complementary roles within which When adopting a sequential approach to site existing facilities, the sequential approach retail and other services requiring The following will be regarded as centre uses: selection the first preference should be for will only be a relevant consideration where widely different ‘support populations’ sites within a defined centre appropriate in the gross floor space of the proposed can be accommodated and accessibility • Retail (including warehouse clubs role and scale to the proposed development extension exceeds 200 sqm. optimised. and factory outlet centres); and its intended catchment area. Only in the • Leisure, entertainment facilities, and the absence of such sites should edge of centre The following additional criteria will also 10.2.3 Wolverhampton City Centre is the more intensive sport and recreation uses sites be considered, and then out of centre need to be met: most accessible location in the City and (including cinemas, restaurants, bars and sites accessible by a choice of means of 4. The proposed development will not have the hub of public transport services. It is pubs, night clubs, casinos, health and transport. “In centre” and “edge of centre” are a harmful effect on the vitality the key focus of employment, shopping, fitness centres, indoor bowling centres, defined in Policy SH4. or viability of any defined centre commerce and leisure activity in the and bingo halls); (including centres outside City and a surrounding ‘sub-region’ and • Offices, both commercial and those Where an edge of centre or out of centre site Wolverhampton), either alone or its continued vitality is crucial to of public bodies; and is proposed, applicants will need to cumulatively. successful regeneration. Improvements • Arts, culture and tourism (theatres, demonstrate that sites within the main 5. The proposal must offer genuine and to the centre’s infrastructure and the museums, galleries and concert halls, shopping areas of appropriate defined realistic safe and easy access by public provision of opportunities for further hotels, and conference facilities) centres are not suitable, viable and likely to transport, walking and cycling for all development of a City-wide or sub- become available over the period within sections of the community, and from a regional scale will therefore contribute In addition, housing will be an important which the need is likely to arise. Proposals for wide catchment, to help achieve better to environmental, social and economic element in most mixed use, multi storey out of centre sites will also need to access to facilities and development by a objectives (see Policy SH5). developments. demonstrate that the type of goods to be sold choice of transport modes.

138 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 139 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

6. The proposed development contributes application of these tests to future by a choice of means of transport 10.4.8 The definition of centre uses for the to the objectives of reducing the need to development proposals is the primary although convenient, barrier-free purposes of this Policy is consistent with travel and reducing car use and does not means by which the plan will sustain the pedestrian and cycle routes to and from the definition of “town centre uses” set significantly increase local traffic levels of network of centres defined in Policy SH1 the existing main shopping area of the out in PPS6. Retailing which is associated congestion. and ensure that shopping and other centre will need to be demonstrated (see with on-site manufacturing or distribution 7. There is no significant detriment to local activities that attract large numbers of Policy SH4). Consideration of wider travel activites but which is on such a scale as amenity. people are accessible by a choice of patterns and the impact upon car use will to be more than subsidiary to these means of transport. need to be demonstrated in a suitable activities (see Policy B11) will be subject Where necessary, when edge of centre or out statement. Consideration of compatibility to this Policy. In the case of warehouse of centre developments are approved, the 10.4.2 All relevant significant proposals for with nearby uses will ensure the clubs, they will be treated as retail uses and Council will impose appropriate planning centre uses outside defined centres will protection of residential amenity. centre uses for the purpose of this Policy. conditions to ensure that such developments have to establish a need. The Council’s Consideration of compatibility with other will not change their character in such a way definition of need refers to meeting the UDP policies will ensure a suitable design as to have an adverse impact in terms of the requirements of all sections of the and layout. If the site is allocated for Policy SH4: Integration of Development policies of this Plan. The particular conditions population for a good choice of some other use in the UDP (for example into Centres to be attached will depend on the character shopping and other services in accessible as a housing or business development of individual schemes, but the following locations close to where they live. These allocation), this will take precedence. To ensure the proper integration of principles will be followed for retail needs are not necessarily the same as developments in or on the edge of centres, developments: predicted growth in and availability of 10.4.5 For any edge of centre or out of centre proposals should be sensitively integrated, expenditure, although in the case of site it will need to be demonstrated that in functional and visual terms, with the i. maximum and minimum unit sizes will retailing this will usually be a necessary this is accessible by a choice of means of Primary Shopping Area and with other land be controlled and, in particular (apart condition. The promotion of regeneration transport or can be made so. Public uses, pedestrian routes, car parking, public from external sales and storage areas) or social inclusion will not be regarded as transport accessibility must be, or be transport facilities, servicing arrangements, no comparison retail units of under 929 indicators of retail need but may be capable of becoming, extensive. It must traffic circulation, and the local townscape. sqm (10,000 sqft) gross will be allowed material considerations in the selection provide the opportunity of reaching the Development proposals will be considered unless it meets a local need; of sites. site from a wide range of places and for a as ‘in centre’ or ‘edge of centre’ according to ii. sub-division of units will be restricted; diverse range of people, with particular the following principles:- iii. the insertion of mezzanine floors which 10.4.3 If need can be demonstrated, a reference to those without access to increase the sales area above that which sequential approach to site selection private transport. Wolverhampton City Centre and Bilston and led to the edge of centre or out of centre must then be followed. If no sites within Wednesfield town centres: site being justified will be restricted a defined centre of appropriate scale and 10.4.6 The imposition of a minimum unit size ● For the purposes of retail development, iv. the ranges of goods to be sold will role are suitable, viable or likely to and restrictions on the range of goods to sites within the defined Shopping Quarter be restricted to those which led to become available within a reasonable be sold from retail warehouse of the City Centre or within the Primary the edge of centre or out of centre site time, edge of centre sites are next to be developments will ensure that the retail Shopping Areas of the defined town being justified considered because, if appropriately impact of a proposal upon a defined centres will be treated as in centre v. the range and proportion of ancillary located, these can also provide for joint centre will be controlled. Comparison locations. services, sales and activities proposed shopping trips. If there are no edge of goods that could be expected to be ● For the purposes of development for may be restricted in order to ensure centre sites, out of centre sites will be a found within the defined centres will be leisure uses, or for other centre uses that that they remain ancillary to the main last resort. excluded. As a minimum, conditions will attract a significant number of visits from development where it is considered usually prevent the sale of clothing and members of the public or for uses that that, if uncontrolled, these ancillary 10.4.4 Where the above criteria lead to footwear, books, electrical and audio- are likely to be visited in the course of uses would not otherwise have proposals for edge of centre or out of visual goods, pharmaceutical goods, shopping trips sites within the Ring Road been permitted. centre sites, a more detailed assessment jewellery, silverware, watches and clocks (in the case of the City Centre) or within will be made on the basis of the second and sports and recreational goods. the Inset Map boundaries (in the case of group of criteria. If there is a question of Bilston and Wednesfield town centres) will potentially significant retail impact on a 10.4.7 All proposals for centre uses (as defined be treated as in centre locations. 10.4.1 The Council’s strategy is to concentrate defined centre, a retail impact in Policy SH2) on the edge of, or out of ● or the purposes of development of Class new retail and other activities used assessment in accordance with PPS6 will centre, will be subject to this policy and B1 office uses or for other uses that do regularly by large numbers of people in be required. For an edge of centre will have to be accompanied by not attract large numbers of visits from centres. In allocating sites for centre uses location the proposition that the supporting material demonstrating members of the public in the UDP, the Council has carried out development would support the role of compliance. The level of detail required sites within the relevant Inset Map assessments of need, and has adopted a the centre through joint shopping trips will depend on the scale of development boundary will be treated as in sequential approach to identifying sites will need to be considered. Edge of and the range of policy issues it is likely centre locations. to meet such need. The continuing centre sites are often already accessible to give rise to.

140 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 141 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

Edge of Centre including railway and bus stations can be proposals set out in Chapter 15 and the shopping base is essential if there is to be For retail purposes, a location that is well considered edge of centre for the associated City Centre Inset Plan. Priority continued development of connected to and within easy walking purpose of the sequential approach. In will be given to the following: Wolverhampton’s role in respect of, for distance (i.e. up to 300 metres) of the determining whether a site falls within 1. Expansion of the prime comparison example, business services and cultural Shopping Quarter of the City Centre or the the definition of edge of centre, account shopping core in the Victoria Street and and leisure activities. The Shopping and Primary Shopping Areas of the Town Centres should be taken of local circumstances. Cleveland Street area; Town Centres Study concluded that most will be regarded as edge of centre. For example, local topography will affect 2. Implementation of the Wolverhampton of the additional shopping floorspace pedestrians’ perceptions of easy walking City Centre Access and Interchange required in Wolverhampton - other than District and Local Centres: distance from the centre. Other Scheme; that required to meet purely local needs - ● In centre developments will be within the considerations include barriers, such as 3. Facilitating the further development and should be located within or immediately centre boundaries shown on the crossing major roads and car parks, the consolidation of the University; adjoining the City Centre. The key Proposals Map. attractiveness and perceived safety of the 4. Further development of the requirement, if Wolverhampton is to ● Edge of centre developments - for route and the strength of attraction and Cultural/Entertainment and Artist retain its market share, is for new quality retailing and other uses - should be well size of the centre. A site not well Quarters; shopping space integrated with the connected and immediately adjoining or connected to a centre where it is 5. Development which contributes to existing shopping core to accommodate close to existing in centre shopping / physically separated from it by a barrier the achievement of the Wolverhampton a further department store and other service provision. such as a major road, railway line or river Urban Village; comparison retailers. This will be and there is no existing or proposed 6. Enhancement of the Canalside provided primarily by development in All developments within and on the edge of pedestrian route which provides safe and Quarter and its integration with the rest the Victoria Street / Cleveland Street area, established centres should make best use of convenient access to the centre. This of the City Centre. where there are opportunities for land and buildings within or on the edge of Policy seeks to provide an interpretation 7. Retention and enhancement of integration with the Mander and Wulfrun the centre, including upper floors. of the national guidance in the context of convenience shopping provision within centres, Beatties department store and Development proposals that would prejudice the centres identified in the the City Centre, including the existing the retail markets (see Chapter 15: a comprehensive approach to the use of land Wolverhampton UDP. The circumstances retail markets; Wolverhampton City Centre). and buildings will be resisted. of individual sites will determine what 8. Development of a large foodstore can reasonably be regarded as edge of and bulky goods retailing as part of 10.5.3 The Shopping and Town Centres Study 10.4.9 It is important that all developments centre. In district or local centres a a mixed-use development at Raglan also indicated a need for an additional within centres are carefully integrated maximum of 100 metres for any centre Street; large foodstore and further non-food into the existing urban fabric, both use is likely to be more appropriate 9. Achievement of a mixed use shopping of the ‘retail warehouse’ type visually and functionally, so that they redevelopment of the former Royal during the period to 2011. The CB function properly as part of the centre as Hospital area including residential, Richard Ellis review confirmed that these a whole and contribute positively to the 10.5 City and Town Centres but excluding large scale retail. needs can be accommodated principally local townscape. Policy SH4 sets out by the approved major mixed-use some general principles that will help to Policy SH5: Wolverhampton City Centre 10.5.1 Wolverhampton’s role as a major sub- redevelopment in the Raglan Street area ensure that this is achieved. The policy regional centre, providing shopping, to the west of the ring road and other will be applied at every level of the The role of Wolverhampton City Centre as a leisure, business, higher education and small scale developments. Convenience centre hierarchy, including local centres. sub-regional centre providing a other services, is a key element in the shopping is a significant component of comprehensive range of shopping and other local economy. Notwithstanding the City Centre generally, including the 10.4.10 Government guidance (PPS6) provides services for a catchment area embracing the competing developments, the City prime-shopping core. It complements some indications as to what may north-western part of the West Midlands Centre continues to serve a substantial comparison-shopping and provides reasonably be regarded as an edge of Conurbation, southern Staffordshire and catchment area extending well beyond regular food shopping opportunities, centre location. The Guidance explains eastern Shropshire will be maintained and the City boundary. It accounts for some particularly for public transport users and that for retail purposes, a location that is enhanced. 33,000 jobs (one third of the City total) a people employed in the City Centre. The well connected to and within easy significant proportion of which are Council will seek to retain and where walking distance (i.e. up to 300 metres) of Shopping, office, leisure and cultural, attributable to the sub-regional role. In possible enhance these facilities, the primary shopping area may be educational, health, transportation and other addition, the quality and range of including supermarket facilities and the regarded as edge of centre. For all other facilities appropriate to this role will be services available in the City Centre is a existing retail markets. major town centre uses, this is likely to be encouraged. This will include convenience key element in the quality of life and within 300 metres of the ring road (in the shopping and other services important to experience of residents and visitors to 10.5.4 Accessibility is crucial to the role of the case of the City Centre), or Town Centre nearby residents and to people working the City. City Centre. Major enhancement will be Inset Map boundaries. For office within the City Centre. achieved by implementation of the development, locations outside the City 10.5.2 The wide range of activities concentrated Access and Interchange scheme, which and Town centres but within 500 metres Development in the City Centre area will be in the City Centre tend to reinforce each has now been accepted for LTP funding. of a public transport interchange, guided by the detailed policies and other and the maintenance of a healthy This development will create a major

142 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 143 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

public transport hub by integration of component in meeting the City’s housing local centres that serve other parts of the Wednesfield section is now identified as the rail station with a remodelled and needs as well as contributing to the City. Although Wednesfield is a one of four routes for the further extended bus station and potentially vitality of the City Centre. Additional substantially smaller centre than Bilston, development of Midland Metro following with Midland Metro, extended in the housing is to be provided both through both centres have a long history as the the imminent Birmingham City Centre form of an extension along the adaptation of existing buildings focus of areas with a strong sense of local and Brierley Hill extensions and is Wednesfield corridor. The high (including “living over the shop”) and by identity. Both retain a significant range of identified as a priority in the local accessibility of the interchange will new development including mixed-use services and of business and community Community Plan. promote opportunities for intensive schemes. A key mixed-use scheme will be facilities in addition to their retail role forms of land use in its vicinity. The that for the Royal Hospital area. and both act as significant nodes in the eastern side of the City Centre generally public transport network. 10.5.11 Unfortunately in neither centre has new provides opportunities for regeneration, food and non food retail development in part associated with the transport Policy SH6: Bilston Town Centre and 10.5.9 The UDP recognises and seeks to been as fully integrated with the town interchange. This area is defined as the Wednesfield Village Centre reinforce the distinctive roles of Bilston centre as was intended in the plan and Canalside Quarter and is the subject of and Wednesfield. The main emphasis improvements in this situation are a proposals, particularly for new business The role of Bilston and Wednesfield as town over the UDP period will be major emphasis of the review proposals. and leisure uses, which are set out in centres serving the south-eastern and north- consolidating the major changes which The Morrison foodstore at Bilston, is detail in Chapter 15. eastern sectors of the City respectively will have taken place in both centres over the separated from the Primary Shopping be maintained and enhanced. The main role past five to ten years and ensuring that Area by the Black Country Route, but has 10.5.5 The presence of a large university is a of these centres will be to provide for bulk both continue to act as a focus for complemented the existing town centre positive factor in the educational, convenience shopping, an element of regeneration in their respective areas. to some degree. Surveys in Wednesfield, economic, social and cultural life of the comparison-shopping, and other services Proposals, which are set out in detail in suggest that the Sainsbury’s (ex. Coop) City generally. The main campus of the and community facilities for the areas Chapters 16 and 17, aim to ensure that store tends to act as a free-standing University is a key land user in the they serve. the future development of both centres attraction, little used in association with northern sector of the City Centre. There is fully integrated with, and benefits the village centre proper. In both cases are major interactions between the Development in the two centres will be from, the major changes which will be action is required to secure better University and the other functions of the guided by the detailed policies and proposals taking place in their immediate localities. integration and to overcome the barriers City Centre and the presence of a large set out in the Bilston and Wednesfield inset to pedestrian movement. In Bilston these staff and student population is an chapters and the associated inset plans. 10.5.10 The 1993 UDP proposed for both Bilston linkages will be associated with measures important contributor to the overall Priority will be given to the following: and Wednesfield a combination of to link the centre with the proposed vitality and viability of the centre. The 1. Continued environmental improvements improved accessibility; environmental Bilston urban village mixed-use UDP makes provision for the continued in both centres. improvements (associated with the development to the south. In consolidation and expansion of the 2. Enhanced linkages:- removal of through traffic by the Black Wednesfield some remodelling of land campus area. ● In Bilston between the town centre and Country Route and Wednesfield Way use is required to enhance the links the retail markets and between the town respectively); and the introduction of a between the centre and the new 10.5.6 A major success of recent years in centre/retail markets and large foodstore and non-food retailing to foodstore. diversifying the role of the City Centre the Morrison superstore and complement existing retail facilities. has been the consolidation of a strong proposed Bilston Urban Village area; These proposals have largely been 10.5.12 Retail and leisure development has taken cultural and entertainment quarter, ● In Wednesfield between the Primary implemented. Major environmental place or is committed in proximity to focussed in particular in the Lichfield Shopping Area and the Sainsbury’s improvements in the form of full and both Bilston and Wednesfield - at Street area, and the associated expansion superstore and between the Village partial pedestrianisation have been Springvale and Bentley Bridge of the ‘night-time economy’. This Centre and Bentley Bridge retail and achieved in both centres and respectively. In both cases the sites are potential will be further developed, in leisure park developments. complementary food and non-food retail too distant be regarded as edge of particular through the creation of an development has taken place or is centre. ‘artists quarter’. Complementary residential use may be committed. The nodal position of both appropriate in both centres subject to the centres in the public transport network 10.5.13Although recent developments have 10.5.7 The UDP also seeks to substantially creation of a satisfactory residential has been enhanced. In Bilston, Midland largely fulfilled UDP requirements for augment the residential population of environment. Metro Line 1 now provides an additional retailing in both centres, the City Centre through the promotion of interchange with the bus station in the limited further development or an urban village. This embraces the St. 10.5.8 The hierarchy of centres in heart of the town centre, whilst in redevelopment appropriate to the role John’s area on the southern side of the Wolverhampton differs substantially Wednesfield bus showcase services have defined in Policy SH5 would be centre together with adjacent areas between the east of the City and the been implemented along the acceptable within the main shopping outside the ring road - Royal Hospital / other sectors. In the east, Bilston and Wolverhampton to Ashmore Park and area in both cases. Development which is All Saints to the east and Chapel Ash to Wednesfield have a role as town centres, Bloxwich corridor. Furthermore, the of a scale to serve City wide centre use the west. This proposal is an important which is not paralleled in any of the more Wolverhampton - New Cross Hospital - needs, particularly retail and leisure, will

144 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 145 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

be directed to locations within 10.6.1 The four centres listed in Policy SH6 were 9) Penn Manor valuable to the elderly and other less Wolverhampton City Centre as defined in all identified as local centres in the 1993 10) Upper Penn mobile groups. The definition of local Policy SH3. Sites within Bilston and UDP. However the UDP now recognises a 11) Pennfields centre on the Proposals Map provides the Wednesfield are unlikely to satisfy these further tier of smaller, more strictly local 12) Bradmore opportunity to identify suitable sites for needs and may have the effect of centres (Policy SH7). Most of these 13) Merry Hill additional retail and non-retail facilities compromising further investment in the district centres have between 25 and 50 14) Castlecroft appropriate to their role. City Centre. Other uses appropriate to shops and approximately 2,500 sqm to 15) Finchfield the role of these centres will be welcome, 5,000 sqm gross of retail floor space. 16) Tettenhall Wood subject to Policies SH2 and SH3 and the 17) Newbridge 10.7 Local Shops and Centre Uses detailed proposals in Chapters 16 and 17. 10.6.2 These centres, by virtue of their range of 18) Aldersley Although recent experience suggests a shopping (generally including at least 19) Pendeford Park Policy SH9: Local Shops and Centre Uses very limited market for office one supermarket) and other services, and 20) Fallings Park outside Defined Centres development in either centre, office uses an element of off-street car parking, have 21) Ashmore Park will be also acceptable on appropriate a particularly significant role 22) Compton Village The Council will seek to ensure the provision sites. distinguishing them from the newly 23) Warstones Road and retention of local shops and other centre recognised local centres now covered by 24) Dudley Road / Blakenhall uses (as defined in Policy SH2)_ to meet Policy SH8. Some of the district centres, essential day-to-day needs within reasonable 10.6 District and Local Centres such as Tettenhall Village, are highly The Council will support proposals for new walking distance of people’s homes. nucleated. Others, like Stafford Road / retailing and centre uses appropriate in scale Policy SH7: District Centres Three Tuns, are linear in form. However to the role and function of these centres and Existing Local Shops they are all important in meeting a wide their catchments within their defined Shops that provide an important service to a The role of the following district centres, range of convenience shopping and boundaries, subject to Policy SH2 and local area, whether they are within a defined providing a wide range of convenience other needs in their localities. environmental and traffic considerations. The centre or in a free-standing location, will goods, an element of comparison shopping Comparison retailing is generally limited. centres will also be encouraged to develop as wherever possible be protected. and a range of other services for the areas a focus for social, community and leisure uses Development involving the loss of a they serve, will be maintained and enhanced: 10.6.3 The establishment of centre boundaries which serve the immediate local area. convenience shop_, pharmacy or post office on the Proposals Map provides a Complementary residential use may also be will be resisted where this would result in an 1) Stafford Road (Three Tuns) framework within which existing uses appropriate, subject to the creation of a increase in the number of people living more 2) Cannock Road (Scotlands) and new development can be satisfactory residential environment. than 400 metres from alternative provision. 3) Tettenhall Village consolidated. District centres provide a 4) Whitmore Reans / Avion Centre particularly suitable, accessible location Any proposal involving the loss of a shop or New Centre Uses meeting Local Needs for medium-sized supermarkets, shops within a local centre will also be Proposals for new local shops and centre The Council will support proposals for new including discount food stores. Where subject to Policies SH9 and SH10. uses by new build or change of use, and for retail and other centre use development new community facilities are proposed in extensions to premises used as local shops appropriate in scale to the function of these a particular part of the City it will often 10.6.4 In addition to Bilston and Wednesfield or for centre uses which are located outside centres and their catchments within their be appropriate to locate these in the town centres and the four district the defined boundaries of local centres, will defined boundaries, subject to Policies SH1 appropriate district centre. centres, 24 local centres are now only be permitted if it can be shown that all and SH3 and environmental and traffic identified on the Proposals Map. Most of of the following criteria will be met: considerations. Policy SH8: Local Centres these centres have between 10 and 20 1. There is a demonstrated local need which shops and approximately 750 to 1,500m_ cannot be met by existing provision in The location of new community facilities The role of the following local centres, of retail floor space (although the area or by development on an within or adjacent to these centres will be providing mainly for the day-to-day significantly more in a few centres where available site in encouraged, subject to environmental and convenience shopping needs of a population there is a discount food store / a local centre or the use of suitable traffic considerations. Complementary mostly living within walking distance will be supermarket). They usually include vacant premises in the area; residential use may also be appropriate, maintained and enhanced: several food and other convenience 2. the proposed development is subject to the creation of a satisfactory stores and in most cases they provide commensurate in scale with the residential environment. Environmental 1) Broadway other goods and services including a local need that has been identified; improvements will be undertaken in these 2) Bushbury Lane pharmacy and a post office. 3. the proposal will help to reduce the need centres as opportunities arise. 3) Showell Circus to travel, especially by car, and will offer 4) Wood End 10.6.5 The protection and enhancement of local safe and easy access by walking and Any proposal involving the loss of a shop or 5) Stubby Lane centres is particularly important if people cycling, and if possible shops within a district centre will also be 6) Heathtown are to have the opportunity of making by public transport, from the catchment subject to Policies SH9 and SH10. 7) Parkfield basic convenience purchases close to it is intended to serve; 8) Spring Hill their homes. They are particularly

146 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 147 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

4. there will be no significant impact upon a the Council’s centres strategy. Where the criteria. These requirements are most the use of a shop to a restaurant, a hot food defined centre, including centres outside Council is itself the landlord it can use its favourably met where new shops are take-away, or an amusement centre, will Wolverhampton; powers in this capacity to encourage the provided adjoining existing shop clusters also be subject to Policies SH14 and SH16 5. there will be no adverse impact on provision or retention of essential local or parades; as part of a new development respectively. highway safety, the free flow of shopping facilities. Elsewhere however it scheme or within a new mixed use traffic and residential amenity (in cannot prevent the closure of a shop or a residential development. particular the establishment of change of use from one type of Class A1 10.8.1 Many non-retail uses which provide shops in terraced properties retail shop to another, notwithstanding for visiting members of the public adjoining residential accommodation will that such changes can have a profound 10.8 Protected Frontages (mostly falling within Classes A2, A3 be resisted); effect on the shopping facilities available , A4 and A5 of the Town and 6. the site of the proposal is adjacent to an to a local community. The Council’s Policy SH10: Protected Frontages Country Planning (Us Classes) existing cluster or parade of shops, unless powers are generally limited to (Amendment)(England) Order it is shown that no site in such determining applications for changes of Frontage use policies for Wolverhampton City 2005 along with certain sui generis, a location is available. use of shops to Class A2 financial and Centre, Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield social, community and leisure uses) professional services, Class A3, A4 and A5 Village Centre are set out in the relevant inset are appropriate in shopping centres These considerations will apply to food and drink, and other non-retail uses. chapters. and within groups of local shops. proposals for non ancillary retailing at In seeking to ensure the retention of Examples of such uses are banks petrol filling stations outside of defined shopping facilities which are important Within district and local centres, proposals to and building societies, estate and centres. Where local shopping and local to a local area the Council will take into use ground floor units for non-retail uses will employment agencies and catering facilities forcentre uses are inadequate to account the availability of convenient be considered favourably only where all of outlets. Such uses complement meet the needs of an existing or growing alternative provision within a reasonable the following criteria are met: shopping and help to provide the population, the Council will seek to negotiate walking distance which will be taken as a 1. the overall retail function of the visit or with a complete range of planning agreements for the inclusion of such maximum 400 metres by existing centre/group of shops would not be shops and services in one location, facilities within new housing or other pedestrian routes. It will also apply undermined. Permission will not be minimising the need to travel. They development schemes. policies that seek to retain the granted where non A1 uses constitute can also provide an alternative form predominant retail use of key retail any of the following: of commercial investment where the 1 the main role of ‘local shops’ is to meet frontages (see Policy SH10). i more than 30% of shop units in the shopping role of a centre is declining. the everyday needs of people living centre concerned; However an excessive concentration within walking distance 10.7.3 In terms of new shopping development ii more than 30% of frontage length; of non-retail uses can threaten the 2 ‘convenience shops’ are those selling outside identified centres, it would be iii more than three consecutive units; retail role of suburban shopping predominantly food and other everyday inappropriate to identify a rigid 2. the use would make a positive locations and the service which they requirements maximum size of unit that could be contribution to the overall role of the provide to local communities. Policy regarded as a new ‘local shop’. The centre / group of shops; SH10 therefore provides criteria 10.7.1 Notwithstanding the identification of acceptable scale for new local shopping 3. there would be no conflict with Policy through which a reasonable balance additional local centres, there remain provision will depend on local SH9 in respect of the retention of can be maintained. many individual shops and small parades circumstances including the nature of the convenience shops, post offices and outside defined centres that perform an retailing envisaged, the characteristics of pharmacies; 10.8.2 Certain non-retail uses attract levels important role in the City’s shopping and the site and the relationship to existing 4. the use is compatible with other UDP of pedestrian activity comparable to services provision. These facilities often shopping facilities. policies; and some shops. It is also recognised that provide a ‘top-up’ convenience shopping 5. shop front treatment, including some financial service establishments facility close to people’s homes and they 10.7.4 While wishing to ensure an adequate security measures, should harmonise with are similar in appearance to shops. are particularly significant to the less provision of local shops the Council is the building of which it forms a part and However some uses do create ‘dead mobile members of the community. This also aware that shops, if not well located, with neighbouring buildings in terms of frontage’ which reduces the attraction Policy defines the Council’s approach in can be a major nuisance to the amenity design, scale, materials, colour and of a centre or part thereof, with respect of such shops and services and of nearby occupiers. It is therefore texture. Shopfront treatments should also cumulative effects on remaining also states its approach regarding the essential to set down rigorous maintain views into the unit in the retailing. The Policy therefore seeks protection of key local shopping facilities requirements against which proposals daytime and at night. Further guidance to ensure that such uses are dispersed generally, whether these are in or outside will be assessed. Where residential areas on shopfront treatment is set out in within a centre as well as being limited the defined centres. are not already served by defined centres Supplementary Planning Guidance. in overall number. Conditions limiting or existing local shops, proposals for future changes of use may also be 10.7.2 The provision and retention of essential appropriate new shops such as For the purposes of this Policy a frontage is imposed on planning permissions local shops and services within easy neighbourhood convenience stores, or defined as one side of a street or parade where appropriate. walking distance of people’s homes and for changes of use to retailing may be which is not separated by a significant gap workplaces is an important element of considered favourably, subject to these such as a road junction. Proposals to change

148 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 149 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

10.9 New Retail Development retail core. The plan contains detailed an adverse impact in terms of the Policies conveniently placed to meet a previously policies and proposals in Chapter 15 for in this Plan. With an increasing number of recognised deficiency in the south west Policy SH11: New Retail Development - implementing this development, and the retailers expressing a preference for large, of the City). The Wolverhampton Comparison Goods Council will be taking action in free-standing units, developer interest Shopping and Town Centres Study partnership with private developers to remains strong and there is also pressure identified a limited further potential up Based on the likely future expenditure of the bring forward appropriate proposals. to broaden the range of goods which can to 2011 which, after allowance is made City’s residents and those of its immediate be sold through these outlets to include for the expansion of the Wednesfield catchment area, the Council has identified a 10.9.2 Any proposals emerging elsewhere in the goods which can be sold from centres. store which has already taken place, can capacity for approximately 36,310 sqm net of City will be treated with extreme caution Where such units are in out of centre be met through the provision of a single comparison goods floorspace to be provided in the light of the priority for City Centre locations, proposals for the variation of large store in the vicinity of in Wolverhampton City Centre over the core expansion. It is possible that small- conditions that restrict the range of Wolverhampton City Centre. This need period 2003-2011. Most of this floorspace will scale additions of pure comparison goods sold, proposals for the insertion of would be met by the foodstore element be developed in the form of an extension to retailing could be appropriate to the mezzanine floors, or proposals for the of the approved mixed use development the retail core area, in accordance with defined roles of Bilston and Wednesfield sub division of units will be determined at Raglan Street. If the approved policies and proposals in the Wolverhampton town centres. However any such against Policy SH3. development at Raglan Street is not City Centre Chapter. developments must be fully integrated implemented, the Council will seek an into the Primary Shopping Area of the 10.9.4 To maximise the potential benefits from alternative development of the site Proposals that include an element of centre concerned and should not be of such developments in terms of City or incorporating similar food store comparison floorspace within the Primary such a scale as to jeopardise the priority town centre regeneration and of provision. Shopping Areas of Bilston and Wednesfield for City Centre investment. accessibility to all sections of the town centres will also be supported, community, the Council, utilising the 10.9.6 The development of some smaller stores providing that the proposals are consistent Policy SH12: New Retail Development - sequential approach, has identified sites with a local catchment area is not ruled with the defined role of these centres and Bulky Comparison Goods to accommodate the anticipated out, particularly in those areas of the City with detailed policies and proposals in the demand. These comprise principally sites currently lacking immediate access to relevant inset chapters. The committed mixed use development at on the edge of the City Centre, in food store facilities. The introduction of Raglan Street, at Bentley Bridge and other locations where integration with the additional convenience goods floorspace Where no suitable site exists within the small scale commitments will accommodate retail core inside the ring road can be into a number of district and local Primary Shopping Area of these centres and the requirement for additional large scale achieved. centres and of a size appropriate to their the development proposed is adjacent to it, retail warehousing floorspace to 2011. scale and function where they are the Council will require that the development Policy SH13: New Retail Development - currently absent - subject to the other is fully integrated with the core area in terms These developments are largely expected to Foodstores criteria of the plan - would be particularly of its proximity, character and pedestrian and meet the requirements for bulky goods retail welcome. The Council’s position on local vehicle circulation (see Policy SH4). and any additional proposals will be The approved mixed use development at shopping provision outside defined considered on their merits and in relation to Raglan Street and other small commitments centres is set out in Policy SH9. Any other proposals for comparison other UDP policies. will accommodate the requirement for large shopping development will only be scale convenience goods floorspace to 2011. supported where there is a proven need for 10.9.3 Bulky goods retail units in the form of 10.10 Other Centre Uses the development and it will not cause harm ‘retail warehouses’ - large single level Additional convenience goods floorspace in to the vitality and viability of any stores specialising in the sale of the form of new stores, or extensions to Policy SH14: Catering Outlets neighbouring town centre. Any such household goods (such as carpets, existing units will be encouraged to locate proposals in edge of centre or out of furniture and electrical goods) and bulky within the identified City, town, district and Catering outlets (comprising uses within centre locations will also be subject to the DIY items - are now a familiar feature in local centres providing that they are of a size Classes A3, A4 and A5 of the Use Classes further requirements of Policies SH3 the retail structure of the City. The main appropriate to the scale and function of Order) should be located within defined and SH4. concentrations, mostly comprising these centres as defined in Policies SH5-SH9 centres, except where a proposal would groups of units (‘retail parks’) are located and they meet the other requirements of comply with Policy SH9 in meeting a local 10.9.1 In terms of expenditure changes and on radial routes close to the City Centre Policy SH3. need for this type of use which cannot be floor space requirements for city centre and ring road (e.g. Lower Stafford Street, met within a defined centre. comparison retailing, the Bilston Road and St. John’s) and there are 10.9.5 Since the 1993 UDP was prepared three Wolverhampton Shopping and Town further developments in the vicinity of large new food stores - all in the 6,000 to Proposals for catering outlets will not be Centres Study implies a remaining need Bilston and Wednesfield. Policy SH3 8,000 sqm size range - have opened in permitted where: for an additional 36,310 sqm net of floor explains that planning conditions will be Wolverhampton, two associated with space in the City Centre (2001-2011). The imposed to ensure that new bulky goods Bilston and Wednesfield town centres 1. the proposal would conflict with the key requirement in providing this floor retail developments do not change their respectively and the third on a free- frontage use policy for the centre in space is for an expansion of the primary characteristics in such a way as to have standing site at Penn Road (where it is which it would be sited, or would

150 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 151 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

otherwise harm the vitality and / or 10.10.3 In order to minimise the Policy SH15: Drive-Through Facilities permitted at sites or buildings that are viability of the centre; or environmental and transport issues adjoined by residential accommodation or by 2. significant harm would be caused to raised by catering outlets and to Drive-through or drive-in facilities will be other sensitive uses, such as schools or places the amenities of existing or proposed ensure that they are accessible by a discouraged, unless it can be shown that this of worship. residential accommodation in the choice of transport modes they format is an absolute requirement of the use vicinity, either individually or should be located within the defined proposed, which cannot be met in any other In addition to the general locational cumulatively with other Class A3, A4 centres, subject to frontage use way. considerations above, proposals will only be and A5 uses, including by reason of policies. In some cases they may also permitted where: noise, smell, general disturbance or be suitable in employment areas The inclusion of a drive-through facility a) they are limited to the ground floor of traffic impact; or where there are unlikely to be should not be a reason to require an edge the premises; and 3. significant harm would be caused to problems with residential amenity of centre or out of centre location. Facilities b) a shop front and permanent shop the visual amenities of the area by and they can provide a service to local should instead be provided in centres, window display is provided to avoid a proposed ventilation and / or fume employees. In local shopping areas (i.e. where they will be accessible by a choice break in the shopping frontage; and extraction equipment incorporated those not identified as defined centres), of means of transport, and must be well c) no significant harm will be caused to: in the proposal; or proposals for catering outlets may be integrated, both functionally and visually - the amenities of existing or proposed 4. the vehicle movements and parking acceptable provided they do not cause into the centre concerned, with any parking residential accommodation and other generated would be harmful to significant problems with residential provision serving the centre as a whole. sensitive uses in the vicinity; and highway safety or the free flow of traffic, amenity, parking or highway capacity or - the visual amenities and character of taking into account the availability of threaten the local shopping role. 10.10.6 The concept of drive-through or drive-in the area; and space for parking and servicing; or facilities usually involves dedicated on- - highway safety; and 5. adequate provision would not be 10.10.4 In all potential locations the Council site car parking provision for customers, - the potential for increased crime made for the storage and disposal will consider compatibility with who may park either while they visit the and disorder in the locality. of refuse. nearby uses in order to ensure the premises or are served in their cars. The protection of residential amenity and format is most commonly applied to fast- Proposals which would otherwise affect the Proposals which could affect the amenities achieve a suitable design and layout. food outlets but might also be used for amenities of residential accommodation or of residential accommodation may be Particular attention will be paid to the other goods and services. other sensitive uses may be permitted subject permitted subject to conditions to limit the arrangements for fume and ventilation to conditions to limit the permitted hours of permitted hours of operation, where it is extraction, especially in terms of the 10.10.7 Since this marketing format is clearly operation, where it is considered that the considered that the effects can be height of any associated ducting and aimed at encouraging car-based trade it effects can be satisfactorily mitigated by such satisfactorily mitigated by such a limit. soundproofing arrangements. If is liable to be in direct conflict with a limit. Proposals that include a drive through inappropriately located, such Government policies, and the policies of facilitywill also be subject to Policy SH15. equipment can generate noise this plan, for reducing reliance on the nuisance and be visually intrusive. private car. For this reason this policy 10.10.8 The most suitable locations for these discourages such facilities and uses are within the City Centre outside 10.10.1 Catering outlets (Classes A3, A4 and A5) 10.10.5 Highway considerations, which encourages operators to provide goods the primary and secondary frontages, typically include pubs, restaurants, cafes include capacity, road safety, car and services in other ways. Bilston and Wednesfield Centres outside and hot food takeaways. The policy will parking and delivery facilities may the Primary Shopping Area, and the apply both to proposals for new buildings be considered to distinguish between Policy SH16: Amusement Centres District Centres. However, within these and to changes of use /conversions. Policy hot-food takeaways and other types and Arcades locations, the impact on adjoining SH10 (Protected Frontages) and the of outlet (for example, restaurants and occupiers and the area generally will be frontage use policies for Wolverhampton cafes open during normal shop hours). Proposals for amusement centres and arcades given careful consideration. In particular, City Centre and Bilston and Wednesfield If there are problems with these criteria, will only be permitted in the following the Council will seek to avoid any adverse town centres will also need to be a condition preventing takeaway sales locations: effect on the amenities and viability of considered. may be imposed where it is felt that existing or potential residential such problems could thereby be i. within those parts of Wolverhampton accommodation. In this context the 10.10.2 The Council recognises that catering uses overcome. There may be locations City Centre which are outside of the Council’s intention to encourage the re- provide a useful and necessary service to where it is felt that a significant group designated Primary and Secondary use of vacant upper floors above shops the community and can add to the vitality of catering outlets could cause shopping frontages; for residential use is relevant. of shopping centres. They can however cumulative problems, for example in ii. within those parts of Bilston Town Centre cause considerable pedestrian and vehicle competing for a limited amount of car and Wednesfield Village Centre outside of 10.10.9 Moral and social implications associated activity and the Council needs to consider parking and, if so, such concentrations the designated Primary Shopping Areas; with gambling, especially by young the likelihood of noise, fumes and will be discouraged. iii. within the defined district centres. people, at these premises is not a matter disturbance to nearby residents, particularly which can be considered through at the weekend and late at night. In these locations, proposals will not be existing planning control legislation. The

152 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 153 CHAPTER 10 10 CHAPTER

Council will, however, in dealing with the issue of licences consider, as far as they are able under current legislation, these broader implications in consultation with the police, education and welfare services and environmental health and consumer services.

10.11 Retailing at Petrol Filling Stations

Policy SH17: Retailing at Petrol Filling Stations

Where proposals for retailing at petrol filling stations do not comply with Policies SH3 or with Policy SH9, the extent of retail floorspace will be limited to that which is ancillary to the principal use of the site for the sale of fuel; the retail use will be confined to motoring accessories, newspapers and magazines, tobacco and confectionery and a limited range of basic food and other convenience goods, and the gross retail floorspace should not exceed 90 sqm.

10.11.1 An emerging form of retailing at the local level is the introduction of small supermarkets/convenience stores in association with petrol filling stations. The Council recognises that in certain circumstances such developments may provide a local shopping facility in an area that might otherwise remain deficient. However, Policy SH17 requires that where proposals for retailing at petrol filling stations is not in compliance with Policies SH3 or Policy SH9, the retail element will be confined to motoring accessories, newspapers and magazines, tobacco and confectionery and a limited range of basic food and other convenience goods, and the gross retail floorspace should not exceed 90 sqm.

154 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 155 CHAPTER 11 11 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 11: COMMUNITY SERVICES

Contents

Para Page

11.1 Introduction 158

11.2 Community Needs 158 Policy C1: Health, Education and other Community Services (Part I) 158 Policy C2: Location of New Community Services Development 159

11.3 Community Meeting Places 160 Policy C3: Community Meeting Places 160

11.4 Education and Childcare Facilities 160 Policy C4: Education Facilities 160

11.5 Health Facilities 161 Policy C5: Health Service Improvements 161 Policy C6: New Cross Hospital 162 Policy C7: Medical Practices in Residential Areas 163 Policy C8: Access to Medical Practices 163

11.6 Cemetery Provision 164 Policy C9: Cemetery Provision 164

156 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 157 CHAPTER 11 11 CHAPTER

11.1 Introduction 11.1.4 The Wolverhampton Learning ● Supporting the expansion and proposed development and its intended Partnership is the ‘learning arm’ of the improvement of community facilities catchment area. Proposals for the 11.1.1 A wide variety of community services are Wolverhampton Strategic Partnership. and the provision of new facilities, in development of community facilities in provided in Wolverhampton, ranging The vision in its Strategy and Operational accessible locations. locations outside defined centres will only from hospitals and schools to pubs, Plan 2005-6 is to ensure Wolverhampton be permitted where all of the following community centres and cemeteries. becomes a City of Learning Communities. Where major new developments are criteria are satisfied: Recent years have seen an increase in the To assist in achieving the Learning Plan proposed (especially residential and mixed- proportion of people employed in the objectives and targets requires good use schemes) contributions towards the a) The proposed development is of a community service sector, and further quality buildings and associated facilities provision of new community facilities may scale and nature appropriate to the growth is forecast. in which to undertake learning, training be required to serve the needs of the location concerned; and formal education. development and the local area. b) The proposal must offer genuine 11.1.2 As part of the creation of a Learning City, and realistic safe and easy access by a Caring City, a Healthy City and a City of 11.1.5 Lifelong Learning encompasses school, 11.2.1 Community services tend to have limited public transport, walking and cycling Communities and Neighbourhoods, the higher and further education, work and uncertain access to funding and so for all sections of the community, to Wolverhampton Community Plan (2002- based training and a wide variety of less have difficulties competing on the open help achieve better access to facilities 2012) aims to: formal education undertaken in local market for land and premises. Social and development by a choice of ● Create a City where more people can communities and at home. Continual trends can also have an impact on transport modes; take part in learning throughout their education and learning new skills plays a service needs. For example, an c) The proposed development contributes lives and reach their full potential; crucial part in improving people’s quality anticipated rise in the number of elderly to the objectives of reducing the need ● Develop a City Learning Quarter and new of life; is a cornerstone of economic people in future years will mean an to travel and reducing car use, and does University facilities to cater for 22,000 regeneration and future prosperity and increased need for suitable facilities for not significantly increase local traffic students in the City Centre; lays the foundation for a socially inclusive dependent elderly people. The Council levels or congestion; ● Create a new City Academy and four new and just society. will continue to work in partnership with d) There is no significant detriment to local specialist schools for 14-19 year olds; other community service providers to amenity. ● Provide a range of modern health care 11.1.6 The City Council is the largest provider of ensure that the essential land and facilities in the right place and in social, welfare and education services in premises required to deliver community proportion to need; Wolverhampton and Wolverhampton services are protected and that new sites 11.2.3 Proposals for new public service, ● Redevelop New Cross Hospital to include Health Authority is responsible for the are provided, where necessary, to cultural, community, health and a Cardiac Centre and more facilities for provision of hospital and primary health respond to changing service needs. education facilities will be directed treating cancer patients, and take other care facilities. A variety of other to sites within existing defined centres, traditional hospital-based services closer organisations are involved in the 11.2.2 Where new or replacement community having regard to the role and function to people’s homes; provision of community services and, in facilities are proposed, it is particularly of the centres concerned as defined ● Provide new buildings for family doctors, recent years, the voluntary sector has important that they are located where in Policy SH1. Proposals for new a Children’s Centre and a new hospital at expanded to become a significant there is good access to public transport community uses in locations outside Penn to treat people with mental illness; provider. Many of the larger community and cycling and pedestrian links, and defined centres will be permitted ● Ensure more good quality childcare is service providers have major land that satisfactory access is provided for where there is a genuine need for available across the City; holdings and have developed estates people with disabilities, the elderly and the development, where a sequential ● Improve community facilities and strategies to guide future development. those with children. Policies in Chapter approach to site selection has been increase the number of local people 14: Access and Mobility, Policy D11 and followed, and locations are easily involved in community or voluntary SPG on Access and Facilities for People accessible by a choice of modes activities. 11.2 Community Needs with Disabilities provide policy context of transport. and detailed guidance on accessibility 11.1.3 A healthy lifestyle and access to health Policy C1: Health, Education and other issues. 11.2.4 Major new developments, which and social care facilities is crucial to Community Services (Part I) will significantly increase local everyone’s quality of life. This is also a Policy C2: Location of New Community demand for health, education and close relationship between health and Subject to other UDP policies, the Council Services Development other community services, may be regeneration. Good health is important will seek to meet existing and future needs required to make a financial in relation to employment (paid or for community services, by: Proposals for new public service, cultural, contribution towards the cost of voluntary), in increasing social inclusion ● Protecting land and buildings in community and health facilities within Use providing such facilities. and ability to participate in social, leisure community service use; Class D1 and higher, further and adult and recreational activities. ● Encouraging improvements in access education facilities through either new to existing community service development or change of use of existing facilities; buildings will be directed to identified centres appropriate in role and scale to the

158 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 159 CHAPTER 11 11 CHAPTER

11.3 Community Meeting Places to demonstrate compliance with this Belt (see Policy G2). Extensions to existing 11.4.6 The provision of conveniently located policy e.g. public consultation results, education facilities will be encouraged, childcare for pre-school age children is Policy C3: Community Meeting Places marketing evidence, a revenue subject to other UDP policies. very important both economically and investment appraisal, a structural report socially, as it allows parents to continue Proposals involving the loss of community or detailed proposals showing how 11.4.3 A number of education facilities fall to, or return to work. The Early Years meeting places, including clubs, public existing uses will be accommodated within the Green Belt, which places Development and Child Care Plan houses and community centres, will only be elsewhere. SPG on Places of Worship limitations on any future development. includes a commitment to provide school permitted if it can be demonstrated that: provides specific guidance on proposals However, the Council has designated a nursery places for all three year olds in 1. There is no longer a need for the involving religious buildings. number of these sites as Major the City. However, a large proportion of facility; Developed Sites, to allow a limited childcare is provided by privately-run day 2. There are other existing facilities, amount of expansion and nurseries, play groups and crèches. SPG in locations that are reasonably 11.4 Education and Childcare Facilities redevelopment to take place, for the on Day Nurseries provides specific accessible including on foot by benefit of lifelong learning in the City. guidance on proposals involving non- members of the community served, Policy C4: Education Facilities Major housing developments due to residential care for children up to five which would accommodate any come forward over the lifetime of the years of age, including play groups and community activities displaced by Land and buildings in educational use should Plan, such as Bilston Urban Village, will crèches. the proposed development; be retained where there is a recognised need impact on school place provision and 3. The proposal would involve the for such facilities. Development which will may result in the need for new or 11.4.7 The lack of childcare facilities close to replacement of the facility in an lead to the improvement of education expanded school facilities. Wolverhampton employment sites can equally convenient location; or facilities in the City will be supported where be a barrier to economically active 4. It would not be possible to retain the this will not conflict with other UDP policies. 11.4.4 Within Wolverhampton City Centre there women entering the workforce. facility or provide an alternative facility Dual-use of both existing and proposed are a number of innovative proposals Therefore, the Council will support the because, despite all reasonable efforts, education facilities will be encouraged. within the ‘Learning Quarter’, including provision of childcare facilities as part of this would not be economically viable. the establishment of a City Academy. new commercial and retail development 11.4.1 Education facilities constitute a major land Further details are set out in Chapter 15. in Wolverhampton City Centre and large- use in Wolverhampton. Wolverhampton Wolverhampton University has an estates scale employment developments to 11.3.1 The Council has a strong commitment to Local Education Authority has produced strategy and is undergoing a major serve workers and shoppers. support the variety of community and a School Organisation Plan to cover the expansion of its City Centre Campus, voluntary groups, including religious period 2004-2009. The Plan, which will be which will continue for a number of 11.5 Health Facilities groups, which exist in Wolverhampton. reviewed annually, assesses school places years. The Campus serves 14,000 Many such groups have difficulty finding in the City and determines present and students and employs 2,000 staff. Policy C5: Health Service Improvements a suitable meeting place, to act as a focus future accommodation needs. Varying for social, cultural or religious activities. In changes in the population structure of 11.4.5 A growing number of education The Council will work with the Health order to meet this need, it is important to different parts of Wolverhampton have establishments, particularly secondary Authority and other health service providers protect existing meeting places and resulted in the need to rationalise school schools, Wolverhampton University and to identify appropriate sites and premises for maximise their use, and also to provide premises in some areas and increase the colleges, have opened up a range of the implementation of health service land and premises for a variety of new capacity of oversubscribed schools in valuable facilities for wider use by the improvements. facilities. Special consideration should be other areas. This will result in the need to local community. These include sport, given to the needs of ethnic extend, remodel or dispose of land and arts, theatre and dance activities, adult All proposals to develop or improve health communities and communities suffering buildings on a number of school sites. education and the use of meeting rooms services should be located and designed so as from deprivation or social exclusion. by local groups in the evenings. In some to maximise accessibility by non-car modes of Meeting places can include community 11.4.2 It is important to retain grounds and areas such sites provide the only transport whilst providing sufficient access centres, school halls, religious buildings, buildings for educational use where available local swimming pool, sports hall arrangements for emergency vehicles and clubs and public houses. these are required to serve current or or outdoor sports pitches. The Council those who need to use cars. future needs. However, where grounds recognises that schools (particularly 11.3.2 Policy C3 indicates a presumption in and buildings in educational use are secondary schools) and colleges are an 11.5.1 The Council wishes to support and favour of retaining community meeting declared surplus to requirements, important community asset and encourage the provision of new or places, particularly in neighbourhoods appropriate redevelopment will be encourages greater dual-use of facilities improved health and social care facilities where there are few such facilities. When encouraged, subject to Policy R5 through a Strategy for Community Use of in appropriate locations to serve local considering applications for regarding the protection of sports grounds. School Facilities (see also Policy R8). people. This will be particularly important redevelopment or change of use of Alternative community uses should be Decisions on dual-use of schools are in areas where existing provision is poor community meeting places to other non- considered before any other uses. The re- taken by the governing body in and inadequate and where, for example, community uses, the Council will expect use of existing buildings should also be consultation with the Local Education new healthy living centres or GP group developers to provide detailed evidence considered, particularly within the Green Authority and the local community. practice facilities are needed. The Health

160 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 161 CHAPTER 11 11 CHAPTER

Authority and other providers will be Centres will be provided, one located in 5. Improved building and environment 2. Any alterations or extensions to the consulted at an early stage on the needs or near the City Centre and another in design and layout; premises would not prejudice their of particular areas when major Bilston. 6. Quality hard and soft landscaping, return to full residential use at a later development proposals are being including recreational open space date; and considered. 11.5.5 Another major proposal is to refurbish, and sitting-out areas; 3. If the property is linked to a dwelling consolidate and expand facilities 7. Key gateway sites, buildings and house, the problem of noise transference 11.5.2 Policies and proposals elsewhere in the provided by GP surgeries across entrance points and appropriate and loss of amenity can be adequately Plan cover other health related matters Wolverhampton, to provide further, good signage; controlled. such as improving air quality by quality primary care close to where 8. Public art provision; encouraging high traffic generating people live. There are also plans to create 9. Protecting the amenity and 11.5.9 Medical practices include doctors, activities to locate in areas which are a specialist Women and Children’s Centre environment of local residents. dentists, opticians, chiropodists and already (or have potential to be) served and to close the three existing homeopaths and other similar uses. Such by public transport, improvements to continuing care homes for the elderly 11.5.7 The Royal Wolverhampton NHS Trust has practices are typically located in local public transport, placing a high priority infirm and replace them with a new been given permission by the Secretary centres or in residential areas. Local and on the needs of pedestrians to help facility located in or near the City Centre. of State for Health to continue to plan for district centres are particularly increase walking, protection of key Policy H11: Special Needs Housing, Policy the development of services for the local appropriate locations for medical environmental resources such as green H12: Residential Care Homes and community, with a view to significant practices (see Policies SH6 and SH7), spaces and in dealing with contaminated associated SPD provide guidance on investment in new facilities. Therefore, subject to Policy C8 and Policy SH9 land. proposals involving the provision of over the Plan period it is likely that New regarding active ground floor frontages. public and private nursing homes for the Cross Hospital will undergo major Whilst locating or extending medical 11.5.3 In recent years, there have been major elderly and housing for others with changes. The developments will, when practices in residential areas may be changes in thinking about the way that special needs. complete, provide a first class hospital for appropriate in terms of accessibility, it is health and social care should be the City and the surrounding area. The important that the amenity of local provided, linked to national government 11.5.6 It is important that all new or improved programme will create integrated centres residents is respected. Similar principles requirements to improve health and health facilities are located and designed for particular types of care, including: an will also apply to veterinary surgeries, tackle health inequalities. These include a so that local people can easily access emergency centre; an elective centre; a where particular effort should be taken move towards providing care close to services. Proposals should demonstrate cardiac centre; a women & children’s to avoid nuisances caused by noise, smell where people live, wherever practical. accessibility by a range of means of centre;.a head and neck centre; and a and waste. Wolverhampton’s Health Improvement transport and should be located as near heart and lung centre. Programme (HImP) brings together key as possible to where people live, both in Policy C8: Access to Medical Practices actions arising from national and local order to increase accessibility and to 11.5.8 All of these developments will be set strategies and makes proposals for the reduce the need for car journeys. within an emerging master plan for the New medical practices should provide at least future development of health and social whole hospital complex and most will one patients surgery on the ground floor care facilities in Wolverhampton. Policy C6: New Cross Hospital require planning permission. It is which has satisfactory access for people with Proposals arising from the HImP which therefore important for the City Council disabilities, elderly people and people with relate to land use are detailed in the The Council will work closely with the to work in partnership with the Hospital young children. This policy will apply to Wolverhampton Health Community Royal Trust, local people and other partners changes of use and new development. Estates Strategy. Wolverhampton NHS Trust and other such as Centro and bus operators, in partners, within the context of the estate order to secure the master plan 11.5.10A number of existing medical practices 11.5.4 Plans are already underway to radically strategy and master plan, to ensure that the objectives. The New Cross Hospital site is occupy only the upper floors of a improve the buildings and facilities major redevelopment proposals for the New shown on the Proposals Map. building. This arrangement restricts provided by The Royal Wolverhampton Cross Hospital complex address the following access for people with disabilities, the Hospitals NHS Trust at New Cross matters: elderly and those with young children. Hospital, located to the north east of the Policy C7: Medical Practices in Therefore, it is important that proposals City Centre. This may result in the release 1. Improved public transport Residential Areas to develop new practices or redevelop of parts of the site for redevelopment. As accessibility and related facilities; existing practices, allow for the access part of the resulting service 2. Enhanced vehicular, pedestrian and Changes of use of dwelling houses to medical and treatment of patients at ground reorganisation, outpatient, investigation cycling circulation networks; practices and extensions to existing practices level. In cases of exceptional and urgent and day case treatments will move from 3. Provision of adequate car parking to within residential areas will be permitted if: need, temporary planning permission New Cross Hospital to new Primary Care meet the long-term needs of the 1. There is proper provision of safe access may be granted for the use of upper Centres. These easily accessible, walk-in hospital, linked to a green transport and adequate parking for staff and floors as surgeries on the understanding centres will compliment hospital and GP plan; patients, which will not harm the amenity that at least one surgery is provided on services by providing treatment for minor 4. Sustainable energy, waste treatment of local residents; the ground floor as quickly as is practical. conditions. At least two Primary Care and recycling facilities;

162 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 163 CHAPTER 11 11 CHAPTER

11.6 Cemetery Provision

Policy C9: Cemetery Provision

Consideration will be given to the provision of additional cemetery and woodland burial facilities where there is an identified need, subject to: 1. Appropriate protection of nature conservation value and preservation of features which contribute towards area of special character interest; 2. Appropriate ground conditions; and 3. Good accessibility.

The following site has been safeguarded for cemetery use: Land off Barnhurst Lane, adj. Aldersley School

11.6.1 The Council has identified an urgent need for more cemetery and woodland burial sites to meet Wolverhampton’s needs beyond 2003. A number of potential sites have been identified to meet this need, which are of an appropriate size and location and have suitable ground conditions for such use. Part of one of these sites falls within the City Boundary and is shown on the Proposals Map. If it is necessary to identify further sites during the Plan period, they will be assessed against criteria in Policy C9 and other UDP policies.

164 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 165 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 12: OPEN SPACE, SPORT AND RECREATION

Contents

Para Page

12.1 Introduction 168

12.2 Local Standards for Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 169 Policy R1: Local Standards for Open Space, Sport and 169 Recreation Facilities (Part I) Policy R2: Open Space, Sport and Recreation Priority Areas 174

12.3 Protection of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 174 Policy R3: Protection of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 174

12.4 Development Adjacent to Open Spaces 176 Policy R4: Development Adjacent to Open Spaces 176

12.5 Sports Grounds 176 Policy R5: Sports Grounds 176

12.6 The Greenway Network 179 Policy R6: The Greenway Network 179

12.7 Open Space Requirements for New Development 179 Policy R7: Open Space Requirements for New Development 179

12.8 Dual-use of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179 Policy R8: Dual-use of Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179

12.9 New Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179 Policy R9: New Open Space, Sport and Recreation Facilities 179 Policy R10: Floodlighting and Synthetic Turf Pitches 180

Table 12.1 Wolverhampton Open Space, Sport and Recreation Standards (Interim) 170

Map 12.1 Wolverhampton Park Areas 171

Map 12.2 The Greenway Network 172

166 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 167 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

12.1 Introduction network of quality open spaces. Open 12.1.6 The vast majority of open space is shown ● Ensuring that links are provided space gives people of all ages the on the Proposals Map, categorised as between adjacent open spaces. 12.1.1 Open space, sport and recreation opportunity to relax, socialise, keep fit, Recreational Open Space, Private Sports facilities make an important contribution play and learn about nature and can also Grounds, Historic Parks and Gardens, 12.2.1 Revised PPG17 on Open Space, Sport and to the health and wider quality of life of provide important habitats for wildlife nature conservation sites (SINCs, SLINCs Recreation (July 2002) requires Local residents and visitors to Wolverhampton (see Chapter 7: Nature Conservation). and LNRs) and Greenways. For simplicity, Authorities to set robust local standards and also help to create a vibrant Wolverhampton is a highly urbanised, canal corridors and school playing fields for open space, sports and recreational economy. The Council aims to ensure industrial area, with limited areas of are not shown. However, the Policies in facilities in their areas, based on that a wide range of open space, sport green open space. The majority of open this Chapter apply to any area of open assessments of need and audits of and recreation opportunities are spaces in Wolverhampton are owned and space which fulfils one of the listed existing facilities. It is recommended that provided within easy reach of all managed by the Council, but there are functions, whether or not it is shown on these standards should be included in residents, given resource constraints. As also a number of privately-owned open the Proposals Map, including new open Local Plans. There has not yet been time part of the creation of a Green and spaces in the City, which are of value to spaces created over the Plan period. This to carry out a full assessment of needs in Healthy City and a Caring City, the local communities. Open space is often includes some green spaces, such as those Wolverhampton, although a sports pitch Wolverhampton Community Plan aims under pressure from a variety of users along the Black Country Route, which are assessment is currently underway. In the to: and demand for development land. It is not usable for recreational purposes but interim, the Council has adopted a range ● promote access to and uptake of important to strike a balance between are of value for their function as buffer of definitions and minimum standards for recreational and sporting activities for providing land for important urban zones or attractive landscaped areas. provision of important types of everyone, regardless of age or disability; regeneration activities and maintaining a recreational open space and sport and ● work towards providing 2.6 hectares of network of quality open spaces. recreation facilities, set out in Table 12.1, recreational open space for every 1,000 12.2 Open Space, Sport and Recreation which reflect both national guidance and residents by 2010, through maximising 12.1.4 Open space is of value if it fulfils one or Standards local circumstances. These standards will the potential to create well-designed more of the following functions: be amended in the light of future needs open spaces in areas with little open Policy R1: Local Standards for assessments and audits and the new space and as part of major new ● Providing formal or informal areas Open Space, Sport and standards will be published in a developments; or facilities for sport and recreation; Recreation Facilities (Part I) Supplementary Planning Document. The ● safeguard and improve parks, playing ● Providing areas for children’s play; Wolverhampton Sport and Recreation fields, allotments, natural green space ● Providing allotment gardens; The Council will carry out assessments of Strategy and the Wolverhampton Parks and children’s play areas; ● Contributing towards visual amenity the existing and future needs of and Green Spaces Strategy, which are ● create more and better places for or landscape value; Wolverhampton communities for different regularly reviewed and subject to children to play safely; ● Contributing towards historic value; types of open space, sport and recreation community consultation, set out how the ● open a new “state of the art” leisure ● Providing a place for holding facilities. These assessments will be used to Council aims to improve provision and complex in the City by 2005. community events; set local standards for different types of work towards meeting standards. ● Contributing towards nature provision, in terms of quantity, quality and 12.1.2 There are a variety of built facilities for conservation; accessibility. Audits will be undertaken to sport and recreation in the City, including ● Urban forest; define areas of deficit or surplus in relation swimming pools, sports centres, ● Forming part of the existing or to these standards. Community safety and gymnasiums, indoor tennis courts and proposed greenway network; crime reduction will be an important community centres, as well as larger ● Acting as a buffer between concern in any assessment. stadium facilities at Dunstall Park incompatible uses; Racecourse, the Molineux Football ● Defining community boundaries; The Council will seek to ensure that open Ground and Monmore Green Stadium. ● Redressing or avoiding a deficiency space, sport and recreation standards are The Council, through its Sport and of open space. met, both across the City and at a local Recreation Strategy, seeks to provide level, by: new and improve existing sports 12.1.5 Open spaces which are neglected, ● Resisting the loss of open space, sport facilities, particularly in areas of greatest inaccessible or small may still have a and recreation facilities required to deficiency, to ensure that all local people function if they provide openness in meet local needs; have the opportunity to participate in a an area of deficiency (see Policy R2) ● mproving the provision, quality and wide range of sports activities, at and could be enhanced in the future. accessibility of such facilities, where different levels. Recreational open space, which is resources allow, and encouraging their readily accessible to the general public, appropriate management; 12.1.3 The quality of the urban environment is of particular value to local ● Ensuring that new developments meet and its appeal to residents and visitors, is communities and can fulfil a wide their own open space, sport and to a large extent dependent upon a range of functions. recreation needs;

168 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 169 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

Table 12.1 Wolverhampton Open Space, Sport and Recreation Standards (Interim) Map 12.1 Wolverhampton Park Areas

The following minimum standards will be Other Standards applied to the provision of open space, sport * A Neighbourhood Equipped Area for and recreation provision in Wolverhampton, Play (NEAP) within each District Park until up-to-date assessments of need for & the City Park; different types of provision have been ● Local Equipped Area for Play (LEAP) completed. The standards are based on for every 1,000 residents, located guidance from the National Playing Fields within 400m walking distance of e Association, Sport England and English very home; Nature. An area of open space may contribute ● A multi-ball games area for every towards the achievement of more than one 2,000 residents; standard. ● An accessible natural green space within 400m walking distance of Recreational Open Space_ every home (see Policy N2); ● 0.5 hectares of Local Nature Reserve 2.6 hectares of recreational open space per for every 1,000 residents across the 1,000 residents in each Neighbourhood Park City as a whole (see Policy N4); Area. To include the following: ● Parks and Public Open Spaces including appropriate facilities and a) 1.2 hectares playing fields used for evenly distributed across association football, rugby, hockey, Wolverhampton, cricket, lacrosse or American football, including those available through dual-use agreements and on private Definitions sports grounds; b) 0.4 hectares outdoor playing space for 1 Recreational open space: any area of non-pitch sports (bowling greens, open space, whether publicly or privately tennis courts, athletics tracks, owned or dual-use, which is suitable for rounders pitches, synthetic courts and sport, children’s play or any other formal cycle tracks), including playing space or informal recreational use (including available through dual-use walking) and which is safely accessible agreements and on private sports to the public. This includes civic squares grounds; and canal corridors, but excludes c) 0.2 hectares allotments; cemeteries, historic parks and gardens d) 0.8 hectares of other accessible open and golf courses. space, including formal and informal outdoor playing space for children and 2 Natural green space: any area of open accessible natural green space_. space or water which is of value for wildlife or geological features or is managed to improve that value (includes LNRs, SINCs and SLINCs).

170 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 171 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

Map 12.2 Wolverhampton Greenway Network 12.2.2 District Park and Neighbourhood Park 12.2.5 Allotments are an important part of the Areas (see Map 12.1) have been adopted, open space network, giving plot holders which are based on minimum walking opportunities for outdoor activity and distances of 2.5 km and 400m respectively food production and providing an and take into account barriers such as important wildlife habitat. main roads, canals and railway lines. Wolverhampton currently falls below the These boundaries can be used to measure standard of 0.2 hectares per 1,000 the degree of accessibility to facilities in residents set by the Thorpe Report of different parts of Wolverhampton. 1969 (Report of Departmental Committee of Inquiry into Allotments), by 8.5 hectares. 12.2.3 The accessibility of an open space, sport Some Neighbourhood Park Areas have or recreation facility can also be no allotments at all. The Council has a determined by assessing the extent to statutory duty to provide allotments, which: although in recent years there has been a ● it can be approached, entered and decline in their use. All existing crossed safely and easily by pedestrians, allotments, both publicly and privately- including children, old people and the owned, are shown on the Proposals Map. less mobile; ● it can be used by right or tradition by the 12.2.6 Allotments, and land where the last public; known use was for allotments, will ● any membership conditions governing continue to be strongly protected, taking use of the open space are inclusive and into account local need and use, and any charges made are affordable to the enhanced, where resources and local majority of potential users. amenity allow, in accordance with the Council’s Allotment Development Plan. 12.2.4 An audit of existing recreational open Statutory sites (freehold land originally space has been carried out to identify purchased or appropriated for use as current areas of deficiency in terms of the allotments) cannot be taken out of interim standards. Recreational open allotment use unless the land is no longer space which is outside the City boundary needed for the purpose of allotments. In but within walking distance of such cases, Government approval is Wolverhampton residents has been needed and all proceeds must be used included as part of this assessment. to enhance allotment provision. Currently, every 1,000 Wolverhampton residents have access to 3.6 hectares of 12.2.7 The Council will continue to protect and recreational open space, above the maintain children’s play areas, and will standard of 2.6 hectares. However, this enhance and create new play areas, total includes only 0.6 ha of accessible where resources allow, in accordance playing fields and other outdoor playing with the Council’s Play Area Development space (40% of the 1.6 ha standard) and Plan and taking account of local need and 0.16 ha of allotments (compared with a amenity. Current standards of provision standard of 0.2 ha). The Wolverhampton for children’s play areas, including multi- definition of recreational open space also ball games areas, are set out in table 12.1 includes natural green space (see also and the Wolverhampton Parks and Green Policy N2) and canal corridors, whereas Spaces Strategy. It is the Council’s aim the standard of 2.6 ha, taken from NPFA that no child should have to walk more guidelines, is designed to be applied to than 400m from home to reach an equipped playing space only. A full needs play area and, to this end, will seek to assessment may, therefore, result in ensure that new provision is located in increases to some of these standards. areas where there is a deficiency. To Open space is also unevenly distributed reduce the possibility of noise and between Neighbourhood Park Areas and disturbance, it is considered prudent to varies in terms of quality, accessibility preserve a buffer between children’s play and function from area to area. areas and residential areas or roads.

172 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 173 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

Policy R2: Open Space, Sport and No Neighbourhood Park: surplus to requirements in terms of all other open space functions, unless the Recreation Priority Areas Oxley its existing and potential value to the proposal includes the provision of an Bilston Urban Village community, including not only in its open space, sport or recreation facility for Areas which fall below any of Wightwick and Compton existing or last use but also for all the which there is an identified deficit. In Wolverhampton’s current adopted open The Lunt other functions which open space can exceptional circumstances where space, sport and recreation standards will perform; or permission is granted for the loss of a be treated as priority areas for protection, 12.2.9 There is usually little potential to create 4. The needs assessment clearly facility that has not been shown to be enhancement and new provision. new open space, sport and recreation demonstrates that the facility is surplus surplus to requirements, some form of facilities in priority areas, except via new to requirements for its |existing use and compensatory provision which is of at 12.2.8 There are limited resources available for developments (see Policy R7), so it is the proposed development would least the same value to the local the provision and maintenance of open often more appropriate to improve the include the provision of another type of community will be required. In most space, sport and recreation facilities in quality and accessibility of existing open space or sports or recreation facility cases some form of community Wolverhampton. It is important to target facilities, increase the range of facilities for which there is an identified deficit. consultation will be required to establish these resources on priority areas, which available or bring private facilities into local views about the value of the facility fall below standards in terms of quantity, public use through dual-use agreements In cases where permission is granted for the to be lost and the acceptability of any quality or accessibility. The size of area (see Policy R8). Ensuring people feel safe redevelopment of an open space, sport or compensatory provision. used will vary depending on the to use facilities can also make them more recreation facility that has not been shown catchment area of the particular type of valuable and effective. This is being to be surplus to requirements, compensatory 12.3.2 Where it is considered that facilities have facility concerned. Current priority addressed through the Council’s Crime provision will be required, which should: been deliberately abandoned in order to Neighbourhood Park Areas in terms of Prevention Strategy for Parks and Open a) Involve the creation or enhancement of justify redevelopment for other uses, the two major interim standards are Spaces and design policies (see Policy open space, sport or recreation facilities compensatory provision of the same listed below and shown on Map 12.1. D10). within a reasonable distance of the facility value as the original facility will be Neachells Industrial Area is not included, to be lost (depending required. Where open space is to be lost, as it is an industrial area. New priority on its function); in most cases it will be preferable to use areas will be defined in a Supplementary 12.3 Protection of Open Space, Sport and b) Be of equal or greater value to the local contributions to improve the quality of Planning Document following the Recreation Facilities community, in terms of quantity, quality existing open space and facilities than to completion of needs assessments and and accessibility, to that lost; provide new open space. Policies in this the setting of new standards. Policy R3: Protection of Open Space, c) Be operational within one year of the Chapter and Chapter 7: Nature Sport and Recreation Facilities existing facility being lost; and Conservation give details of extra levels Less than 2.6 ha recreational open d) Contribute towards the achievement of of protection and compensatory space per 1,000 residents: Until appropriate needs assessments have the current Wolverhampton open space, requirements related to specific types of been completed, development which would sport and recreation standards. open space and facilities. Bushbury Recreation Ground result in the loss of any part of an open Graiseley Recreation Ground space, sport or recreation facility, will not be Appropriate compensatory provision will be 12.3.3 However, opportunities should be taken Long Knowle Open Space permitted, unless: determined in consultation with Sport to relocate open space, sport and All Saints Park England and other relevant bodies and will recreation facilities to more appropriate Arnhem Open Space 1. It is for a recreational or community use be secured through the use of conditions, or accessible locations, providing the Phoenix Park in keeping with the functions of the planning obligations or management new facility is at least equivalent, in terms Oxley facility; or agreements, where appropriate. of size and quality and accessibility, to Woodcross Park 2. A satisfactory exchange of land can that lost. Such land swaps are particularly Bradmore Recreation Ground be secured which would maintain or desirable where they will bring Muchall Park improve the value of the facility to the 12.3.1 Once developed, open space, sport and previously-developed sites where other Warstones Green local community and is supported by the recreation facilities are likely to be lost to forms of development are precluded (e.g. Bantock Park results of community consultation. the local community permanently. because of contamination) back into Peace Green Therefore, development which would productive use. West Park Given the availability of an appropriate reduce the size or value of any open Heath Town Park needs assessment, development which space, sport or recreation facility will be 12.3.4 There are a number of open spaces, listed Wednesfield Park would result in the loss of any part of an strongly resisted, particularly in the below, which are of very limited open space, sport or recreation facility absence of any up-to-date assessment of recreational value, for example, due to will only be permitted if (1) or (2) apply, need. A needs assessment must be their location or size. Protected open or if: produced which demonstrates that the space status has been removed from facility is surplus to requirements for its these sites so that their potential to meet 3. The needs assessment clearly current or most recent use, and also other social and economic objectives demonstrates that the facility is demonstrates that the site is surplus for identified in the Plan can be realised.

174 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 175 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

However, in all such cases, an appropriate 12.4.1 The character and function of open within not more than 1 year of the 12.5.2 The definition of sports grounds used for proportion of the proceeds from the sale spaces can be harmed by insensitive commencement of the development. the purposes of Policy R5 includes or development of the land will be retained development on adjacent sites. However, playing fields and outdoor playing space to enhance or create recreational open if such development is sensitively Where school playing fields are declared for non-pitch sports as defined in Table space and facilities in the surrounding area. designed it can help to improve the surplus to educational requirements, their 12.1, but also pitch-and-putt, putting and accessibility, appearance and security of future use will be determined with reference golf courses and stadia (although these Recreational Open Spaces to the open space, as set out in Policy R4. to the following sequential approach: do not contribute towards standards set be Reallocated There are certain parks and open spaces, 1. If the site is located in a priority area, in out in Table 12.1). All sports grounds, Goldthorn Hill Allotments - 0.17 ha (H9) listed in Policy R4, which are surrounded terms of open space or playing fields whether belonging to schools or Rolls Royce Playing Fields (excluding by development and whose use is standards, the playing fields should be controlled by public, private or voluntary bowling green) - 2.5 ha (B3.26) restricted by a lack of access points and retained in an outdoor recreational use bodies, are of special significance for open vistas, which would improve safety and made available their existing and potential recreational Recreational Open Space Identified and amenity. to the public; value, their contribution to the green for Land Swap 2. Where the site is not suitable for public open space of Wolverhampton and their Thompson Avenue Open Space (H3) use or a beneficial reconfiguration of ability to contribute towards the Open Space within Bilston 12.5 Sports Grounds land uses can be achieved, development regeneration of inner urban areas. Urban Village (SRA) for other Policy R5: Sports Grounds uses will only be permitted if relocation 12.5.3 As mentioned above, there are currently of the playing fields in full to an only 0.6 hectares of accessible playing 12.4 Development Adjacent to Open Spaces Any development which would result in the alternative location within the local area fields and other outdoor playing space loss of all or part of a sports ground will not can be secured; for every 1,000 residents in Policy R4: Development Adjacent be permitted, unless: 3. If a suitable relocation site is not available Wolverhampton, well below the to Open Spaces or where there is an identified surplus of minimum standard of 1.6 hectares. This l The proposed development is ancillary to recreational provision varies across the City in terms Development proposals for sites adjacent to the principal use of the site and will not open space and playing fields in the local of quantity and quality. A detailed audit open spaces will not be permitted if: adversely affect use of any playing pitches; area, development for other and assessment of the extent to which ● The proposed use is incompatible with or uses will only be permitted if this provision is able to meet the long the functions of the open space; or l The proposed development is for an contributions towards the provision term needs of local communities, given ● The functions of the open space will indoor or outdoor sports facility which or enhancement of alternative sport the growing demand for recreational suffer unduly from encroachment. would be of sufficient benefit to the or recreation facilities of an land in the wider community, is currently development of sport to outweigh the equivalent value to the local being carried out. It is unlikely that Residential development adjacent to open loss; community can be secured. enough new playing fields can be spaces will be expected to incorporate an or created in the future to reach the appropriate level of overlooking to improve l It can be clearly demonstrated, with 12.5.1 Playing fields are outdoor areas for standard. However, there is potential to the security of the open space. reference to an up-to-date needs formal sporting purposes which bring the large number of playing fields assessment, that the existing accommodate one or more playing currently used solely by educational Development adjacent to any of the following provision is no longer required to meet pitches and other land which allows institutions into some form of public use key open spaces will be expected to local demand and the site has for proper use of the pitches. A via dual-use agreements (see Policy R8). incorporate opportunities to improve access no special significance to the interests of playing pitch is defined as an area Therefore a target of 0.8 hectares per to the open space and open up views across it: sport. The assessment should show that of 0.4 ha or more which is used for 1,000 residents across the City is 1. Bradmore Recreation Ground the sports ground is surplus to formal sports such as football, rugby, considered to be realistic within the Plan (Neighbourhood Park) requirements not only for its existing use cricket and hockey. Sport England period. 2. Bushbury Memorial Recreation Ground but also for all other possible must be consulted on any planning (Neighbourhood Park) open space functions; application for development which 12.5.4 Existing sports grounds, both public and 3. Brickheath Road Open Space will affect a playing field. Where a private, will continue to be strongly (Neighbourhood Park) Except in cases where the sports ground has playing field is Council-owned or protected to ensure that they are not lost 4. Wednesfield Park (Neighbourhood Park) been shown to be surplus to requirements has been used by an educational except in very special circumstances. In 5. Springvale Park (Neighbourhood Park) for all open space purposes, a replacement institution at any time in the last five such circumstances the Council, in 6. Coronation Park (Neighbourhood Park) facility of at least equivalent area and quality years and Sport England objects to its consultation with Sport England and 7. Grassy Lane Open Space (Long Knowle will be required. The replacement facility will loss, the Secretary of State must be with reference to the Wolverhampton Playing Fields Neighbourhood Park Area) need to be provided prior to the notified before planning permission Sport and Recreation Strategy, will 8. Cedar Grove Open Space (Moseley commencement of development unless there can be granted. determine appropriate compensation for Playing Fields Neighbourhood Park Area) are exceptional circumstances, in which case any loss and decide the function and the replacement facility will be required location of replacement sports pitches

176 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 177 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

and facilities. Permission will not be Existing and proposed Greenways will be 12.7 Open Space Requirements granted for development simply because safeguarded from development that may For New Development 12.8.1 The provision of new open space, sport playing fields have been allowed to fall prejudice their character or intended and recreation facilities is not always out of use and become derelict. function. Policy R7: Open Space Requirements feasible but, in some cases, increasing for New Development public access to existing facilities can 12.5.5 A number of privately-owned sports Development adjacent to an existing or help to meet local needs. The Council are grounds have been lost in recent years proposed Greenway will be expected to All new development will be expected to seeking to work with commercial and those remaining are subject to include provision for new or improved include appropriate areas of good quality operators to make private sports facilities intense development pressures. All access to the Greenway. soft and hard landscaping and open space, more accessible to the public and are known private sports grounds (including commensurate with the scale of the encouraging greater dual-use of school those which are publicly-owned but 12.6.1 Greenways are linear features of mostly development, designed to: facilities through a Strategy for leased to private clubs) are identified on open character, including footpaths, 1. Improve the design and appearance Community Use of School Facilities. the Proposals Map. Fowler Street Bowling cycleways and bridleways, which act as of the development; Green and Tudor Road Bowling Green are wildlife corridors and attractive, safe off- 2. Provide amenity and recreational areas shown on the Proposals Map but have road links between residential areas, for residents, employees and visitors; 12.9 New Open Space, planning permission for redevelopment, open spaces, urban centres, leisure 3. Contribute towards nature conservation Sport and Recreation Facilities subject to Section 106 agreements facilities and employment areas. They and open space networks; involving compensatory provision. The also give residents access to natural 4. Remedy local deficiencies in the Policy R9: New Open Space, Sport and former Rolls Royce Playing Fields have green space and the open countryside quantity or quality of open space, sport Recreation Facilities also been rellocated for employment use and provide opportunities for recreation. and recreational provision. (see above). Greenways increase in value if they are New open space, sport and recreation linked to form a network which extends facilities will be permitted subject to: 12.5.6 In addition to the protection afforded by beyond the City boundary. The Policy R5, Section 77 of the School Wolverhampton Greenway network (see 12.7.1 To maintain and improve the quality of 1. Accessibility by a choice of means Standards and Frameworks Act 1998 Map 12.2) includes the canal network, life of people who work and live in of transport; requires local authorities and school watercourses, disused railway lines and Wolverhampton, it is important that all 2. Compatibility with nearby uses; governing bodies to obtain the prior linear open spaces such as Valley Park. new developments include sufficient 3. Compatibility with other UDP consent of the Secretary of State before areas of quality open space and policies, particularly regarding loss disposal or change of use of school 12.6.2 Given the lack of open space in urban landscaping (see Policy D6). These green of existing / allocated residential playing fields. The Education (School areas like Wolverhampton and the and open areas fulfil many functions, or employment land and the role Premises) Regulations 1999, produced by potential to contribute towards improving the appearance of the of centres; the DfEE, set out minimum standards for regeneration, the development of a development, creating havens for wildlife 4. Compatibility with the aims and playing field provision at schools. Where comprehensive Greenway network is a and creating valuable amenity areas for objectives of the current Parks and a school is closed or school playing fields priority in Wolverhampton. The Council residents and workers. Development Green Spaces Strategy / Sport and are declared surplus to educational and other agencies, including British proposals which do not include sufficient Recreation Strategy. requirements, a sequential approach will Waterways, have already undertaken open space or landscaped areas will be be taken to deciding the future use of substantial work to enhance the refused. Specific open space Open Space Creation Sites are shown on the any playing fields, as set out in Policy R5. network’s value for recreation and requirements for housing developments Proposals Map. The value of any dual-use facilities to the wildlife and increase its continuity and are given in Policy H8 and Appendix 2, local community will also be taken into extent, by making use of existing linear and those for employment sites are given New and adapted open space, sport and account. features, such as disused railway lines in Policy B5. recreation facilities should be designed to be and canals. Further work will be physically accessible for all users, especially undertaken over the lifetime of the Plan, families with children, elderly people and 12.6 Greenways including extensions to the network, 12.8 Dual-use of Open Space, Sport and people with disabilities. shown as “Proposed Greenways”. Recreation Facilities Policy R6: The Greenway Network 12.9.1 The Council’s Sport and Recreation 12.6.3 Existing and proposed Greenways are Policy R8: Dual-Use of Open Space, Sport Strategy stresses the need to develop The Council will work with other agencies to protected from development which and Recreation Facilities new sports and recreation facilities in a extend and increase access to the Greenway would narrow or sever them under Policy sustainable and equitable way. To network, enhance its value for recreation, R6. Parts of the Greenway network are Dual-use of sports grounds and other sport achieve this, it is important that core education, sustainable transport and wildlife also given protection under Policy N5: and recreation facilities provided at places sports and recreation facilities are located and realise its potential to facilitate Sites of Local Importance for Nature of education or on privately-owned land within easy reach of local communities regeneration. Conservation and Landscape Features of will be encouraged, where this will not by a variety of types of transport. Special Value for Wildlife and Policy HE22: Canals. harm local amenity or highway safety. consideration should also be given to the

178 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 179 CHAPTER 12 12 CHAPTER

social role of leisure facilities in Policy R10: Floodlighting and Synthetic regeneration and increasing access to Turf Pitches such facilities for ethnic minorities, women, people with disabilities and The installation of floodlighting at sports older people. Policies in the Design facilities and the provision of synthetic turf Chapter will be relevant to the design of pitches and multi-use games areas will be new open spaces and facilities. supported, providing these facilities are located and designed so as to avoid harm 12.9.2 Major sport and recreation developments to residential amenity. which attract large numbers of visits, such as large leisure centres or football 12.9.5 Synthetic turf pitches and their smaller stadia, should be located in highly counterparts, multi-ball games areas, accessible locations within or make a valuable contribution to immediately adjacent to Wolverhampton participation in sport, especially where City Centre, Bilston Town Centre, there are a limited number of natural turf Wednesfield Village Centre or any District pitches available. Hard surfacing can Centre. Such proposals will be subject to accommodate higher levels of use and Policies SH1, SH3 and AM6. Planning the introduction of floodlighting allows permission will not be granted for such extended periods of activity. However, development on a site outside a centre if because of this intensive use, particular this would undermine the role of the care must be taken in the design and centre. Where sport and recreation location of such facilities to minimise facilities designed to serve the day-to- light and noise pollution and other day needs of local people will attract nuisances. Policies EP4 and EP5 detail people from a wider catchment, they controls on light and noise pollution should be located where they will be well caused by new developments. Also, the served by public transport. benefits of such provision should be balanced against the amenity effects of 12.9.3 The Council is pursuing the creation of a any resulting loss of existing green new playing fields site at the corner of recreational open space. Major St and Dixon St (in exchange for the release of Thompson Avenue Open Space for housing) and a major new open space at Bentley Bridge (subject to remediation works). These sites are shown on the Proposals Map as Open Space Creation Sites. If on detailed investigation the exchange of land to facilitate housing development at Thompson Avenue is demonstrated to not be feasible, the land at Major Street / Dixon Street designated as an Open Space Creation Site would be expected to remain in its existing use or to be used for other purposes which would accord with the policies of the UDP.

12.9.4 Sport and recreation facilities which have a negative effect on their surroundings, through generation of traffic and noise and light pollution, should be sensitively sited and designed, with measures undertaken to reduce any negative impacts to acceptable levels.

180 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 181 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 13: HOUSING

Contents

Para Page

13.1 Introduction 184

13.2 Meeting Housing Needs 184 Policy H1: Housing (Part I) 184 Policy H2: Housing Land Provision (Part I) 185

13.3 Housing Site Assessment Criteria 186 Policy H3: Housing Site Assessment Criteria 186

13.4 Housing Allocations 188 Policy H4: Housing Allocations 188

13.5 Housing Renewal and Neighbourhood Renewal 192 Policy H5: Housing Renewal and Neighbourhood Renewal 192

13.6 Design of Housing Development 193 Policy H6: Design of Housing Development 193

13.7 Conversion of Buildings from Non-Residential to Residential Use 194 Policy H7: Conversion of Buildings from Non-Residential to Residential Use 194

13.8 Open Space, Sport and Recreation Requirements 194 for New Housing Developments Policy H8: Open Space, Sport and Recreation Requirements 194 for New Housing Developments

13.9 Housing Density and Mix 195 Policy H9: Housing Density and Mix 195

13.10 Affordable Housing 196 Policy H10: Affordable Housing 196

13.11 Special Needs Accommodation 198 Policy H11: Special Needs Housing 198

13.12 Residential Care Homes 200 Policy H12: Residential Care Homes 200

13.13 Sites for Travelling People Policy H13: Sites for Travelling People 201

Table 13.1 Housing Land Supply 185 Table 13.2 Housing Allocations 189 Table 13.3 Housing Renewal Sites 191 Table 13.4 Significant Site (20 dwellings or more) with Planning 191 Permission as of April 2004 (excluding sites under construction) Table 13.5 Demand for Sheltered Housing for Older People (2002-2007) 200

182 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 183 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

13.1 Introduction 5. Ensure that new housing is developed Policy H2: Housing Land Provision (Part I) 13.2.5 It is recognised that the UDP does not to a high standard of design and meet the requirements of the Ministerial 13.1.1 As part of the creation of a City of provides appropriate services to meet In order to meet established housing needs, statement of 17 July 2003 that provision Communities and Neighbourhoods, a the needs of new residents and the sites will be made available to provide 5,026 should be made for at least 10 years’ Caring City and a Wealth Creating City, wider community. new dwellings over the period 2004-2011, potential supply of housing from the the Wolverhampton Community Plan through completion of committed sites and UDP adoption date. Therefore, a Site aims to: 13.2.1 In order to meet regeneration objectives granting permission for housing on allocated Allocation Development Plan Document, ● Provide a range of housing that meets and create a balanced, sustainable urban sites and other suitable land and buildings which will extend housing land supply people’s needs, including affordable community, it is important to retain and within the urban area. Such provision will be up to 2016 in accordance with the housing; attract a variety of people to live and subject to monitoring and review. requirements of Table 1 of RPG11, will be ● Improve neighbourhoods as places to work in Wolverhampton. This can only be prepared as a matter of urgency. The live and reduce the worst differences achieved if the City’s existing and future Local Development Scheme currently between the least well-off residents have access to a high quality 13.2.3 RPG11 (June 2004) requires that programmes this work to commence in neighbourhoods and the rest of the City housing stock that meets their varied sufficient land and buildings be made 2006, concluding with adoption in 2008. in terms of quality of housing and needs and aspirations, set within an available in Wolverhampton to provide environment; attractive residential environment. 5,000 new dwellings over the period ● Improve the condition of poor housing Therefore, making the best use of the 2001-2011. This target has been Table 13.1 Housing Land Supply and replace older and unpopular existing housing stock and providing increased to 6,196 to take account of an housing; sufficient land for a variety of new anticipated 1,196 extra demolitions on RPG11 Allocation 5,000 ● Reduce the number of empty properties housing is one of the key objectives of housing renewal sites over the remaining Increase in demolitions_ 1,196% across the City; the UDP. The Wolverhampton Housing RPG11 period. Table 13.1 shows Requirement 2001 - 2011 6,196 ● Develop a range of accommodation Needs Survey (2002 and updated in Wolverhampton’s progress towards choices for younger and older people 2004) provides a detailed assessment of meeting this target as of April 2004 and Completions and Conversions and people with disabilities to enable the varied needs which must be met, in how it is likely that the remaining (2001-2004) 1,170 them to live more independently. particular the need for affordable allocation will be met over the period Under Construction at April 2004 710 housing. 2004-2011. A detailed explanation of the Commitments at April 2004 2 3 1,569 13.1.2 The Policies in this Chapter set out the figures included in this Table can be Supply 2001-2004 3,449 ways that the UDP can help to meet 13.2.2 Planning Policy Guidance Note 3 found in the Housing Background Paper these aims. provides the national planning policy (April 2002), update (March 2004) and Remaining Requirement 2004 - 2011 2,747 context for housing issues. The Regional the proceedings of the UDP Inquiry. Supply 2004-2011: Identified Sites Spatial Strategy for the West Midlands Housing Allocationsª 1,418 13.2 Meeting Housing Needs (RPG11), adopted in June 2004, sets out 13.2.4 There were 1,170 completions over the specific housing requirements for period 2001-2004, leaving 5,026 Housing Renewal Sites 2 234 Policy H1: Housing (Part I) Wolverhampton for the period up to dwellings to be completed over the 2011, which is covered by this UDP, and remaining 7 years of the Plan, or 718 Supply 2004-2011: Unidentified Sites 1,507 The Council will seek to: for the period 2011 - 2021. In the past, it every year. Given the number of Total Likely Supply 2004-2011 3,159 1. Maintain existing residential has been possible to meet most of dwellings likely to be completed on populations in the City and, where Wolverhampton’s housing requirements committed sites, there is a need to find Flexibility Allowance 412 (15%) appropriate, increase levels, by re-using previously developed land. In sites to accommodate a further 2,747 particularly within inner urban areas; the light of strengthened national policy dwellings over the remaining RPG11 1 Demolitions anticipated over and above 2. Improve the condition and use of the and the continued need to protect green period. This target will be met through a RPG11(2004) allowance existing housing stock; spaces within and around the urban area combination of housing allocations, 2 10% discount applied 3. Identify sufficient land and buildings (see Chapter 12: Open Space, Sport and replacement dwellings on housing 3 Includes 400 of the 1,300 units to provide for the housing needs and Recreation), this will continue to form an renewal sites and windfall sites which committed on Bilston Urban Village aspirations of the whole community important UDP objective. A meet the criteria listed in Policy H3. (before discount) and meet Regional Spatial Strategy comprehensive Urban Housing Capacity Supply is likely to be 3,159 units, ª 20% discount applied targets; Study, which forms a background paper incorporating a flexibility allowance of 4. Locate as much new housing as to the UDP, has proved that there is 412 units to buffer against unforeseen possible on appropriate previously- sufficient suitable previously-developed circumstances. developed sites within the urban area, land available within the urban area to particularly at places with good public meet the RPG11 (June 2004) housing transport accessibility , where high requirement without any significant densities will be promoted; release of greenfield land.

184 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 185 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

13.3 Housing Site Assessment Criteria for high density housing; contribution that residential Prioritisation Criteria e) Sites which maximise the contribution developments should make towards the Policy H3: Housing Site Assessment Criteria housing can make to urban regeneration provision of open space, sport and 13.3.6 It is expected that at least 99% of objectives, including recreation facilities. On larger housing completions over the Plan period will The following criteria will be used to: the development of urban villages developments, contributions may also be take place on previously-developed land, ● Select and review housing and the promotion of housing in city sought to offset the increased demands in accordance with the target for allocations; and and town centres; on local community and education Wolverhampton in the Regional Spatial ● Decide if and when to release other f) Existing unpopular housing areas which facilities. In most cases poor accessibility Strategy. This will contribute towards sites emerging over the Plan period are suitable for housing renewal; will not preclude residential development meeting the West Midlands Region target for housing. g) Sites which maximise opportunities for but will limit acceptable densities. For of 76%. Almost all of the housing mixed use schemes; larger schemes a transport assessment may allocations put forward in the Plan make All proposed housing sites must be h) Sites which contribute towards be required in accordance with Policy AM6. use of previously-developed land or considered against the following providing a sufficient range of dwellings buildings. To promote more sustainable suitability criteria: in Wolverhampton as a whole to help 13.3.4 Employment and housing uses have patterns of development, new housing meet local housing needs, in terms of traditionally existed cheek by jowl in will be concentrated on sites within or 1. Compatability with other Plan policies, location and/or housing type and Wolverhampton, which has given rise to close to City and Town Centres and including the protection of the City’s affordability. poor quality residential environments. public transport corridors and environmental, nature conservation, However, in order to promote easy opportunities will be taken to bring historic and recreational assets; accessibility to job opportunities from underused buildings into residential use. 2. Protection of the amenity of existing home, the Council encourages and future residents; 13.3.1 Guidance from both the Government and development of mixed use areas, 13.3.7 Changing economic patterns have led to 3. Compatibility of housing with the the Regional Planning Authority directs including employment categories that the closure of some significant existing adjacent uses; local authorities to adopt a systematic would not be detrimental to residential employment sites in Wolverhampton in 4. Protection of the character and approach to identifying housing sites and amenities. It also recognises that in some recent years. While some of these sites amenity of the surrounding local area; assessing their potential for cases it is possible to create sustainable have the potential to be reused for 5. Consideration of physical constraints, development, in order to allocate sites residential development on sites employment purposes, many are no including contamination and flood risk, which are both sustainable and promote adjacent to existing employment areas, longer suited to employment activities, and the ability of the proposal to reduce urban renaissance. The Council has through careful consideration of design due to the character of the surrounding such constraints to an acceptable level; adopted an approach which: and layout and the use of mitigation area, or because they no longer meet the 6. The capacity of existing and potential measures. However, some employment requirements of modern industry. A infrastructure, both physical and social, 1. identifies sites potentially suitable for activities create levels and types of traffic number of these sites have been to accommodate new housing; housing, given environmental, amenity generation, noise, odour and vibration removed from employment designations, 7. The accessibility of the site by public and other policy considerations; that would have serious adverse effects where appropriate, and have been transport, cycling or walking or the 2. prioritises sites for release. upon residential amenity (see policies in designated housing allocations. If other ability of the proposal to sufficiently the Environmental Protection Chapter). It employment sites come up for enhance such provision. 13.3.2 This approach will be used to review is also important to ensure that redevelopment during the Plan period, housing allocations and assess windfall residential development does not place their suitability for housing will be The following sites will be given priority proposals, in accordance with plan, constraints on legitimate employment assessed against the criteria listed in H3 for housing development: monitor and manage. activities and put their future viability in and policies in the Business and Industry doubt. Chapter. Regard will also be had to the a) Sites which maximise the use of Suitability Criteria current housing land availability and previously developed land and 13.3.5 Policies H6 and H7 provide more detailed completions situation. buildings; 13.3.3 Policies in other Chapters of the Plan criteria regarding the suitability of b) Vacant sites not allocated or required specify how development which may residential infill sites for housing, the 13.3.8 Land at Thompson Avenue is the only for another use; have an adverse effect on valuable conversion of buildings from non- greenfield housing allocation. The site c) Sites currently in another use which environmental assets, such as residential to residential use and will only be released for housing subject is proven to be no longer necessary recreational open space, nature subdivision of existing dwellings. In all to the creation of an equivalent area of or viable; conservation areas and historic buildings, such cases, the potential effects of such public playing fields on former d) Sites close to Strategic Regeneration should be controlled. Policies in the development on the character and employment land at the corner of Major Corridors / other main transport Environmental Protection Chapter detail amenity of the local area, including that St and Dixon St (see 12.9.3). This land corridors, with good public transport how physical constraints such as flood defined in Conservation Area Appraisals exchange will create a net improvement access to local services and jobs, plains and contaminated land should be (see Policy HE3) and any local study of in open space, sport and recreation which help minimise the need to considered through the development character and distinctiveness, will be a provision in the local area and bring a travel and maximise opportunities process. Policy H9 specifies the key consideration. derelict brownfield site back into

186 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 187 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

productive use. A public consultation buildings which are both suitable and Table 13.2 Housing Allocations exercise has been carried out which available for housing use over the Plan supports the land exchange. If other period. A significant proportion of the Site Ref Site Name Size (ha) Target Net Guide New Guide Affordable open space sites are considered for sites have an adopted development brief Density Build Conversion Housing Target redevelopment during the Plan period, or have planning permission subject to a (dwigs/ha) Capacity Capacity General Special their suitability for housing will be S106 agreement. It is considered unlikely Purpose Needs assessed against the criteria listed in H3 that it will be necessary to restrict the Wolverhampton City Centre and policies in the Open Space, Sport supply of housing land over the Plan CC9 (iii) Worcester St / Church St / 0.43 93 40 0 20% - and Recreation Chapter. Regard will also period, although annual monitoring of Temple St, St John’s be had to the current housing land housing land availability and Urban Village availability and completions situation completions will indicate if this is and the availability of previously- necessary. The site allocations will be CC11 (i) Royal Hospital / Bus Garage, 10.51ª 50 140 * 0 20% - developed land to meet housing targets, reviewed and updated as the Plan is All Saints / Royal Hospital Area in preference to greenfield land of reviewed and rolled forward. any kind. CC11 (ii) Gordon St / Granville St, All 1.12 54 60 0 20% - 13.4.2 For each site, a guide capacity has been Saints / Royal Hospital Area 13.3.9 On the periphery of Wolverhampton identified based on either an outstanding there are open areas which planning application, an adopted CC12 (I) Springfield Brewery, 4.79ª Na 240 0 20% - predominantly lie within the West development brief or an individually Canalside Quarter Midlands Metropolitan Green Belt. These determined target figure which takes areas fulfil the role of containing the into account the constraints of the site CC12 (ii) Land at Grimstone St / 0.79 82 65 0 20% - urban area of the West Midlands and and it’s proximity to major transport Culwell St, Canalside Quarter protecting the character of surrounding routes and services, in line with CC12 (vi) The Old Steam Mill, Corn Hill, 0.24 167 0 40 small settlements. In addition, they Government guidance. A minimum net 20% - Canalside Quarter provide an important recreational density of 40 dwellings per hectare has resource for the City, which is deficient in been assumed (except where the Sub-total 405 40 recreational open space in overall terms. character or constraints of the site dictate Therefore, these peripheral open areas otherwise - see Policy H7). In most cases, MU1 Fmr Chubb Site, Wednesfield 5.14ª 50 120 0 25% - are not considered appropriate locations especially in Wolverhampton City Centre, Road (residential, employment for residential development (see Green target densities are much higher. and community uses) Belt Review Background Paper). 13.4.3 Significant committed housing sites MU2 Factory rear of Fifth Avenue / 3.11ª 40 100 0 25% - relied upon in Table 13.1 (excluding Humphries Road, Low Hill 13.4 Housing Allocations those under construction) are listed in (residential and Table 13.4. Among the key housing community uses) Policy H4: Housing Allocations commitments and allocations are urban village proposals in the City Centre and MU3 Former Tettenhall Library, 0.24ª Na 5 10 Na Na Regis Road (residential, Housing allocations are sites, normally Bilston Urban Village. These mixed use business and/or larger than 0.25 ha, which have been development areas will provide community uses) identified for residential use or mixed use sustainable employment and leisure development including residential. opportunities closely linked to new H1 Ward St Gas Works, Maxxiom, 16ª 40 380 0 To be decided Ancillary uses such as health facilities, housing. In the case of mixed use Ward St and Former Elm community centres and local shops may be developments there is an element of Energy Works, Ettingshall integrated into the development of these flexibility as to final housing numbers. Road _ (residential, sites but otherwise they should be reserved employment, open space for housing and other identified uses. and community uses)

H2 Craddock Street Industrial 3.68 3.68 145 0 25% 13.4.1 Following the completion of the Urban Estate, Craddock St / Gatis St, Housing Capacity Study and the Whitmore Reans application of the criteria listed in Policy H3, a number of housing allocations are H3 Land at Thompson Avenue, 3.06 40 120 - 25% - proposed, as listed in Table 13.2 and Parkfields 2 shown on the Proposals Map. These sites constitute a portfolio of land and

188 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 189 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

Site Ref Site Name Size (ha) Target Net Guide New Guide Affordable Table 13.3 Housing Renewal Sites Density Build Conversion Housing Target Site Ref Site Name Size (ha) Target Net Guide New Guide (dwigs/ha) Capacity Capacity General Special Affordable Density Build Conversion Purpose Needs Housing Target (dwigs/ha) Capacity Capacity General Special H4 Dixon St Wharf / Rough Hills 2.35 40 96 0 25% - Purpose Needs Works, D’Urberville Road 18 HR1 The Mayfield, Willenhall Road, 3.14 36 45 0 - * Old Heath H5 Fmr Bilston Girls School, 2.61 45 69 26 - - Windsor St HR2 30% Bushbury Triangle (Stanley 4.16 39 140 0 - Road / Purcell Road / H6 The Tap Works, Showell Rd, 2.38 45 85 0 To be - Bushbury Lane) Low Hill Decided HR3 Portobello Flats, New Street 1.50ª 50 75 0 30% H7 Former Miza Pharmaceuticals, 1.33 40 50 0 25% - - & South Street Pond Lane, Blakenhall TOTAL 260 0 H8 Fmr Farndale Junior School 0.76 40 30 25% -

H9 Goldthorn Hill Pumping 0.48 52 24 0 Na Na * 48 completed Station & Fmr Allotments

H10 Land at Cross St South / 0.46 43 20 0 20 - Park St South, Blakenhall Table 13.4 4Significant Housing Sites (20 dwellings or more) with Planning Permission as of April 2004 (excluding sites under construction) H11 Land at 380-398 Bilston Road, 0.27 67 18 0 Na Na Ettingshall Site Ref Site Name Size (ha) Total Capacity

H12 Land rear of 18-32 0.26 40 10 0 Na Na 2741 Bilston Urban Village 39.74 1300 Turner Avenue, Woodcross (400 by 2011) 277 Sub-total 1257 51 MU4 Former GKN Site, Birmingham New Road / Taylor Road 8.12 2735 Raglan Street Area (City Centre) 5.65 183 TOTAL 1662 91 2739 Former Royal Mail Site, Canalside Quarter 0.51 153 2738 Land Bounded By Worcester Street/School Street/ 0.67 85 ª Total size of mixed use site Little Brickiln Street (City Centre) 2603 70-101 Chetton Green Flats, Brinsford Road 1.03 54 * The capacity of the Royal Hospital / Bus Garage site has been wholly discounted from the housing land supply calculations set out in Table 13.1, as it is unlikely to be completed within the Plan period. Therefore, 2716 Clifton House and Land Corner of Merridale Road / 0.21 42 the capacity of this site is not included in the Wolverhampton City Centre sub-total. Lord St 1670 Land At Bowker St / Willenhall Road 0.82 40 2 Subject to the following: a) that potential exists for the land to the east of Ward St to be developed independently and in advance of 2575 Land Corner Of Mill St / Wolverhampton St, Bilston 0.59 40 the land to the west of Ward St, subject to the detail of proposal being in accordance with a Master Plan 2662 School Rd, Cnr Shaw Lane (Turner’s Garage/ 0.43 36 which is to be prepared for the whole of the allocation; Garage Crt R/O School Rd) b) that development is likely to require the provision of a buffer zone and other mitigation measures to protect the amenities of future residents from activities on the Reliance Trading Estate; 2892 Land Adj Bushbury Arms PH, Showell Circus, Low Hill 0.46 36 c) that development will be required to positively address the Birmingham Canal; 2639 Land Cnr Tudor Rd / Station Rd 0.31 27 d) that development will be required to include replacement recreational open space for any such areas to be lost, as well as open space to meet the needs arising from new development; 2891 8-14 Muchall Road, Penn 0.50 24 e) that development should retain the existing greenway link along the former railway cutting along the north east of the site; 2704 Land At Rookery Street 0.23 23 f) that known nature conservation interest on the site will be considered as part of development proposals. 2560 Riches St Garage, Riches Street 0.20 21 Compensatory provision for loss of habitat will be required. 2591 Former Cumbria House, 83a/98 Goldthorn Hill 0.24 20 2 Subject to the provision of an equivalent area of public playing fields on land at the corner of Major St 2877 Land and Building West of Merridale Lane 0.33 20 and Dixon St

190 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 191 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

Renewal these areas, focusing on Blakenhall 13.5.2 The Council, in partnership with other Gardens and Fourth and Fifth Avenues Policy H5: Housing Renewal and public and private sector bodies, has respectively. A Master Plan has been Neighbourhood Renewal developed a range of approaches to produced for the All Saints and make better use of the existing housing Blakenhall Area identifying key levers for Where there are areas of unpopular or stock. These include an Empty Homes change and priority areas for action, unsustainable housing, the Council will use Initiative to reduce vacancy rates, including Blakenhall Gardens and the All a variety of mechanisms to achieve housing renovation and conversion of existing Saints residential area. An Action Plan renewal. In significant areas, strategies will Council units and environmental and Development Brief is in the process be prepared to guide neighbourhood enhancement schemes to improve the of being prepared to guide the renewal, based on the following principles: residential environment. In some cases redevelopment of the Low Hill South compulsory purchase procedures may be area. Further areas will be added to the 1. Maintaining and reusing existing land used to acquire vacant properties. The housing renewal programme during the and buildings, where possible; results of the Wolverhampton Housing lifetime of the Plan. 2. Working in partnership with the local Needs Survey, completed in 2002, community and private and public updated in 2004, and any future further agencies to identify, target and promote update will be an important 13.6 Design of Housing Development renewal initiatives and consideration in determining future co-ordinate action; approaches to renewal of the existing Policy H6: Design of Housing 3. Ensuring a high quality of design through housing stock as well as the type and Development the preparation of development briefs, affordability of new housing (see Policy design frameworks and master plans, as H10). A high standard of design will be require appropriate; for all housing developments, including new 4. Achieving high densities on suitably 13.5.3 Where existing housing has reached the build, building conversions and subdivision located sites, whilst ensuring that end of it’s useful life and cannot be viably of existing dwellings. Proposals will be sufficient recreational open space and improved or converted, demolition and considered on the basis of policies in the other important community facilities are remodelling may be the best option. On Design Chapter and the ability of the design to: provided to create a sustainable urban some sites a combination of renovation 1. Be compatible with adjacent uses; community; and clearance may be pursued. Where a 2. Create a distinctive identity and respect 5. Achieving a sustainable mix of market, significant amount of housing renewal is and enhance local character, being affordable and special needs housing; planned the Council recognises the need informed by the townscape and 6. Taking account of the need to provide to prepare strategies for neighbourhood landscape of the wider locality as well as safe and secure neighbourhoods. renewal, through active engagement immediate neighbouring buildings; with the local community, which 3. Protect the amenity of neighbouring comprehensively tackle wider social, residents; 13.5.1 Meeting Wolverhampton’s housing needs economic and physical problems, as well 4. Create a development of an appropriate depends to a large extent on the as housing issues, and act as a focus for scale, density and proportions; continued survival and usefulness of the public and private sector investment. 5. Provide appropriate access existing residential stock. The type and Such strategies will be based on the and parking arrangements condition of the homes together with the principles set out in Policy H5 and (see Policy AM12); quality of their immediate surroundings objectives of the Neighbourhood 6. Incorporate sustainable design principles, and accessibility of local facilities, jobs, Renewal Strategy, the Council’s Housing including good orientation for habitable training and leisure needs are important Strategy and other relevant strategies. rooms; factors affecting quality of life. However, 7. Promote community safety a proportion of the existing housing 13.5.4 Sites where housing renewal is currently (see Policy D10); stock is in a poor state of repair and there taking place or is programmed are listed are a large number of vacant properties. in Table 13.3 and shown on the Proposals Local problems of low demand for social Map. In addition, the All Saints and rented and low value private housing Blakenhall Community Development have been identified. The sustainability of New Deal Area and Low Hill Action Plan certain areas of high and medium rise areas have been identified as likely to social accommodation is also in question. give rise to a significant amount of Such areas often coincide with pockets of housing renewal. Large-scale demolition 13.5 Housing Renewal and Neighbourhood social exclusion and multiple deprivation. programmes are already underway in 8. Create satisfactory and flexible living

192 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 193 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

accommodation; Residential to Residential Use Requirements for New Housing existing, nearby open space would be 9. Ensure any affordable dwellings are Developments the preferable option. Appendix 2 sets designed to “lifetime homes” standards, Policy H7: Conversion of Buildings out detailed requirements for the where appropriate; from Non-Residential Policy H8: Open Space, Sport and provision of open space, sport and 10. Provide an attractive, green residential to Residential Use Recreation Requirements for recreation facilities to serve new housing environment, with adequate private New Housing Developments developments. garden space and other areas of Proposals for the conversion of non- open space. residential buildings to residential use will be Any housing development of 10 dwellings or 13.8.3 The requirements set out in Policy H8 are encouraged, subject to compliance with the more will be required to contribute towards distinct from any provision that may be 13.6.1 A high quality of design for residential following criteria: the provision and / or enhancement of open required to compensate for the loss of schemes of all sizes is essential in order 1. Compatability with other UDP policies; space, sport and recreation facilities sufficient existing open space, sport or recreation to achieve the objectives of Policy H1. For 2. Compatibility with adjacent land uses; to serve new residents. Such provision will be facilities (see Policy R3). Policy IMR2: this reason, poorly designed proposals 3. The creation of satisfactory living secured through the use of conditions, Planning Obligations gives examples of will be rejected. Affordable dwellings, as accommodation and an appropriate planning obligations or management other obligations which may be sought defined in Policy H10, should include residential environment, including agreements, where appropriate. for new developments. Lifetime Homes features, as adequate private garden space; and recommended in Housing Corporation 4. Proximity to public transport and other Contributions will be proportional to the Scheme Development Standards. These local facilities. number of residents expected to occupy the 13.9 Housing Density and Mix features ensure that a new dwelling will development, regardless of where the meet the needs of most households, 13.7.1 There are a large number of buildings development is located. However, the form Policy H9: Housing Density and Mix including the elderly and those with in Wolverhampton which are underused of the contributions will be determined on disabilities. The Housing Needs Survey or vacant, with little scope for a case by case basis, based on the guidance Residential development should make has shown that there is a particular need commercial or other re-use, but set out in Appendix 2 and the current efficient use of land and contribute towards for such dwellings in Wolverhampton. potential to provide a valuable supply Wolverhampton Open Space, Sport and meeting local housing needs in accordance However, it is recognised that certain of residential accommodation. Upper Recreation Standards contained in Table 12.1. with the following criteria: types of dwellings e.g. three storey town floor space over shops is also a houses and small low cost market flats, significant potential source of flatted 13.8.1 The residents of new housing a. Housing densities of less than 30 are incapable of meeting some key accommodation and is promoted by developments generate specific dwellings per hectare net should be Lifetime Homes requirements. Where the Council. The Council will encourage additional demands for open space, avoided; there are demonstrable reasons to the conversion of whole buildings or sport and recreation facilities which need b. The density target for most housing provide such types of dwelling, the certain floors to residential use in to be met either by creating open space developments will be within the range of Lifetime Homes requirement will be suitable locations, providing that the and facilities within the development 30-50 dwellings per hectare net; waived. accommodation is not required for itself, or by improving the quality and c. A greater intensity of development in other uses (see in particular Policies capacity of existing open space and excess of 50 dwellings per hectare net 13.6.2 Policies in other Chapters of the Plan, B7 and B10). Many of the buildings facilities close by. In future, a large will be expected in the case of particularly the Design Chapter, the suitable for conversion are located proportion of new housing will be built housing developments in the City Centre Access and Mobility Chapter and within or close to Centres or on on small, fragmented sites across the and defined town, village a Supplementary Planning Guidance on significant public transport routes. City. Therefore, to ensure that open nd district centres, and around major Residential Development provide In these locations they are well served space, sport and recreation standards are nodes along good quality public detailed guidance on achieving a quality, by good quality public transport and, not compromised, all new housing transport corridors; sustainable residential environment. therefore, reduced levels of car parking developments of 10 dwellings or more d. Very high densities of 90 dwellings Policies H9 and H10 detail requirements may also be required. In order to will be expected to make formal per hectare net or more will only be regarding density, mix of housing types encourage the conversion of such contributions towards open space, sport permitted on sites within the City Centre; and affordability. Development briefs buildings to residential use, a flexible and recreation provision. e. A mix of dwelling types and sizes to may be prepared for larger housing and approach will be taken to the amenity reflect local housing needs will be mixed use sites, setting out detailed space, density and overlooking 13.8.2 These contributions may take the form of required on larger sites as defined in the design guidance. requirements for such proposals, on-site or off-site provision, depending supporting text. although high standards of design on a number of factors. For example, it should be maintained. Affordable may not be practical or useful to housing, which is characterised by low incorporate recreational open space 13.9.1 An increase in average housing densities, levels of car ownership and the need for within small developments or compared to those achieved in the past, proximity to local services, is particularly developments close to existing is important in an area like suited to building conversions. recreational open space. In these cases, Wolverhampton in order to meet 13.7 Conversion of Buildings from Non- 13.8 Open Space, Sport and Recreation improving the capacity and quality of housing targets and maximise the

194 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 195 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

potential of urban land. For this reason, consideration of location and design. waived, where: ownership schemes: net densities of 30-50 dwellings per High quality design is necessary in order 1. It can be proved that the requirement ● Shared ownership housing (where a hectare will be the target for most to encourage confidence in such would genuinely threaten the overall social landlord retains a continuing developments of 5 dwellings or more. accommodation, ensure the privacy of viability of the development; or interest); Densities of 50 dwellings per hectare residents and protect the amenity of 2. The Council considers that this is ● Shared equity housing (where land value net and above will be expected on sites adjacent areas. Particular attention desirable in order to meet other is retained to provide housing for sale within an existing City, Town, Village or should be paid to height (Policy D7) and major policy objectives. 13.10.5 at below market levels, to current and District centre or very close to a metro massing (Policy D8). It is crucial that any subsequent purchasers, for as long as stop or a major node on a good quality high density residential development has Off-site provision of the affordable element this is required). public transport corridor, where high good access to appropriate support may be considered appropriate in level bus services intersect facilities, particularly recreational open exceptional circumstances, where: 3) Discounted market rent housing (where (see definition in Policy AM12). space, shops and access to high quality a) The proposal site is not a suitable subsidy is used by a landlord to provide Very high densities of 90 dwellings per public transport that either already exists, location for affordable housing e.g. housing at rent levels below market hectare net or more will be appropriate or will be linked to the development. because of poor public transport access rents, for as long as this is required) only in the City Centre. Wherever possible, community and or distance from a centre; or support facilities should be within b) The Council considers that this is The Wolverhampton 2002 Housing Needs 13.9.2 The Wolverhampton Housing Needs walking or cycling distance of homes. 13.10.3 desirable in order to meet other Survey and the 2004 Update to the Survey (2002) and Update (2004) This is particularly important where major policy objectives. 13.10.6 Housing Needs Survey have identified a provide detail on the size, types and reduced car parking standards are range of housing needs predicted to affordability of housing required in implemented (see Policy AM12). 13.10.1 The Council defines “affordable housing” arise over the period 2002-2007, different parts of the City up until 2007. as housing provided, with subsidy, for including a significant need for The Survey will be regularly reviewed rent or sale at a price which is affordable affordable housing for first time buyers, and updated to reflect changing needs. to local people in housing need, and single people, the elderly and other low The Survey shows that there is a growing 13.10 Affordable Housing which meets their housing requirements. income households. Taking into account mismatch between the preferences of Local people in housing need are those the capacity of existing stock, the 2004 households in housing need and the Policy H10: Affordable Housing who are unable to meet their housing Update recommends that an additional type and size of the existing housing requirements in the general housing 542 units of affordable housing should stock. Therefore it is important that all In order to meet affordable housing need, market because of the relationship be provided every year to meet these large housing developments, for the both City-wide and at a local level, and to between local housing costs and needs. The total is broken down by type purposes of this Policy those capable ensure mixed communities, the Council will incomes. What constitutes affordable as follows: of accommodating 25 dwellings or more, seek to negotiate the provision of an element housing for the purposes of this Plan, help to meet local housing needs. This of affordable housing on all suitable private having regard to local income levels and General Purpose Housing will include the provision of a mix of sector housing developments larger than one housing costs for dwellings of varying ● 256 units of housing for rent provided by dwelling types and sizes with a range hectare or comprising 25 dwellings or more. types, has been determined by the 2002 a social landlord; of numbers of habitable rooms, Wolverhampton Housing Needs Survey ● 48 units of shared ownership housing sufficient to create a balanced The amount of affordable housing sought and will be subject to review in the light provided by a social landlord; community, both within the site and will be: of subsequent surveys. The affordable ● 38 units of shared equity or discounted the local area and to meet the changing ● 20% of units on sites within the City benchmark used in the 2002 survey is market rent housing. needs and preferences of the City’s Centre Inset area; that a household should not spend more 13.10.7 existing and future residents. The ● 25% of units on sites outside the City than 25% of its net income on rent or Special Needs Supported Housing (see 13.11.4) preferred types and sizes of dwellings Centre Inset area; and take out a mortgage for more than 3 ● 135 units of sheltered housing for older required in different parts of ● 30% of units on housing renewal sites. times the main earner’s gross income. people provided by a social landlord; Wolverhampton will be derived from an ● 20 units of very sheltered housing for analysis of the most recent Housing The type of affordable housing sought will 13.10.2 The Council recognises three categories older people provided by a social Needs Survey, the Council’s Housing depend upon a number of factors, including of affordable housing: landlord; Strategy, a consideration of the local local housing needs and the location and ● 45 units of independent accommodation housing mix and other relevant sources characteristics of the site. The requirement 1) Housing for rent provided by a social with external support provided by a of information. It is recognised that will be secured via planning obligations or landlord (housing association or local social landlord. there is no scope to provide houses on other legal agreements, as appropriate. authority) which is allocated on the basis very high density City Centre sites, and of need. This includes both general The Housing Needs Survey 2002 therefore these sites will be expected 13.10.4 purpose and special needs supported 13.10.8 (updated 2004) also identifies the need to provide a mix of one, two and three housing. for an additional 30 unsubsidised, small bedroom flats. “starter” market units per annum, to meet 13.9.4 Higher densities demand a more careful The amount sought may be reduced or 2) Housing provided under low cost home the needs of households with income

196 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 197 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

levels just adequate to access the 13.10.12 Former Bilston Girls School, Windsor the provision of affordable housing on- accommodation exists, including housing housing market. These do not fall within Street because the Council was required site. All such accommodation should be accessible to disabled people, the Council will the Council’s definition of affordable to adopt a view on the issue before the fully integrated with open market seek to negotiate the provision of housing. results of the Housing Needs Survey were housing and should be distributed appropriate accommodation on suitable sites. available. throughout the site, except where special The majority of affordable housing needs housing requirements dictate 13.11.1 Housing development should meet the provided in recent years has been on The requirement for affordable housing otherwise e.g. very sheltered housing needs of all sectors of the community, 13.10.9 smaller sites purchased by housing on sites in and around the City Centre schemes. In phased housing including those groups with special associations or granted to them at a will need to be carefully balanced against developments, a reasonable proportion needs. Such groups will include the discounted rate. The Council will the importance of achieving key of affordable housing should be included elderly, people with physical and continue to encourage this type of regeneration aims. However, it is in each phase. It is particularly important sensory disabilities, people with mental provision. However, given the dwindling important that all new urban village that affordable dwellings have good health problems, people with learning supply of suitable sites and rising areas created over the Plan period seek access to the public transport network difficulties, people who misuse drugs or housing land values, this source is likely to create a mixed community. Therefore and to local services. Proposals in areas alcohol, and women and children to reduce substantially in the future. the Council will ensure that at least 20% with poor access may not be considered subject to domestic violence. Given the of all housing units provided in the City acceptable unless they involve the projected increase in the proportion of A community’s need for a mix of housing Centre over the Plan period are improvement of such access. elderly people in the population, in line types, including affordable housing, is a affordable. with national trends, it is particularly material planning consideration as In exceptional circumstances, the Council important to address the special needs specified in Circular 6/98: Planning and 13.10.13 In and around housing renewal areas, the may consider provision of the affordable of the elderly. The Wolverhampton 13.10.10 Affordable Housing and Circular 5/05: need to re-house tenants decanted from housing element off-site, subject to an Housing Strategy sets out how the Planning Obligations. Therefore, in order clearance sites and to diversify the local equivalent level of housing need being Council and its partners intend to to make progress towards meeting mix of types and tenures of housing, may met. This may be either by way of the address the housing requirements of affordable housing need, the Council will well be key factors influencing the developer directly providing affordable those with special needs. negotiate with developers to secure a location and type of affordable housing units on the alternative site, or by making significant proportion of affordable required. In general, in order to create a financial contribution to enable the 13.11.2 A growing proportion of the housing on all private housing sites of a sustainable communities, a mix of 70% provision. Only where it is important to community requires intensive levels of suitable size and location, including market and 30% affordable housing will bring the site forward for housing use care due to age or other significant windfall sites. This will also help to be sought on housing renewal sites. The and there is a real danger that the health problems. To meet these special provide a mixed community on the site target general purpose and special needs affordable housing requirement will needs the Council is working with its itself and within the local area. Where a supported affordable housing elements prevent this e.g. because of high land partners to create a network of number of smaller developments are for each identified housing renewal site reclamation or building restoration costs, sheltered and very sheltered housing taking place in close proximity and it is are shown in Table 13.3. or where there is an overriding major schemes. Sheltered housing is a group considered that these form phases of a policy objective, will the affordable of flats, bedsits or bungalows set aside larger development, affordable housing The Council is now working with a housing requirement be reduced or for letting to older people, providing a 13.10.11 contributions may also be sought. number of preferred Housing Association waived. quiet and friendly environment with the providers, and the Council’s preference is reassurance of having an officer living In determining the amount and type of that any general purpose housing should nearby to offer security, help and affordable accommodation required on be provided through one of these 13.11 Special Needs Accommodation advice. The Council currently provides any site, the Council will have regard to partners. Affordable housing provided 840 sheltered properties for rent in 23 the findings and recommendations of under Policy H10 must be made available Policy H11: Special Needs Accommodation schemes across the City. the most recent Housing Needs Survey, at a price level which can be sustained by and the aims of its Housing Strategy and local people in housing need. Developers Residential schemes designed for people 13.11.3 Very sheltered housing offers other relevant strategies. To assist will be expected to enter into with special needs will be encouraged individuals who have identified care developers, a Supplementary Planning appropriate legal agreements to secure subject to the following criteria: needs a self-contained flat within a Document on Affordable Housing will be the affordability of accommodation for as 1. The suitability of the site or building; housing complex or scheme with access prepared, setting out detailed affordable long as is required, and will be 2. The character of the surrounding area; to on site domicillary care. There are housing requirements. encouraged to enter into partnership 3. Compatibility with adjacent land uses; currently eight very sheltered schemes arrangements with Housing Associations 4. Proximity to public transport and other in operation in Wolverhampton and a The target general purpose and special whose interest in the property will local facilities; scheme on the former GKN site, Bowen needs supported affordable housing control initial and future ownership and 5. The provision of satisfactory Street, Parkfield elements for each housing allocation are occupation. vehicular access and car parking. shown in Table 13.2. No affordable housing target has been set for H5: There will be a presumption in favour of Where an identified need for special needs has planning permission. Such schemes

198 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 199 CHAPTER 13 13 CHAPTER

Table 13.5: Demand for Supported Housing for Older People (2002-2007) suitable sites of a sufficient size (approx. 0.8 - 1 ha) for very sheltered schemes in a Policy H13: Sites for Travelling People Private Market Affordable Affordable Very All Sectors built-up area like Wolverhampton. Sheltered Sheltered Sheltered Therefore, within the next 5 years, very Proposals for the provision of sites for sheltered schemes will be sought on the travelling people, including travelling show Existing Households 186 685 83 954 following housing sites: people, will be assessed against the ● Raglan Street (City Centre) following criteria: In-migrant 412 503 106 1,021 ● Low Hill South 1. Compatibility with adjacent land uses; Households 2. Impact on the surrounding environment; Total 598 1,188 189 1,975 3. The availability of good highway access; Such schemes may be sought on additional sites, 4. Proximity to local facilities. provide a quality alternative to during the remainder of the Plan period, as traditional residential care homes. In further need is identified. 13.13.1 Local authorities are required to make order to create a Caring City, the appropriate provision for travelling Wolverhampton Community Plan aims families under the provisions of Circulars to: 13.12 Residential Care Homes 22/91: Travelling Showmen and 01/06: ● Increase by 40% very sheltered housing Planning for Gypsy and Traveller Caravan schemes for older people by 2007; Policy H12: Residential Care Homes Sites. Unauthorised sites often cause ● Reduce by 25% the number of many problems for local communities permanent admissions of older people Proposals for the development of residential and provide inadequate facilities for to residential and nursing care by 2010. care homes for the elderly will be assessed travelling families. To meet the needs of Source: Wolverhampton Housing Needs against the following criteria: gypsy families 40 permanent pitches 13.11.4 The 2002 Housing Needs Survey Survey 2002 (David Couttie Associates) 1. The suitability of the site or building; have been provided on a site at Showell (updated 2004) and other studies have 2. The character of the surrounding area; Lane. To meet the needs of travelling revealed a high level of demand for 13.11.6 The Council will oversee the delivery of 3. Compatibility with adjacent land uses; show people the Council has provided a special needs housing throughout the special needs accommodation, through 4. Proximity to public transport and other site with 5 plots at Arthur Street, City, particularly for older people. The its role as a provider and enabler. Some local facilities; Blakenhall. The Council will continue to 2002 Housing Needs Survey identifies a of the special needs housing requirement 5. The provision of satisfactory vehicular explore potential opportunities to need arising from existing households will be addressed through flow of access and car parking; improve facilities as appropriate, for 954 units of supported housing for existing stock. However, it is likely that 6. The provision of adequate useable including the consideration of proposals older people over the period 2002-2007, the potential to convert existing stock to garden space. from the private sector. 768 units of which should be affordable meet today’s standards will be limited. (see table 13.5). This constitutes the Further studies into the condition of 13.12.1 Communal residential care homes for the special needs supported affordable existing stock will be commissioned, elderly, which provide nursing care, can housing target set out in 13.10.3. This which will inform strategies to guide often be of a significant size, and target does not take into account the future provision. therefore not always suited to a immediate need to replace places at traditional residential environment. A Council residential homes that have 13.11.7 Given the scale of the need, it will be careful assessment will therefore be been closed in recent years. appropriate to seek the provision of made of the potential impact of special needs supported housing as part proposals, both for new facilities and the 13.11.5 The 2002 Housing Needs Survey of the affordable housing contribution enlargement of existing homes. (updated 2004) also suggests that a made by larger housing developments Residential properties have in the past significant need for supported housing (see Policy H10). In view of the needs of provided a source of accommodation for will arise as older people in-migrate to the residents of such accommodation, care homes. Large detached properties live near their families in such proposals should be located within (with five or more bedrooms) are the Wolverhampton. This extra need has not easy reach of local facilities and good most obviously suited for these uses. been included in the affordable housing quality public transport and supported Permission will not normally be granted need target but may need to be taken by appropriate professional services. The for the conversion of semi-detached or into account in future years, subject to specific design and open space terraced dwellings. Detailed monitoring of actual in-migration. requirements of special needs housing requirements for the location and design will be detailed in a Supplementary of residential care homes will be set out Planning Document. in a Supplementary Planning Document.

13.11.8 It is particularly difficult to assemble 13.13 Sites for Travelling People

200 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 201 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 14: ACCESS AND MOBILITY

Contents

Para Page

14.1 Introduction 204 14.1.2 Wolverhampton - The Accessible City 204 14.2 Access, Mobility and New Development 205 Policy AM1: Access, Mobility and New Development (Part I) 205 14.3 Strategic Regeneration Areas and Corridors - Transport Investment 206 Policy AM2: Strategic Regeneration Areas and Corridors - 206 Transport Investment 14.4 Major Transport Schemes 208 Policy AM3: Major Transport Schemes 208 14.5 Strategic Highway Network 208 Policy AM4: Strategic Highway Network 208 14.6 Protection of Highway Improvement Lines 209 Policy AM5: Protection of Highway Improvement Lines 209 14.7 Transport Assessments 210 Policy AM6: Transport Assessments 210 14.8 Travel Plans 211 Policy AM7: Travel Plans 211 14.9 Public Transport 211 Policy AM8: Public Transport 211 14.9.8 Bus Provision 213 14.9.12 The Local Passenger Rail Network 213 14.9.16 Light Rail / Light Rapid Transit 213

14.10 Provision for Pedestrians 214 Policy AM9: Provision for Pedestrians 214 14.11 Provision for Cyclists 215 Policy AM10: Provision for Cyclists 215 14.12 Park and Ride 215 Policy AM11: Park and Ride 215 14.13 Car Parking Provision 216 Policy AM12: Parking and Servicing Provision 216 14.14 Development of Freight Facilities 219 Policy AM13: Development of Freight Facilities 219 14.15 Minimising the Effect of Traffic on Communities 220 Policy AM14: Minimising the Effect of Traffic on Communities 220

14.16 Road Safety and Personal Security 210 Policy AM15: Road Safety and Personal Security 210

14.17 General Aviation 221 Policy AM16: General Aviation Facilities 221

202 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 203 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

14.1 Introduction enable individuals and organisations to ● Improve access, mobility, image, All new development will be expected to gain the confidence to change their attractiveness and security of the City contribute towards improvements in access 14.1.1 Transport is not an end in itself but a travel habits and established practices. and Town Centres to enhance their and mobility, by ensuring that people have means to ensure good access for people We then need to deliver standards of vitality and viability; a wide choice of mode of transport to access to facilities and services and for the service that meet people’s expectations. ● Promote the quality, reliability, image the site, including public transport, cycling movement of people and goods to and attractiveness of the public transport and walking. Such contributions will be promote the area’s economic, 14.1.3 A prosperous economy and high quality network to meet people’s expectations; sought in accordance with UDP Policy IMR2 environmental and social well being. The of life depends on people having access ● Extend and develop a high quality light ‘Planning Obligations and Agreements.’ policies in this Chapter underpin many of to the full range of services and rail system along key transport corridors; the guiding principles of the UDP in the opportunities for work, training, ● Improve the environment for pedestrians Development that attracts a large number following manner: shopping and leisure. Most of us travel and cyclists to encourage these as of people and traffic should be located in every day, even if only locally. Access to sustainable and healthy modes of travel; areas well served by public transport, so Economic Development and Regeneration - opportunities for work, training, ● Reduce the adverse impact of traffic on making effective use of existing transport High quality transport links are essential for new education or leisure, be they local or local communities by reducing the infrastructure and providing real transport investment to maintain and enhance the further afield are crucial in supporting volume of traffic and related air and choices for the movement of people and viability and vitality of our City and Town our regeneration efforts, particularly in noise pollution; goods. Centres. those areas of the City that suffer from ● Improve safety and personal security for Sustainable Development - The Council is multiple problems of economic, social all, especially the more vulnerable groups All development should be designed to committed to developing a transport system exclusion and poor environmental in society; minimise the adverse effects of any roads that supports a sustainable pattern of quality. Access and mobility for people ● Provide a strategy for car parking in the and traffic on neighbouring residential development so minimising adverse and goods are essential ingredients to City in collaboration with colleagues areas or other sensitive uses. environmental impacts and ensuring the most generate wealth and economic across the wider West Midlands Region; efficient use of energy. opportunity. ● Provide the context for the introduction The detailed design of new development Social Inclusion and Equality-Access to of Travel Management Tools such as must make provision for all modes of economic, educational and social opportunities 14.1.4 The principles guiding the Access and Travel Plans; transport and the needs of people with are integral to our quality of life. Mobility policies for Wolverhampton are ● Improve the health of individuals by disabilities. Access to and around the Health and Safety - Improvements in our to: encouraging more environmentally development on foot, by bicycle and by transportation systems are designed to reduce ● Promote access and mobility for all; sustainable transport choices and more public transport should be given the highest accidents, improve personal security and ● Provide increased choice of mode of active lifestyles. priority in the layout and detailed design encourage people to lead more active lifestyles travel and to inform people of the (see Policy D3). Car parking provision and by walking and cycling. There is a direct link opportunities; 14.1.6 The UDP reflects regional objectives set design should comply with the Council’s between employment and health and providing ● Encourage environmental sustainability out in the Regional Spatial Strategy and Supplementary Planning Guidance / access to employment, especially for those and efficient use of resources; the Council’s Transport Strategy Documents and policies in the Design without access to a car is therefore a priority ● Reduce congestion and its cost to the expressed through successive Local Chapter. New commercial development in issue. local economy; Transport Plans prepared in partnership existing streets and centres will be required Quality of Life and Environment - A high ● Provide a high quality built environment; with the other Metropolitan Districts and to include rear-servicing facilities. quality environment with good urban design ● Improve safety and personal security by Centro. It is influenced by the findings of standards is essential to improve people’s sense better design; the West Midlands Area Multi-Modal 14.2.1 All new development should be widely of ‘well-being’. ● Support employment growth; Study (WMAMMS) and other recent accessible and offer people travel ● Integrate the different modes of Government-led transport studies (see choices. The success of new development Wolverhampton - The Accessible City transport; Chapter 1). depends on how well it is connected to ● Provide people with information on the wider road network, neighbouring 14.1.2 The challenge we face is to improve travel choices; streets, public transport routes, cycle mobility, accessibility and therefore the ● Improve the health of the community. 14.2 Access, Mobility and New routes and footpaths. These links should area’s economic vitality, whilst at the Development give people the maximum choice in how same time managing the demand for 14.1.5 In partnership with transport providers, to make their journeys and should give a transport, and raising the quality of life of developers and others the Transportation Policy AM1: Access, Mobility and New high priority to walking, cycling and our communities. This requires creative Programme will therefore need to: Development (Part I) public transport. and innovative solutions and new ways ● Support employment growth by of addressing our transport needs in ensuring there is good access and a real The Council will work in partnership with 14.2.2 Maximising travel choice for people particular increasing the travel and choice of mode of transport for people to Centro, neighbouring authorities, the health means creating routes that are felt to be transport choice and encouraging a more take up new job opportunities, especially community, business sector and transport safe, attractive and direct. Segregated sustainable approach. We need to the physically disadvantaged and those operators to improve access and mobility for routes for walking and cycling are not provide the information necessary to from the more deprived neighbourhoods; all members of the community. always the best way to create a safe and

204 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 205 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

secure environment and where provided 14.3.1 The Strategic Regeneration Areas and Works will be completed during 2006/2007. ● Development of the City Centre need to be sensitively designed. Success Corridors identified in Policies S1 and S2 Interchange Scheme (including the of a development is not just measured in are all located within the North Black Medium Term Measures (3-5 years): enhancement and redevelopment terms of functional performance but also Country and South Staffordshire of the Railway Station and further how the development contributes to the Regeneration Zone and these will be ● New and improved access to the enhancements to the Bus Stations). quality and character of the City (see subject to significant development and Wobaston Road Regional / Premium (RIS) Chapter 4: Design). change over the Plan period. The Black and Major Investment sites (MIS) Long Term Measures (5-10 years); Country Route and Birmingham New including a priority given to access by 14.2.3 The strategy for car parking is important Road transport corridors and the City public transport. * Development of Midland Metro proposals; to the success of a new development. Centre Ring Road are also of strategic * Implementation of the 5 Ws Metro Route. The level of provision should be significance for transport. Long Term Measures (5-10 years): determined in the light of current A454 Willenhall Road Government Guidance and the Council’s 14.3.2 Within these areas and corridors ● The Council will also support the Supplementary Planning Guidance / particular attention will be given to development of a new railway station to 14.3.9 This corridor already has the benefit of a Documents. Buildings, and the spaces transport investment to improve public serve strategic Park and Ride to the north Bus Showcase route. Future investment around them, should be designed to help transport, cycle and pedestrian facilities of Wolverhampton at Brinsford in South along this corridor will be considered in control the flow and density of traffic and and introduce measures to tackle traffic Staffordshire. order to further enhance public transport be designed to complement the new congestion to support employment reliability. development and improve the local investment. The need to create better A41 Bilston Road, Black Country Route and environment. links between the areas and corridors Spine Road Corridor A4123 Birmingham New Road and the nearby ‘Priority Neighbourhoods’ 14.2.4 The Council will seek to ensure that the is also considered to be important. 14.3.7 The corridor already has the benefit of 14.3.10 Investment in transport along this design of new development will provide the Midland Metro Line 1. Further corridor will be considered in order to off-street servicing wherever possible 14.3.3 Park and Ride sites will be identified to investment in transport along this enhance public transport reliability. and preferably from rear access roads in serve Wolverhampton City Centre and corridor will be influenced by the order to reduce nuisance and conflicts the wider West Midlands Region and development of Bilston Urban Village City Centre City Ring Road between service vehicles and other road complemented by the public transport and the needs of Bilston Town Centre. users. priority measures being developed along 14.3.11 The City Centre Ring Road serves a vital these transport corridors. A4124 Wednesfield Road function as the collector and distributor of traffic from the radial routes that focus 14.3 Strategic Regeneration Areas and 14.3.4 New railway stations and a phased 14.3.8 Wednesfield Way completed in 1998 on the City Centre. A number of studies Corridors - Transport Investment extension to the Midland Metro Light Rail provides a bypass to Wednesfield centre undertaken in recent years have Network are also being investigated to and good access to new employment highlighted the barrier effect of the City Policy AM2: Strategic Regeneration Areas and serve some key regeneration corridors sites. The Bus Showcase scheme in this Centre Ring Road to movement of Corridors - Transport Investment and strategic development sites. corridor provides high quality bus links people, particularly pedestrians and along this corridor; cyclists, into the city from outlying Transport investment will be focused on 14.3.5 Particular transport investment proposals neighbourhoods. Development is now identified Strategic Regeneration Areas and are listed below. Others are identified in Short Term Measures (0-3 years); being promoted on sites outside the City Corridors (see Policies S1 and S2), to provide Policies AM3 and AM8 and the Centre Ring Road and a preliminary study improved public transport, cycle and Wolverhampton City Centre, Bilston Town ● Junction improvements to improve has been commissioned to determine pedestrian facilities and other measures to Centre and Wednesfield Village Centre capacity of the highway and provide some short-term measures to improve address traffic congestion and better Chapters. opportunities to improve the reliability conditions for pedestrians and cyclists management of the Strategic Highway of public transport; who wish to cross the City Centre Ring Network. A449 Stafford Road Corridor ● Improving accessibility to New Cross Road. It is essential that this is delivered Hospital in partnership with the without impairing traffic capacity. Park and Ride sites and associated public 14.3.6 Short Term (0-3 years) Transportation Health Trusts. transport improvements will be identified Schemes include: 14.3.12 Further work is being commissioned to along these corridors to serve Medium Term Measures (3-5 years); evaluate longer-term options for Wolverhampton and the Black Country. ● The designation of the route as a ‘Red alternatives to collect and distribute Further extensions to Midland Metro Line 1 Route’ to maximise efficient use of the ● Investigate running the Midland Metro Wolverhampton’s through-traffic more will be investigated, to serve the route from highway; along the A4124 corridor to Walsall and efficiently and to consider options to Wolverhampton to Wednesfield and on to ● The development of a Bus Showcase serving the New Cross Hospital (5 Ws provide safer, more attractive, convenient Walsall in the next 5-8 years, and other along the A449 into the City Centre. Route); and direct crossings of the Ring Road for corridors in the longer term. pedestrians. This study will influence the

206 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 207 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

medium and long-term role for the Ring will be sought from the Transport 14.6 Protection of Highway variety of reasons. Consequently, the Road. Settlement through the Local Transport Improvement Lines minor scheme programme cannot be Plan bidding process and from listed for the UDP period. A number of developers and others funding sources as Policy AM5: Protection of Highway highway improvement lines exist on 14.4 Major Transport Schemes appropriate. Improvement Lines roads not forming part of the SHN.

Policy AM3: Major Transport Schemes To avoid the unnecessary blighting of land, 14.6.3 Certain junctions and highways are 14.5 Strategic Highway Network improvement lines will only be maintained identified on the Proposals Map as In addition to the measures highlighted in in the following circumstances: requiring improvements during the UDP Policy AM2, the following are considered to Policy AM4: Strategic Highway Network period. These are considered in two be priority major transport schemes: a) On the SHN where improvements are categories, those schemes that will be ● Strategic Park and Ride sites on the edge Priority will be given to maintaining and envisaged; designed and implemented during the of the conurbation to serve commuters improving the Strategic Highway Network b) Where required for specific schemes not UDP period and those where further travelling in to Wolverhampton and as a means of supporting the economic on the SHN but identified in a current investigation is required before the exact elsewhere in the West Midlands regeneration of the City. This work will be programme; improvements can be defined. The conurbation. Priority will be given to undertaken to complement the promotion c) In exceptional circumstances where Highways Agency will be consulted on all identifying sites to the north and west of of public transport, cycling and walking it is necessary to introduce or junction and other highway the conurbation; to reduce the impact of traffic on local maintain an improvement line for improvements that may have an effect ● Public transport improvements along the communities as detailed elsewhere in a scheme even though it is not in a on the motorway and trunk road Strategic Highway Network and serving the UDP. current programme; networks. both local and strategic Park and Ride d) Where it is essential for the achievement sites; 14.5.1 The Strategic Highway Network (SHN) of Centro’s 20-Year Strategy for Public 14.6.4 The SHN includes those key transport ● Local Park and Ride sites linked to public incorporates the Department of Transport. routes that have a regional role and transport (bus, tram and rail) for Transport defined Primary Route require a high capacity and relatively free shoppers and city centre workers to Network (PRN) linking primary flow of traffic. The Council will target support the economic vitality of destinations and distinguished by the 14.6.1 Priority will be given to protecting investment to increase accessibility along the City Centre; green background route information highway improvement lines on the selected elements of the SHN, whilst ● Promotion of Bus Showcase and signs and other roads of more than Strategic Highway Network as the means giving a high priority to road safety and Super Showcase together with related local importance. These latter routes of supporting economic regeneration local environmental improvements. traffic management measures along the have been determined against the and the Council’s transport strategy. The Strategic Highway Network; following criteria for inclusion in Proposals Map identifies highway 14.6.5 On those roads that are not part of the ● The further development of Midland the SHN: improvements that are required during SHN the presumption is that local Metro; the UDP period. considerations should predominate. ● Improvements to rail infrastructure to a) Large volumes of traffic use the route; Issues such as environmental impact, improve local links within the region and b) A substantial proportion of the traffic on 14.6.2 The purpose of highway improvement safety, the needs of public transport, to enhance Wolverhampton railway the route is long distance through-traffic lines is to protect land required for pedestrians and cyclists will be key station; without ready access to the motorway or highway schemes from other factors in planning future development ● Implementation of the Wolverhampton Primary Route Network (PRN); development. Long-term improvement and determining planning applications. Interchange Scheme that seeks to c) The routes carry significant numbers of schemes will continue to be protected integrate rail, Metro and bus services in heavy goods vehicles; from other development, although they 14.6.6 Centro’s 20-Year Strategy identifies a the City Centre; d) The routes link major industrial or may be brought forward in conjunction number of transport corridors that are ● Traffic Management Measures to ensure commercial developments and with development proposals. Current considered important or have potential maximum efficiency of the Strategic centres of population together or proposed highway improvement lines for development for high-volume public Highway Network and reduced impact of to the PRN; and are listed in Appendix 3 and shown on transport services. These routes will be traffic and e) The routes make a significant the Proposals Map. The programme for investigated for Bus Priority Measures transport on local communities; contribution to urban regeneration. minor schemes is prepared only one or and, in the longer term for guided bus ● Maintenance of the highway network; two years in advance and schemes in the schemes and light rapid transit schemes. ● National Cycle Network Route 81. 14.5.2 Within Wolverhampton the network programme are likely to change for a comprises the main routes radiating 14.4.1 The Council has identified the major from the City Centre Ring Road, transport schemes outlined in Policy AM3 together with the A4039 and A463 to be a priority for the investment and the Black Country Route. The programme in the short, medium and Strategic Highway Network is shown long term. Resources for implementation on the Proposals Map.

208 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 209 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

14.7 Transport Assessments 14.7.1 All major developments that are 14.8 Travel Plans a package of measures aimed at reducing considered to have the potential to car-use, improving access to the site, and Policy AM6: Transport Assessments generate significant numbers of trips will Policy AM7: Travel Plans improving efficiency by targeting be required to produce TAs. These need commuter journeys, customer access, The Council will require Transport to indicate how the transport Developers will be required to prepare a business travel and fleet management. Assessments (TAs) to be submitted with all implications of the proposal are to be Travel Plan (TP) where a need is suggested by As a business tool they can address planning applications for development addressed. Also, smaller developments a Transport Assessment or other parking and accessibility problems, proposals that have significant implications that, taken together, will have a circumstances. A TP may be required to be widen the labour pool, overcome the for transport. Smaller developments will significant transport impact will each submitted and agreed by the Council before transportation problems that are barriers require a TA where it is anticipated that require a TA. The Government has made a an application is determined or alternatively to obtaining planning consent, reduce there will be significant transport commitment to produce guidance on the before a development is occupied. company costs by reducing business implications resulting from the scope, content and methodology of TAs Unacceptable development will not be mileage, and enhance a Companies development or cumulatively with other and developers should refer to this when permitted because of the existence of a TP. environmental credentials and image. proposed developments in the area. They it becomes available. may also be required at sensitive locations A TP will include proposals for reducing the 14.8.2 The Council proposes to adopt its own where the Council is seeking to reduce 14.7.2 TAs are needed to allow the Council to number of journeys generated by Travel Plan and encourage their adoption current levels of road traffic and to widen assess the traffic implications of developments through actions such as by other organisations such as the transport choice for people. development proposals for all modes of encouraging reduced car use, reducing traffic businesses, schools, hospitals and other transport. They will determine whether speeds, improving safety, increasing the organisations that generate significant The scope and content of the TA will need to or not these proposals deliver sustainable number of journeys done on foot or by numbers of journeys. reflect the scale of the development but for transport objectives and will provide a bicycle, and improving access by public major proposals will be expected to include: basis for negotiation on the details of transport. A TP should also promote more 14.8.3 For an extension to an existing business schemes, such as the level of parking, environmentally friendly delivery and freight or a new development with a known end a) The transport impacts of the provision of a choice of transport, and movements. Specific proposals included user a full TP should be submitted with a development; measures to improve site access within the TP will be measured against planning application. Where the end user b) Accessibility to the site by all modes; arrangements and off-site works agreed targets in order to show that the is not known, an interim TP can be c) Current and proposed modal split of required. They will also indicate the need sustainable transport objectives are being submitted alongside the planning journeys to and from the site; for a Travel Plan to be developed and achieved. application. This can include the range of d) Details of proposed measures to improve implemented for the development. measures to be considered in the access by public transport, walking and Where the consideration of TAs indicates The Council and Centro (West Midlands finalised TP and indicative targets for the cycling, to reduce the need for parking that improvement measures are Passenger Transport Executive) will provide modal split for trips to and from the site. and to mitigate against transport necessary, affecting roads for which the assistance with the preparation of the TP. The Where an interim TP is accepted a impacts; and Council is the highway authority, these final TP will need to be agreed with the finalised TP should be submitted after e) How safety is to be improved. may be sought by way of Section 106 Council either before the planning the end user is known and agreed by the obligations, or alternatively Section 38 or application can be approved or before a Council either before construction The TAs will be used to determine the 278 agreements (Highways Act 1980, as development is occupied, depending on the commences or, at the latest, prior to transport impact of the development and amended) between the developer and nature of the development. It may not be occupation. whether developers will be required to local highway authority. In the case of possible to approve an application without prepare and implement a Travel Plan for measures affecting motorway or trunk evidence that travel demand which would be their development in accordance with Policy roads, they may be sought by way of generated can be satisfactorily managed. 14.9 Public Transport AM7. They will also determine the need for Section 278 agreements (Highways Act the developer to implement transport 1980, as amended) between the The Council would recommend that all Policy AM8: Public Transport improvement measures on and/or ‘off-site’ developer and the Highways Agency. organisations consider adopting a TP as a or to make contributions to implement such management tool in order to reduce the The provision of a high quality, measures in order to ameliorate the impact impact of traffic generated from the site/s comprehensive and integrated public of additional generated traffic. These will and improve business efficiency. transport network to meet local and longer be sought in accordance with Policy IMR2: distance travel needs in the City will be Planning Obligations and Agreements. 14.8.1 A TP is a management tool that brings pursued by: together transport and other business issues in a co-ordinated strategy. It a) Working in partnership with Centro and should be an integral part of good transport operators; business practice in the same way as b) Working to ensure that communities pollution and waste management has and neighbourhoods are well served become in recent years. In short they are

210 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 211 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

by public transport facilities that together within a strategic public 14.9.7 The provision of better information on facilities for passengers will be meet their needs; transport network that is being the public transport network will help safeguarded except where it is agreed c) Ensuring that new developments are well promoted across the West Midlands generate confidence in the network, help with the rail industry that the facilities are served by public transport and, where Metropolitan area by Centro and the people understand the services that are surplus to current or possible future appropriate, that improved facilities and Metropolitan Authorities. available and the travel opportunities operational requirements. The Council services are provided by developers as that are provided. will investigate with the rail industry and the site is occupied; 14.9.3 The Council is working with Centro, Centro how access to the rail network d) Taking the public transport needs of transport operators and community Bus Provision can be improved from both existing and vulnerable groups into account including groups to ensure that public transport new developments. This might be users of ‘ring and ride’ services; provision meets the needs of local 14.9.8 The key element of an integrated and achieved through improving access to e) Providing enhanced passenger communities and provides the means by improved public transport service is the existing stations by all modes, identifying waiting and information facilities, better which people can access employment, bus network. Over 90% of public locations for strategic park and ride sites, bus/rail/metro interchanges training, health facilities and leisure transport journeys are currently made by and, where necessary and feasible, and better provision for cyclists to opportunities. bus. Even with the expansion of the through the provision of new stations. transfer to public transport; Metro and rail networks the bus network f) Providing improved access by foot 14.9.4 In this context it is important that new will continue to carry the majority of 14.9.13 Redundant rail lines and rail-heads which to bus stops, metro stops and railway developments are readily accessible by public transport users. The Council are considered to have potential for rail stations; all sectors of the community and that the recognises the importance of the bus reuse will be protected except where it is g) Improving rail and bus accessibility ability to use facilities is not dependent network in the City and by working with agreed with the rail industry that these to Birmingham International Airport; on the availability of a car. Transport operators will seek to bring forward are surplus to future operational h) Providing Park and Ride Car Park Assessments for all major new improvements that generate efficiency requirements. Where these facilities are sites to serve the City and the wider sub- developments will determine the overall savings for operators and provide the surplus to such requirements, other uses region and linked to improved bus, tram transport requirements of a proposal and public with an attractive alternative to will be actively considered, including and rail services; developers will be required to provide the private car. pedestrian and cycle facilities. i) Taking into account the need to provide appropriate public transport services and for taxi services within the larger facilities to serve the new development 14.9.9 The standards for the quality, location, 14.9.14 The Council recognises the importance of development proposals, particularly in (see Policy AM6). and level of provision of bus stops and Wolverhampton Railway Station as a Wolverhampton City Centre and at related facilities will accord with those major gateway into the City and as such transport interchanges; 14.9.5 Equality of access for all the residents of stated in Centro’s 20-Year Strategy. New the Council will work with the rail j) The further development of Midland the City to jobs, homes, shops, social development should provide for a direct industry and Centro, to: Metro. leisure facilities and education and bus route or, failing that, direct access to ● Improve capacity for additional services training is a key objective of the Council. an existing route. at the station and provide additional The need to combat social exclusion is capacity on the West Coast Mainline; 14.9.1 Whilst the Council does not directly paramount and the City Council is 14.9.10 What matters most is: ● Enhance the range and quality of provide public transport services it has actively ensuring that the needs of ● Clear direct and safe routes to bus stops passenger facilities; an important enabling role as the vulnerable groups are catered for on the including well-placed road crossings; ● Improve integration and interchange Highway and Planning Authority. The local transport network. ● Locating bus stops close to where with other modes of transport. West Midlands Passenger Transport activity is taking place and away from Authority (WMPTA) is the policy making 14.9.6 The UDP is seeking to ensure that locations where people feel vulnerable; 14.9.15 The Interchange Scheme seeks to body for local public transport and transport contributes to social inclusion ● Providing clear unambiguous address some of these objectives, Centro implements it’s policies. Centro is by increasing accessibility for everyone. information on bus routes, service particularly enhancing passenger responsible for procuring local rail This includes those who: frequencies, tickets and fares. facilities and improving integration with services, it funds concessionary fares, ● Cannot afford a car or those family other modes of transport. The provides bus facilities, information, members who do not have access 14.9.11 Bus priority measures and higher quality improvement of the local rail network is special needs transport and plans for to a car; services through the Bus Showcase an important part of the strategy for future public transport. Private ● Have mobility problems; and initiative will enable buses to run more encouraging people to use public companies run the range of public ● Choose not to, or prefer not to own a reliably and more effectively, making bus transport. High quality rail facilities, transport services. car.The elderly, those with child-care travel more attractive for everyone. particularly the Rail Station, contribute responsibilities and people with to the image of the City. 14.9.2 A high quality and integrated public disabilities are three groups within the The Local Passenger Rail Network transport network is essential for community who could benefit Light Rail / Light Rapid Transit economic revitalisation, accessibility and significantly by this approach. 14.9.12 The Council will promote the social inclusion and sustainable travel development and improvement of the 14.9.16 The further development of the Midland patterns. Bus, rail and metro are brought local passenger rail network. Existing Metro is complementary to the Council’s

212 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 213 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

strategy for the economic regeneration ● Are routes direct, and are crossings easy 14.11 Provision for Cyclists Communal, secure cycle storage can of the City. It is currently proposed that to use? make owning and using a bike easier and the existing Metro line will be extended ● Are routes attractive, well lit and safe? Policy AM10: Provision for Cyclists more attractive. Important factors that from its terminus to serve the bus and ● What is the quality and width of the need to be addressed to encourage more railway stations by an on-street route. It footway and is it free from obstructions? All new development will be required to people to cycle for some journeys would then continue to New Cross ● How easy is it to find and follow a route? provide attractive, direct, safe and include personal safety, secure storage Hospital, Wednesfield and into Walsall ● Are there surface treatments and signs to convenient routes for cyclists that link with for bicycles, links with public transport Borough. As details of this and other guide pedestrians? the existing or proposed cycle route and the location and detailed design of proposed extensions to the Metro are network, public transport and local services. new development. brought forward, the Council will seek to 14.10.3 The main considerations for a safe and Developers will also be required to provide protect land required for the Metro attractive walking environment are: secure, covered parking facilities for 14.11.5 Cycle Parking Standards and guidance on system from alternative development and bicycles, particularly within new housing the provision of ‘trip-end’ facilities such will support compatible development ● People prefer to walk along streets where development and, for large employment as secure cycle parking, storage lockers adjacent to the proposed routes. All they are overlooked and can be seen by development, to provide showers and and showers will be included in a Metro proposals will be brought forward drivers, residents and other pedestrians; changing facilities for cyclists. Supplementary Planning Document. through the Local Transport Plan. ● If segregated footpaths are provided, they need to be well connected and 14.11.1 Within new developments cyclists should 14.11.6 The road-space given to cyclists on the overlooked by houses and other be provided with clear, direct, and highway and new access to development 14.10 Provision for Pedestrians occupied buildings; convenient routes. Provision for cycling must ensure that conflict with other road ● Measures that slow traffic and give should be considered as an integral part users is prevented. Although segregation Policy AM9: Provision for Pedestrians priority to pedestrians help them to feel of the overall site layout including the may be required for safety reasons, safer and encourage more pedestrian provision of adequate cycle parking. cyclists should not be completely All new developments will be required to journeys; segregated from other road users as this provide attractive, direct, safe and convenient ● Well-designed shared surfaces avoid 14.11.2 We cycle less in Britain than in many leads to actual or perceived loss of routes for pedestrians that integrate with conflicts of movement, yet encourage other European Countries, evidence personal security and safety. Any existing pedestrian thoroughfares, desire- other activities to take place; suggests this is not so much due to segregated paths shall have continuity, lines, public transport facilities, car parks, and ● Footpaths should lead where people topography and climate but because specifically with regard to side entrances other local services. Walking should be given want to go rather than follow a cycling appears to be unsafe and and road junctions. Specific measures for at least equal consideration with the other preconceived geometry; inconvenient. Cycle routes and parking cyclists that may be included within new modes of transport when designing new ● Footpaths in new developments should are frequently included as an highway schemes include special surface development and be given greater priority in be positive, direct and barrier-free. afterthought and are often inconvenient treatment for cycle paths, advanced stop the City, Town, District and Local Centres and and therefore underused. lines, and priority measures at other areas heavily used by pedestrians e.g. 14.10.4 Walking is the link between other modes roundabouts, traffic signals and other schools. of transport and a form of transport in its 14.11.3 The high ownership of bicycles and road junctions. Wherever possible, new own right representing almost a third of interest in cycling in the UK mean that routes should link with the wider City 14.10.1 People walking to or within a all journeys undertaken. National there is an enormous potential for cycle network. development site should be able to statistics show that people now walk less increased levels of cycle use. In addition, access all buildings safely and as part of their daily routine and that the the majority of journeys are less than conveniently, without having to cross population is generally leading less active 8km (5 miles) in length and a distance 14.12 Park and Ride service areas and car parks. Pedestrian lives. Walking can be an important part of considered suitable for travel by bicycle routes through a development site the solution to reduce traffic congestion and well within most people’s ability. An Policy AM11: Park and Ride should be clear and obvious and provide problems as well as encouraging a more increase in cycling can make a significant good links to the existing pedestrian active and healthy lifestyle. contribution to solving the problems of Provision will be made for new park and ride network and to bus stops and car parks. traffic congestion and improving local facilities and existing sites protected which 14.10.5 Increasing the number of people on the accessibility and personal health. There serve Wolverhampton and the wider 14.10.2 The needs of pedestrians require careful streets can improve security and help has been significant progress in the sub-region. For Strategic Sites serving the analysis, and should be paramount in reduce the fear people have of crime and development of cycling schemes and sub-region they should: development layouts. Key questions that personal security. It is also an important traffic management to improve safety for should be addressed are: part of promoting public transport use. A cyclists in Wolverhampton in recent years a) Be close to major radial poorly lit area along the route or at the and all new development should routes and located ● Should priority be given to pedestrians? bus stops could result in the choice to enhance this provision. to provide maximum benefits to ● Do pedestrian routes connect the places travel by car or taxi rather than to walk or motorists and public transport provision; where people want to go? use public transport, or could lead to the 14.11.4 Cycle storage space should be provided abandonment of the journey completely. within new housing developments.

214 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 215 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

b) Where possible, include secure cycle to serve the conurbation. One of these road traffic. Within or on the edge of Wolverhampton City Centre, Bilston Town Centre and parking and changing and toilet facilities sites is at Brinsford, to the north-east of Wednesfield Village Centre non-residential parking should generally be below the maximum to allow cyclists to make use of the Junction 2 of the M54, which lies within standards and provide parking to serve the Centre as a whole. A higher level of parking may be service; South Staffordshire District. The permitted where the Council is satisfied that it is consistent with its strategy for managing car parking c) Be designed to attain a high standard of development of a site at Brinsford is and it will be made available to serve the Centre as a whole. community safety as outlined in policy supported in principle by the City D10 and provided with CCTV and Council and would serve Wolverhampton Land Use Maximum Standards Notes security patrols; City Centre as well as other destinations. d) Provide a high quality environment Development of such Green Belt sites will Residential To be applied with due regard Provision for social housing and for housing incorporating landscaping. only be permitted where more to PPG3’s aim of a maximum of for the elderly should reflect lower car sustainable, alternative, non-Green Belt 1.5 spaces per residential unit ownership rates expected among these social Sites to serve a more local need may be sites have been exhausted in line with across the whole authority. groups. Provision for sheltered housing should take account of any warden or staff smaller and will be considered on their own the provision of PPG2 as amended by parking requirements merits and in accordance with PPG13, the PPG13 Annex E. Local Transport Plan and the wider transport - Highly Accessible Locations 1 space per unit plus 0.25 visit Defined as Wolverhampton City Centre, strategy. or spaces where communal Bilston Town Centre and Wednesfield Village 14.13 Parking and Servicing Provision provision Centre and any other location which, in the 14.12.1 Wolverhampton is a sub-regional centre opinion of the City Council, is highly and many people travel into the City for Policy AM12: Parking and accessible i.e. within easy walking distance of the purposes of work, shopping, Servicing Provision a railway station, tram stop or high level bus education and leisure. The journeys service * associated with this contribute to the Retail congestion seen on radial routes serving Provision of maximum levels of car parking, - below 1,000 sq m Wolverhampton City Centre during minimum levels of disabled car parking and 1 space per 22 sq m morning and evening peak periods. The of cycle parking, motorcycle parking and Food Retail - 1 space per 14 sq m As per PPG 13 Annex D provision of high quality park and ride servicing for new developments should be 1,000 sq m & above facilities can intercept some of these provided in accordance with the details of journeys, reducing the level of this Policy. Detailed provision should: Non Food Retail - 1 space per 20 sq m As per PPG 13 Annex D congestion. These sites should be close a) Comply with the City’s demand 1,000 sq m & above to the main access routes to the City management, traffic reduction and Centre, well signed and well-served by a car parking policies and targets; Assembly & Leisure Where considered appropriate by the City dedicated or high frequency public b) Reflect existing and potential (Use Class D2) Council separate coach parking should also transport service. Bus priority measures availability of alternative modes of be provided will be implemented to further support travel thereby assisting to increase Cinema and Conference 1 space per 5 seats As per PPG 13 Annex D the development of these sites. modal choice; and Facilities - 1,000 sq m & above c) Address safety and amenity issues 14.12.2 A number of sites will be required to in accordance with policies Stadia - 1,500 seats & above 1 space per 15 seats As per PPG 13 Annex D serve a more strategic and sub-regional elsewhere in the Plan. role. These should be located near the Other D2 uses - 1 space per 22 sq m As per PPG 13 Annex D main radial routes into Wolverhampton 1,000 sq m & above and allow easy access to the rail network Car Parking either via a new railway station, Midland The Council will be flexible in the application of Other D2 uses not specified 1 space per 5 seats or 1 space per 10 sq m Metro Stop or via a high quality bus link parking standards. The following maximum to the rail network. These will need to be standards should be applied unless the applicant B1 Uses including Offices located on the periphery of has demonstrated that a higher level of parking Wolverhampton, or beyond the City is needed. Where appropriate this should be - below 2,500 sq m 1 space per 50 sq m boundary, and consultation with the through a Transport Assessment which also - 2,500 sq m & above 1 space per 30 sq m As per PPG 13 Annex D Highways Agency regarding their effect demonstrates what measures are being taken to Higher & Further Education on the Trunk Road network will be manage travel demand so as to minimise required. The regional study looking at demand for car parking. Notwithstanding the - below 2,500 sq m 1 space per 2 staff + the need for new strategic park and ride application of maximum parking standards, 1 space per 5 students sites has been completed. This defines developments will be required to meet their the characteristics required for such sites own transportation needs with no detriment to - 2,500 sq m & above 1 space per 2 staff + As per PPG 13 Annex D to be successful and identifies some sites pedestrian safety and the safe and free flow of 1 space per 15 students

216 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 217 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

Within the above, all figures relate to Cycle Parking 14.13.2 The Council will also encourage the the City, in particular Wolverhampton gross floorspaces. redevelopment of car parks to other City Centre, Bilston Town Centre and There will be no maximum cycle parking uses in appropriate locations such as Wednesfield Village Centre. Alternative ● As a guide, easy walking distance is standards and detailed standards will be the City Centre (see Policy CC5), Bilston compensatory provision of short stay generally no more than 400m from a published in a Supplementary Planning Town Centre and Wednesfield Village car park spaces may be required to railway station or tram stop or 300m from Document. Centre or other centres where serve these Centres where this is a bus stop, at an easy gradient and along redevelopment will be of benefit, where considered necessary. The shared use of a direct and well lit route. A high level All residential development should provide compensatory provision can be made car parks as part of a development will bus service will generally mean one or ground floor storage suitable to provide secure within the new development or where also be considered to serve the wider more services which together provide cycle parking for each unit. For housing this may the loss of car parking would not harm needs of these Centres. access within 15 minutes journey time to be incorporated within garages or utility rooms, the vitality and viability of the centre or Wolverhampton City Centre, Bilston Town for flatted development in separate secure storage, cause parking problems elsewhere. Centre or Wednesfield Village Centre. preferably within the building. Cycle parking will 14.14 Development of Freight Facilities They should generally have a frequency not be required for sheltered housing for the frail 14.13.3 The Council’s current demand in each direction of six buses or more per elderly, but for retirement homes for the active management, traffic reduction and car Policy AM13: Development of hour during peak hours and daytime plus elderly some provision should be considered. parking policies and targets are to be Freight Facilities three buses or more per hour during found within the Local Transport Plan evenings and on Sundays. All developments providing employment should and Regional Transport Strategy. Facilities to aid the movement of freight will provide covered and enclosed cycle parking for be encouraged through: Disabled Car Parking staff which is accessible and secure and, on 14.13.4 The manner in which car parking is major employment sites, showering and arranged has a fundamental effect on a) The improvement of the highway to All car parks, whether public or private, including changing facilities. the quality of the development. Vehicles assist the movement of commercial those serving residential developments, should should not be allowed to dominate the vehicles to employment sites and make provision for disabled car parking. This All developments which will attract visitors, space or to inconvenience pedestrians. access to the Strategic Highway should be provided in accordance with the either as customers or in another capacity, Parking on the front of a development Network; Council’s Supplementary Planning Guidance on should provide covered visitor cycle parking should be avoided as this detracts from b) Routing of commercial vehicles Access and Facilities for People with Disabilities, conveniently located and in a position which the design of the development, restricts to prevent any loss of amenity of or any replacement Supplementary Planning enables informal surveillance. Such a location informal surveillance and generally residents; Document. will normally be adjacent to a main entrance and presents an unattractive image. c) The assessment, strengthening and can be incorporated under entrance canopies. renewal programme for bridges and This provision should be in addition to any 14.13.5 In residential areas, a very careful structures to provide for the general applicable maximum standards and there will Servicing and Operational Requirements balance has to be struck between the introduction of 44 tonne lorries; be no maximum disabled parking standards. In expectations of car owners, in particular d) Where appropriate, the retention of general, minimum provision should be 5% of Within residential layouts adequate provision the desire to park as near to their employment development sites adjacent capacity on sites up to 200 spaces and 2% plus 6 should be made for refuse collection, removal houses as possible, and the need to to railway lines for development that spaces on sites providing over 200 spaces. Where vans and delivery vehicles to operate and maintain the character of the overall requires a rail connection; existing disabled car parking provision is affected manoeuvre without obstruction. setting. Where car parking is provided in e) The protection of redundant rail lines by development proposals it should be retained courts or squares then adjoining and rail heads where it is considered, or replaced in a suitably accessible location, Within all non-residential layouts adequate buildings should overlook the site. following consultation with the rail unless it is demonstrated that there is provision should be made for refuse collection industry, that they have potential to no longer a need for such provision. and for operational and service vehicles to 14.13.6 In commercial developments the best provide rail freight facilities. operate and manoeuvre within the site without way to alleviate the effect of large Motorcycle Parking obstruction. Servicing of commercial premises parking areas is to ensure that they are from the highway will only be acceptable for designed as an integral part of the 14.14.1 Improvements to be Strategic Highway All car parks, whether public or private, including small-scale developments where it can be landscape treatment and managed Network will aid the movement of those serving residential developments, should carried out without an adverse affect on safety communally. This also ensures that commercial vehicles between the City provide secure and convenient parking for and the free flow of traffic. pedestrian movement is not determined Centre, the main commercial and motorcycles and other Powered Two Wheelers (PTWs). and restricted by vehicular movement employment centres of the City, and the 14.13.1 Car parks should be designed to maximise requirements and conflict between Regions trunk road and motorway This provision should be in addition to car vehicle and personal security and have pedestrians and vehicles is minimised. network. There will be an overriding parking. There will be no maximum motorcycle regard to lighting, landscaping and need to protect the amenity of local parking standards. In general, provision should layout. The adoption of “Secured by 14.13.7 The Council would encourage the residents and reduce the impact of be two spaces on sites up to 200 spaces and 2% Design” standards is encouraged redevelopment of any car parks where freight and commercial traffic on local on sites providing over 200 spaces. wherever possible. this is important for the regeneration of communities.

218 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 219 CHAPTER 14 14 CHAPTER

14.14.2 The programme to strengthen bridges local area through measures such as West Midlands Local Transport Plan. The There is considered to be no potential for the and structures to provide for the ‘School Travel Plans’ and ‘Safer Routes to Wolverhampton Road Safety Plan development of airports or airfields within general introduction of 44 tonne lorries School’. monitors progress towards the National the City. Any proposal for a helipad or is well advanced but further work is still target. The Wolverhampton Road Safety heliport will be considered against the required, particularly on those 14.15.2 A combination of traffic management Plan also sets out the programme of following criteria: structures not in the ownership of the measures will be used in the design of safety schemes to be implemented in City Council. The Council will work with improvement schemes. These will the City and outlines the education, 1. Evidence of need; all interested parties to complete this include:- training and enforcement policies. Local 2. Proposed surface access and its effect on strengthening and renewal programme. ● Traffic calming; Safety schemes will complement the the transportation network; ● Parking restrictions; work on safer routes to school, the 3. The environmental impacts; 14.14.3 A minority of goods are moved by rail ● 0 mph speed restriction zones; policies for walking and cycling, traffic 4. Relevant policies in the Local Transport but there is potential for the modal shift ● ‘Streetscape’ design; management and public transport. Plan and Regional Transport Strategy. of freight from road to rail. The Council ● ‘Home Zones’; and/or will therefore encourage the construction ● Road Closures. 14.16.3 All schemes will be subject to a road of new sidings and rail freight facilities safety audit in accordance with the 14.17.1 As a largely urban area with the where environmental amenity Road Safety Act 1988 and guidance majority of its open land either considerations allow and, where 14.16 Road Safety and Personal Security contained within the Institute of designated as Green Belt or in active appropriate, sites with potential for rail Highways and Transportation (1996). use such as recreation, Wolverhampton access will be retained for development Policy AM15: Road Safety and These aim to avoid the introduction of is considered to have no potential for that requires a rail connection. Personal Security new safety problems and to identify the development of airports or airfields. opportunities to address current safety However, there is growing demand for All development proposals should be concerns. Developers will also be aviation, and restrictions on the use of 14.15 Minimising the Effect of Traffic designed and implemented to contribute expected to adhere to the detailed airports and airfields may lead to on Communities towards improving road safety and personal standards of safety contained within the proposals for helipads or heliports security, in accordance with the West DETR Design Bulletin number 32 - within the City. Such facilities could Policy AM14: Minimising the Effect of Traffic Midlands Local Transport Plan objectives and “Residential Roads and Footpaths” meet business, recreational, training or on Communities the Road Safety Plan for Wolverhampton. (1992) and its companion guide - emergency needs and assist in the “Places, Streets and Movement” (1998) regeneration of the City. In traffic sensitive areas, traffic management 14.16.1 The Government’s Road Safety Strategy for all residential development and traffic calming will be promoted in order “Tomorrow’s Roads: Safer for Everyone” proposals. 14.17.2 Any proposal should demonstrate the to relieve the adverse effects of traffic on emphasises that a major improvement existence of such need, including the existing residential communities. in road safety can only be achieved if all 14.16.4 Wolverhampton Council regards the need for any operational or support agencies involved in road design, provision of a safe and secure services on the site. It should also be 14.15.1 The Council will continually monitor building and motor manufacture, traffic environment as one of their highest acceptable in terms of the proposed the harm created by the intrusion of regulation and enforcement work in priorities. Actual and perceived safety surface access. The proposed highway motorised traffic in existing residential partnership. Wolverhampton has and security is an important factor in access should be suitable for the areas. Traffic sensitive areas, where adopted the Government’s national people’s choice of mode of transport, purpose and not have a negative effect the greatest road safety, social and targets for casualty reduction by the particularly their use of public transport on highway safety or the free flow of environmental problems are year 2010 of: or the decision to walk or cycle or traffic. The likely demand for access by identified, will be prioritised for indeed whether to travel at all. Child means other than private vehicle should future improvement. As funding ● 40% reduction in the number of people road safety audits, in line with the also be considered. Any proposal should becomes available local residents killed or seriously injured in road Government’s strategy “Tomorrows also not have a detrimental effect on accidents; Roads - Safer for Everyone”, will be the environment, including wider will be consulted so that the most ● 50% reduction in the number of undertaken to ensure safety issues are considerations such as climate change. appropriate traffic management children killed or seriously injured and addressed. In addition, Safer Routes to There should not be an adverse effect improvement schemes may be ● 0% reduction in the slight casualty rate School schemes will address safety on the amenity of surrounding areas, implemented. In designing (expressed per 100 million vehicle issues for children and parents on either through noise from helicopters, improvement schemes the needs of kilometres). journeys to and from school. surface traffic generated by the emergency services, public transport proposal, or any other means. and cyclists will be considered to 14.16.2 Techniques that will be employed to ensure their effective and safe meet these targets will include 14.7 General Aviation 14.17.3 Any proposal should be in accordance operation. The Council will continue engineering, education, training and with any relevant transportation policies to work with local schools to minimise enforcement in accordance objectives Policy AM16: General Aviation Facilities as contained in the Local Transport Plan the impact of the school run on the detailed in the Road Safety Plan and the and Regional Transport Strategy.

220 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 221 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 15: WOLVERHAMPTON CITY CENTRE

Contents

Para Page 15.1 Introduction 224 15.1.3 Objectives 224 15.1.4 Strategy 224 15.1.13 Shopping Quarter 225 15.1.15 Cultural Quarter 226 15.1.18 University Quarter 226 15.1.21 Wolverhampton Urban Village 226 15.1.22 St John’s Urban Village 226 15.1.24 Chapel Ash 227 15.1.26 All Saints / Royal Hospital Area 227 15.1.28 Canalside Quarter 227 15.1.30 General Policy 227 15.2 City Centre Shopping Strategy 228 Policy CC1: City Centre Shopping Strategy 228 15.3 City Centre Business and Employment 228 Policy CC2: City Centre Business and Employment 228 15.4 City Centre Housing 229 Policy CC3: City Centre Housing 229 15.5 City Centre Environment 230 Policy CC4: City Centre Environment 230 15.6 City Centre Access and Mobility 231 Policy CC5: City Centre Access and Mobility 231 15.7 Shopping Quarter 233 Policy CC6: Shopping Quarter (Primary Shopping Area) 233 15.8 Cultural Quarter 234 Policy CC7: Cultural Quarter 234 15.9 University Quarter 234 Policy CC8: University Quarter 234 15.10 St Johns Urban Village 235 Policy CC9: St Johns Urban Village 235 15.11 Chapel Ash 236 Policy CC10: Chapel Ash 236 15.12 All Saints / Royal Hospital Area 236 Policy CC11: All Saints / Royal Hospital Area 236 15.13 Canalside Quarter 237 Policy CC12: Canalside Quarter 237 15.14 Waterloo Road / Darlington Street Quarter 238 Policy CC13: Waterloo Road / Darlington Street Quarter 238

222 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 223 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

15.1 Introduction ● meet the competitive challenge from crucial to the City Centre’s health and ordinated approach for each quarter other neighbouring centres (such as have been rolled forward into the UDP offers: - 15.1.1 Wolverhampton City Centre is a vital Walsall, Birmingham, Telford, and Merry and new City Centre Action Plan (2005). ● An integrated way of thinking, critical to asset for the City, which needs continual Hill); Examples already being promoted are a move towards sustainable improvement and investment. It is a ● strengthen market penetration in the the Urban Village and the Cultural development and economic, social, and focus for shopping, leisure, employment, main catchment area; Quarter. A series of independent edge- environmental regeneration; and civic functions and, increasingly, a ● prevent further erosion of the catchment of-centre developments would not be ● An integrated way of resolving the place for people to live. It also captures area and draw shoppers and expenditure appropriate. various demands placed on the City the City’s identity. A clear, robust, positive back to Wolverhampton. Centre; and up-to-date planning framework is 15.1.9 The Main components of the strategy are: - ● An integrated approach to land-use and essential to secure successful 15.1.5 There are a number of issues that must ● to continue to give priority to transportation issues; regeneration of the City Centre. be addressed if the City Centre is to be strengthening and creating new ● Opportunities for integrated and co- the focus for the regeneration of development opportunities within the ordinated public and private action and 15.1.2 The main purposes of the City Centre Wolverhampton. Essential elements must core area, particularly for shopping (the investment. Inset are: - be to build upon the Centre’s key ‘Shopping Quarter’); ● to promote a vision for the City Centre; strengths as a traditional City Centre ● to undertake a planned and sustainable 15.1.12 The City Centre Inset provides a context ● to provide a strategy and policy whilst addressing key weaknesses, extension to the core area for specific for more detailed Supplementary framework which defines the future particularly in terms of quality and choice uses and functions; Planning Guidance contained in the City shape and role of the City Centre; of major retailers. ● to create a safe, welcoming and easily Centre Action Plan (2005), the St.John’s ● to provide a basis for monitoring and accessible City Centre; Urban Village Framework Plan (1999), reviewing the performance and success 15.1.6 A diverse and dynamic City Centre is ● to create a townscape of distinction and Evening Economy Action Plan (2005), of the City Centre. one which: - environmental excellence. ABCD Masterplan (2003) and the ● meets its sub-regional requirements for Canalside Quarter Implementation Plan Objectives retailing, leisure and employment; 15.1.10 Another key component of the strategy is (2000), and detailed Development Briefs ● meets the needs of all social and age to build upon the distinctive character for the Royal Hospital Area and other 15.1.3 The Council will continue to help create groups in the City; and strengths of different areas of the specific developments sites. In the event and sustain a City Centre that: - ● is safe, and attractive to residents, City Centre, in order to create unique foci of any potential conflict between the ● is alive and vibrant both day and night, visitors, businesses and investors; for regeneration which reinforce the UDP and Supplementary Planning with a range of different uses and ● promotes a high quality image of wider role of the centre. This has been Guidance / Documents, the policies as activities; Wolverhampton as a focus for attracting achieved through the definition of a set out in the UDP will prevail. ● is repopulated by a ‘balanced’ and ‘active’ investment in the City. number of quarters, each with a community; particular character and range of Shopping Quarter ● is safer, more accessible, healthier, 15.1.7 The Council accepts that the area within functions: - welcoming and attractive to all; the Ring Road cannot meet all of these ● Shopping Quarter 15.1.13 The Shopping Quarter is characterised ● offers a top quality shopping, cultural requirements. It is essential that all (Primary Shopping Area) by prime shopping locations such and leisure experience; developments which attract a large ● Cultural Quarter, including the Artists Quarter. as Dudley Street, the Mander and ● is committed to academic excellence and number of users or which contribute to ● University Quarter Wulfrun Centres and Beatties life-long learning; the City’s sub-regional role and to the ● St John’s Urban Village Department Store, but also includes ● meets the needs of businesses, investors, image and profile of the City should be ● Chapel Ash other traditional shopping streets and the whole community, and builds located within or on the edge of the City ● All Saints / Royal Hospital within the Ring Road, such as Queen upon the strengths of the City’s ethnic Centre wherever possible. This is ● Canalside Quarter Street, Lichfield Street, Darlington diversity; consistent with the sequential test Street and Worcester Street. Whilst ● is a place that both retains strong approach set out in Chapter 9: Shopping 15.1.11 For each quarter, a vision and set of the prime shopping streets are similar in traditions and also allows opportunities and the Role of Centres. integrated proposals has been character and function, other traditional for innovative new development. developed, to regenerate, reinforce and shopping streets lie in areas with very 15.1.8 Development of key sites on the edge of enhance the roles of the quarter and to different characters and overlap with Strategy the core can enhance the image of the create a broad mix of uses and activities other quarters such as the Cultural City Centre and the City as a whole if which expands the range of functions Quarter and St John’s Urban Village. 15.1.4 The Council considers it is essential to they are part of a planned and within the City Centre as a whole. The For the purposes of proposals improve the competitive performance of sustainable extension to the City Centre boundaries of the quarters emphasise for retail development and the Wolverhampton as a sub-regional centre core area, and have effective links with their close links and overlapping application of the sequential test as for retailing, leisure and employment, the core to secure full integration. Many functions. It is important that each set out in Policies SH3 and SH4, the particularly in order to: - components of the Wolverhampton Town quarter evolves as an integrated active Shopping Quarter equates to the Centre Action Plan 1995 remain valid and component of the City Centre. The co- Primary Shopping Area.

224 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 225 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

15.1.14 The strategy for this quarter is based on 15.1.19 The University of Wolverhampton City through the provision of mixed-use 15.1.27 The strategy for this quarter is to create a enhancing the attractiveness of the area Centre Campus plays an important role in development, such as new houses and sustainable residential community that for shopping through a number of the educational, economic and social life flats of mixed tenure, and new shopping, compliments and balances new proposals to improve existing shops and of the City Centre. Its Arena Theatre, for food and drink, office and other developments in the area, to improve the secure new developments. example, is a valuable leisure / arts and commercial development, capable of quality of life for residents and cultural facility, hosting plays and dance generating new employment businesses and to promote the successful Cultural Quarter exhibitions for local and national opportunities. Within the Learning regeneration of the area. companies, including work by the Quarter the aim is to introduce new 15.1.15 The Cultural Quarter, located within the University’s own dance and drama innovative learning facilities that are of Canalside Quarter Ring Road, forms the heart of leisure and students. The University’s expanding national and regional significance. cultural activities within the City Centre student population also supports the 15.1.28 The Canalside Quarter lies to the north and will be the focus for future tourism City’s economy. Chapel Ash and east of the City Centre. The area is activity. Within this area is the Artists dominated by transport infrastructure Quarter, based around Princess Street, 15.1.20 The aim for this area is to continue to 15.1.24 The Chapel Ash Quarter is an important which presents strong physical barriers Berry Street and Princess Alley. Parts of provide high quality teaching, learning part of the City Centre lying to the west to movement into and within the area the area also fall within the City Centre and research facilities and a high quality and north-west of the Ring Road and and prevents the development of a Conservation Area. campus environment. centred on Chapel Ash commercial area, coherent character. Major roads form which was once a thriving Victorian / boundaries to the area e.g. Ring Road 15.1.16 Considerable success has already been Wolverhampton Urban Village Edwardian suburb. The units in this area St Patrick’s and St David’s, Cannock achieved within the Cultural Quarter, are small specialist shops and offices Road, and Horseley Fields and particularly in respect of the 15.1.21 The Wolverhampton Urban Village providing services for the City and local Wednesfield Road bisects the area development of the evening economy. comprises the southern third of needs. They play an important and from east to west. The present railway The City Centre has become regionally Wolverhampton’s City Centre, as complementary role in the functioning of line, High Level Station and the renowned for the quality of entertainment defined by the Ring Road, together the City Centre. Many of the upper floors Birmingham Main Line canal also and venues and safety of visitors. with two ‘arms’, namely Chapel Ash are vacant or under-used. The area form major boundaries. stretching to the west and All Saints / includes the Chapel Ash Conservation 15.1.17 The strategy for this quarter is based on Royal Hospital area extending to the Area and parts of the Park and City 15.1.29 The strategy for this quarter is based maintaining the standards that have east. The area contains a mix of Centre Conservation Areas. on improving the image of the area, been set through the evening economy, secondary and tertiary retail areas, improving the linkages to and within and expanding the role and function of office accommodation and some 15.1.25 The strategy for this quarter is based on it and securing the sensitive the area. With the provision of a wider enclaves of attractive old buildings, retaining the area as a focus for speciality refurbishment and re-use of its range of cultural and leisure activities in but much property and land that is shops, and other service activities, historic buildings, and the introduction the Cultural Quarter, visitors will be not effectively used. There are currently together with associated retail, business, of sustainable mixed-use canalside encouraged to mix shopping and leisure only small numbers of residential leisure and housing development. development. or cultural visits in one trip. properties in this area. All Saints / Royal Hospital Area General Policy University Quarter St John’s Urban Village 15.1.26 The All Saints area forms the eastern part 15.1.30 Policies SH2 and SH5 define the role 15.1.18 The University of Wolverhampton 15.1.22 The St John’s Urban Village Quarter forms of the Wolverhampton Urban Village. It of Wolverhampton City Centre in City Centre Campus comprises two a key part of Wolverhampton Urban consists of a traditional residential area support of the above strategy and sites, north and south. The former lies Village. The area contains the Old Hall and some large derelict buildings, form the context for the policies and between Stafford Street and North Street, St John’s and Worcester Street including the Royal Hospital buildings proposals in this Chapter. More detailed Street and houses the Schools of Art Conservation Areas. It also contains an and the former Travel West Midlands Bus policies and proposals are contained and Design and Legal Studies. North area designated as the ‘Learning Quarter’. Garage. There are a large number of empty in Supplementary Planning Guidance / Road and Randall Lines Halls of r This area is based around Old Hall Street houses and the area suffers from a poor Documents, including the City Centre esidence are close by. The City Centre and contains the Adult Education Service image with a deteriorating housing stock. Action Plan. (south) campus lies within the Ring headquarters, the City Library and what Commercial properties abut the Ring Road, between Stafford Street and will shortly become the City Centre base Road and some investment has occurred Wulfruna Street. It houses the main for the City of Wolverhampton College. close to the City Centre. The area forms learning and research facilities and part of the wider All Saints and Blakenhall the Harrison Centre, which combines 15.1.23 The strategy for this historic part of the Community Development New Deal for traditional library services with hi-tech City Centre is to bring back vitality Communities Area (see Policy S1), for access to the Internet. through economic and social which a Master Plan has been adopted as regeneration. This will be achieved Supplementary Planning Guidance.

226 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 227 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

15.2 City Centre Shopping Strategy The key policies and proposals are to: - ring road. The St Johns Urban Village 15.4 City Centre Housing could also cater for the demand for Policy CC1: City Centre Shopping Strategy (i) New Office development small-scale offices, through the Policy CC3: City Centre Housing ● Continue to focus office development in refurbishment of existing buildings The main priorities are: - the City Centre; or new development. The main priorities are: - ● Encourage the provision of good quality 1. To encourage the retention of existing 1. To strengthen and create new office space in the City Centre particularly 15.3.3 With respect to large-scale office housing, wherever possible, and to development opportunities within within the Ring Road; development this is realistically only improve the quality of the living the Primary Shopping Area , defined as likely to take place on a pre-let basis. environment as the opportunity arises; the ‘Shopping Quarter’ (see Policy CC6); (ii) Vacant office space Generally larger enquiries of a design 2. To continue to promote new and 2. Development of mixed use proposals at ● Encourage the conversion and and build nature are looking to the refurbishment housing schemes, Raglan Street including a major foodstore refurbishment of redundant / outmoded south of Birmingham along the M42 particularly within Wolverhampton Urban and bulky comparison retail units with office space subject to Policy B7 for other corridor. There is a need however to Village, as part of a sustainable mix of strong links to the Primary Shopping uses e.g. residential; ensure that sites are available on high uses. Area, directed at reinforcing and profile / high quality locations close expanding the role of the Centre (see (iii) Existing industrial areas to the Ring Road to attract such In order to create a sustainable City Centre Policies CC10, SH12 and SH13). ● Consider alternative uses for vacant / development. Such development environment, the following principles will be obsolete sites and buildings within can also assist in providing the mix applied to new residential development: existing industrial areas, (such as the of uses necessary to extend the City a) Promotion of Living Over The Shop 15.2.1 Whilst the Strategy for the City Centre is Blakenhall area), which are not within any Centre into wider areas such as the schemes and the conversion of under- to broaden its role and promote a variety Quarter, subject to Policy B10 Canalside Quarter. used or vacant non-residential buildings of uses, retailing and associated services to residential use, where this will create a are likely to remain the dominant 15.3.4 Providing living accommodation in satisfactory living environment; function. The ultimate success of the City 15.3.1 The office market in Wolverhampton or close to the City Centre encourages b) Encouraging mixed use development; Centre and its vitality and viability will has declined over the past few years. walking to work and also make a c) Securing consistently high quality depend upon the attractiveness of the The most severe impact has been significant contribution to the available of design; Centre as a shopping destination. within the Ring Road. Conditions housing stock (for example, by the d) Promoting high density development - at Therefore, it is vital that the City Centre are such that speculative office conversion of vacant office space or least 50 dwellings per hectare; maintains and enhances its retail role. development is unlikely and the space above shops to residential flats). e) Achievement of 20% affordable housing refurbishment of existing offices is A balanced approach will be needed, and a variety of housing 15.2.2 The attractiveness of the retail quarter for unviable. Although demand for however, to ensure that future office types across the City Centre, to help shopping will be enhanced through a office space particularly within the space requirements and job create a mixed community; number of proposals to improve its Ring Road is low at present, good opportunities are not prejudiced. f) Securing contributions towards existing shops and to secure new quality facilities are still desired. recreational open space, public developments (see Policy CC6). Generally the demand is from local 15.3.5 The decline in traditional manufacturing realm improvements and businesses wishing to expand or new industries has resulted in areas of supporting facilities. businesses setting up in the area. derelict land and empty industrial 15.3 City Centre Business and Employment This is likely to continue, particularly buildings mainly within established for small-scale office users. There employment areas on the periphery 15.4.1 In the recent past there were significant Policy CC2: City Centre Business are opportunities to use existing of the City Centre, for example the areas of housing in and around the City and Employment redundant or outmoded office space Canalside Quarter and Blakenhall area. Centre, but much has been lost through for other uses such as residential, for It is recognised that these areas could clearance. The enclaves of housing that The main priorities are: - example within St John’s Urban Village. be regenerated to once again provide remain are often characterised by a poor i. To strengthen and diversify the City’s an important economic and quality environment. However, as “urban” economic base to the benefit of all its 15.3.2 Office activity in the Waterloo Road employment role. If buildings in living in high density, high quality City residents and businesses and to area of the City Centre could be such areas become obsolete or are Centre flats becomes increasingly safeguard and create new jobs; intensified, possibly through the not suitable for re-use or conversion popular, Wolverhampton City Centre is ii. To balance economic regeneration with conversion of existing properties for industrial growth sectors, then once again becoming a place where social and environmental objectives. in Chapel Ash in the shorter term or alternative uses should be considered f people wish to live. A number of high the attraction of a major single or both buildings and sites. quality residential schemes are currently occupier in the medium to long term. being developed such as Princess Lofts in Policy CC13 identifies Waterloo Road the Cultural Quarter and Redrow Homes as a particular focus for office scheme in the Canalside Quarter. development within the City Centre

228 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 229 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

15.4.2 The Council is promoting the 15.5 City Centre Environment Potential new Town Squares have been v. Improving environmental conditions, development of an urban village within identified at Markets Phase II including safety, to encourage people the City Centre (the Wolverhampton Policy CC4: City Centre Environment development, Low Level Station, Royal to walk and cycle; Urban Village). The aim is to create a Hospital and as part of the Raglan Street vi. Improving facilities for the mobility living heart to the City, re-populated with The main priorities are: - redevelopment scheme. New green open impaired and families with young a well balanced community and i. Creating the right image; spaces / pocket parks will also be created children; characterised by a mix of land uses ii. Achieving high standards of design alongside the canal. vii. Giving priority to car parking for designed to be compatible and in new development; shoppers and visitors to the City Centre; complementary, recapturing many of the iii. Creating a pleasant, clean, safe and 15.5.2 Existing squares such as the Civic Centre viii. Providing new and expand Park and Ride traditional benefits of urban living. well-maintained pedestrian Piazza could be redesigned to provide a facilities to support the City Centre. Residents of the City Centre will benefit environment for residents, workers venue for events and activities, themed from proximity to major public transport and visitors. festivals and promotional events in The key policies and proposals are: - routes, jobs, services, leisure facilities and association with the evening economy, if the regenerated canalside area. In return, The key policies and proposals are: - appropriately marketed. (a) Access and Interchange residential development will stimulate i. To improve access to High Level Station the regeneration of the City Centre by Squares / Open Spaces 15.5.3 The Council’s vision is to encourage and for pedestrians, buses, taxis and cycles creating a thriving, mixed use i. To encourage the creation of new achieve good design throughout the City and provide potential for future environment and bringing under-used urban spaces as part of new Centre, not just within the Conservation extension to Metro services, and to and derelict land and buildings, many of development or redevelopment Areas and along major roads but also on provide better integration between historical importance, back into effective schemes; key gateway sites and approaches. Good transport modes and environmental use. Residential development will also be ii. To designate new public town squares design can enhance the quality of and regeneration benefits to the encouraged in the rest of the City Centre, or green spaces, for example at High people’s everyday lives, help achieve Canalside Quarter; subject to other UDP policies. Level Station, and Royal Hospital; sustainable development, attract iii. To retain and encourage better use business and investment and reinforce (b) Midland Metro 15.4.3 Details of larger proposal sites and of existing squares, such as the Civic civic pride. i. To investigate the feasibility of estimates of the capacity of smaller sites Centre Piazza, and seek redesign of these extending Metro Line 1 to better are provided under Policies CC7 to CC12, areas; 15.5.4 Creating an attractive, convenient and serve the City Centre; Chapter 13: Housing, the Technical safe pedestrian environment is extremely Background Papers. “Living Over The City Links important, particularly in determining (c) Car Parking Shop” schemes have been highly i. To identify a network of safe, accessible how well the City Centre functions i. To ensure the provision of high quality, successful in the City Centre, and the pedestrian / cycle links between the commercially and as a living convenient and secure public short conversion of under-used or vacant office City’s Quarters, and City Centre generally, environment. Identifying safe and stay car parks; space and floors above shops to flats will and to improve linkages to open spaces accessible links between the City, its ii. To develop a co-ordinated City Centre continue to be supported and facilitated. and squares; Quarters and beyond is necessary. car parking strategy for the use of ii. To investigate ways in which connections sites outside the Ring Road for long-stay 15.4.4 In order to meet housing needs, the aim across the Ring Road could be improved / employee parking; is to achieve a balance of 20% affordable and examine opportunities to provide 15.6 City Centre Access and Mobility iii. To develop a strategy that considers housing and 80% market housing across safe, convenient surface level pedestrian appropriate charges to encourage the City Centre, and a mix of housing links to and from the City Centre and the Policy CC5: City Centre Access and Mobility efficient use of all car parks and types, although flats are likely to Quarters, such as Royal Hospital and the provide good parking for those predominate. To maximise the use of Raglan Street area; and The main priorities are: - visiting the City for shopping or land in this highly accessible location, i. Supporting the economic, social leisure purposes; high densities and minimal parking Key Gateway Sites and Approaches and environmental regeneration iv. To examine the feasibility of introducing provision will be encouraged. As limited i. To promote higher standards in the of the City Centre; residents parking private amenity space will be provided design of new developments on key ii. Improving the public transport system; schemes in the City Centre, in on City Centre housing developments, it gateways sites and approaches to iii. Improving facilities for people changing particular within St John’s Urban Village; is particularly important that the City Centre. between different modes v. To investigate the provision of contributions are secured towards public of transport; permanent Park and Ride sites on realm improvements and the creation of iv. Exploiting key development the edge of the City Centre, linked new recreational open space. 15.5.1 Wolverhampton City Centre is a densely opportunities and strengthen pedestrian to Bus Showcase, the Rail network Contributions towards supporting developed area with very few urban access between the City Centre and key and Midland Metro; facilities, such as small food shops, cafés spaces. The creation of new urban spaces development sites outside the Ring Road; (d) Development Schemes and leisure facilities, will also be by developers is seen as important to the i. To examine opportunities through encouraged, where appropriate. health and vitality of the City Centre. development schemes for further

230 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 231 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

public short stay car parks and public 15.6.3 An effective transport system is vital to Park and Ride site in more strategic (b) Frontage Use (Control of Non-A1 uses) transport facilities to serve the City the promotion of a vibrant economy, locations on the edge of the City are also Centre; healthier environment for living and to being investigated to encourage people Retaining and improving a variety of A1 ii. To seek developer contributions towards ensure better access and mobility for all. to switch from their car to either bus, (Shop) uses in the Shopping Quarter is the provision of new public car park An important part of the strategy is to train, or tram for the remaining most important to the future vitality and spaces, and / or public transport increase the range of transport choices congested part of their journey. viability of the City Centre. Controls over proposals, where car parks have been and improve the quality of what is Locations will be sought on the edge of changes to frontage uses are therefore developed; available, in line with Government the City, linked to Bus Showcase and the required to ensure that the number, Guidance. Rail network. type and range of retail (A1) shops is (e) Development opportunities maintained and strengthened. It is also i. To adopt a phased approach to the 15.6.4 The railway station is an important hub recognised that other uses such as A2 development of existing car parks in the for services, especially for those who 15.7 Shopping Quarter (Financial and professional services) and City Centre identified on the City Centre need to change trains between A3, A4 and A5 (Food and drink) uses Inset Map, in particular St John’s Urban Shropshire and stations to the south. The Policy CC6: Shopping Quarter have a key role but their location must Village, in order that the effects of the bus station serves a wide area and (Primary Shopping Area) be controlled to maintain a healthy mix closure of each car park can be provides a stopping point for national of uses. The following types of frontage monitored and then inform coach services. The Metro Line 1 provides The main priorities are: - are therefore defined where permission the decision on subsequent phases, and an important link to Birmingham. The i. The Shopping Quarter, as defined on the for Non-A1 uses will not be permitted: provision of new car park spaces. City’s transport system needs to reflect its City Centre Inset Map, will continue to be i. Primary Frontages - where such uses role in terms of the level and quality of the main focus for retailing activity and would constitute generally more than (f) Walking and cycling the services provided. the attraction of investment into the City 30% of the number of units in each i. To develop a network of safe pedestrian Centre; retail frontage or exceed 30% of f / cycle links between the Quarters and 15.6.5 The provision of high quality, convenient ii. The Shopping Quarter will be rontage length; the Shopping Quarter and City Centre and secure car parks is essential to strengthened through consolidation, ii. Secondary Frontages - where such generally and the surrounding support the vitality and viability of the improvement, and creating new uses would constitute generally more neighbourhoods. City Centre. Opportunities to provide development opportunities. The different than 50% of the number of units in further short stay car parks will be areas of the Shopping Quarter will be each frontage or exceed 50% of examined within the context of City clearly defined, to emphasise and frontage length Centre development proposals. A strengthen their differing roles, to iii. In addition to the above, Mixed Use strategy that considers appropriate car expand the choice, variety and quality Activity Frontages have been defined 15.6.1 Wolverhampton is a sub-regional parking charges to encourage the more of shopping; each area to have different where there is no set percentage, centre for shopping, business, work efficient use of all City Centre car parks attractions, but all to have strong links. although it will be important to retain a and increasingly leisure activities. will be developed. One element will be the promotion and certain element of retailing. Ground floor Good access and mobility for all is control of uses and activities. uses must be able to attract significant important to the continued vitality 15.6.6 The development of some existing number of customers, generate street and viability of the City Centre, and surface car parks is essential to the The key proposals are: - level activity, and incorporate attractive to the commercial success of local implementation of the St John’s Urban and lively window displays. businesses. A sustainable transport Village. A phased approach will be taken (a) New Shopping Development system needs to reflect this role and to the development of these car parks in The individual frontages within each support the economic revitalisation order that the effects of the closure of i. Retail Core Expansion Area frontage category referred to above are and regeneration of the City Centre. each car park can be monitored and then Retail led mixed use development listed in Appendix 5. inform the decision on subsequent including the possibility of a 15.6.2 The Council’s approach to access and phases, and provision of new car parking department store in the area bounded mobility is based upon ‘Accessible City’ spaces. by Victoria Street / Bell Street / principles which includes providing a Cleveland Street / Temple Street / Snow 15.7.1 While much of the focus remains on sustainable transport system which 15.6.7 An important part of the overall strategy Hill. Any development of this area must improving the Shopping Quarter and offers more choice to everyone, that is the provision of Park and Ride sites to create effective linkages, both internally securing new developments within it protects the environment, provides serve workers, shoppers and other and externally, with the surrounding there is a need to secure appropriate for future transport needs, and improves visitors to the City. These will need to City Centre; and additional retail development as close as people’s quality of life. Enhancing the have good public transport services. possible on the edge of the Quarter. vitality of the City Centre, through There may be suitable sites to serve the ii. Darlington Street improvements to access, mobility, City located within the Canalside Quarter Mixed-use development site and public 15.7.2 The sequential approach has been image, attractiveness and security are or the other major opportunity short-stay car parking; applied in respect of food and non-food seen as key priorities. development sites outside the Ring Road. and other uses such as leisure and

232 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 233 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

offices, and in accordance with Policies the day and evening, which appeal to all 15.9.2 The first phases of the Master Plan, iii. Learning Quarter (Phase 3), Old Hall SH3, SH4 and SH5. One of the important members of the community and including the Millennium Building Street Area - Extension to Central requirements is to ensure that these complement the existing shopping housing state of the art teaching and Library and creation of a major retail sites, as part of mixed use facilities. The development of the Artists specialist accommodation, a new lecture resource and learning facility in developments, have strong and attractive Quarter as an area for artists will support theatre and a library extension are now conjunction with WAES, City of pedestrian links with the Shopping the already established leisure and complete. Further phases of the Master Wolverhampton College and Quarter and a high degree of accessibility cultural activities in the City Centre, and Plan are proposed to enhance and University of Wolverhampton, by all modes of transport. provide valuable new job opportunities. improve the University’s facilities. The providing a major IT based City Centre campus will see a major information node. 15.7.3 The All Nations Christian Centre, located 15.8.3 The surrounding area’s existing leisure refurbishment over the next seven years, on Temple Street, provides an important and cultural facilities, the range of to include some of the best study iv. School Street - redevelopment of service helping vulnerable people within buildings suitable for use, and the facilities available in the United Kingdom. existing car park for mixed uses the City Centre. In line with Policy C2, convenient access to the bus and rail including an element of housing, should proposals for the Retail Core station, means that the area is ideally with potential for retail use on the Expansion Area involve the displacement suited to an increase in these kind of 15.10 St. John’s Urban Village ground floor. of this community facility, the Council activities. will support its relocation to an equally Policy CC9: St. John’s Urban Village v. Land bounded by Ablow Street / convenient location. 15.8.4 The environment of the area will be Pool Street / Penn Road - Mixed use maintained and enhanced to include The St John’s Urban Village area, as defined development, including residential, upgrading of key pedestrian routes on the City Centre Inset Map, will continue of Marshalls Building, Pool Street, 15.8 Cultural Quarter through and to other parts of the City to be the focus for housing-led mixed use subject to the provisions of Policies Centre. The creation of new quality public redevelopment in the City Centre. The HE19 and HE20. Land to the south Policy CC7: Cultural Quarter spaces, and improvements to existing provision of complementary supporting of Jeddo Street is identified for squares and sitting areas to increase their facilities is seen as essential to sustainable business/commercial led mixed use The Cultural Quarter, as defined on the City usage will be investigated. development objectives. development. Centre Inset Map, will continue to be the focus for leisure, cultural and artist activities The Learning Quarter will provide the focus 15.10.1 The immediate area surrounding St. in the City Centre. The role and function of 15.9 University Quarter for future investment in learning facilities John’s Church within the Ring Road is at the Quarter will be maintained and in the City. the heart of the Wolverhampton Urban expanded. The creation of new jobs and Policy CC8: University Quarter Village. The existence of established businesses within the Artist’s Quarter area is The key proposals are: - areas of heritage and character, such as seen as a priority. The University’s City Centre campus will St. John’s Square and the Markets, continue to play a key role in supporting the i. Little Brickiln Street / Worcester complemented by the regeneration of The key proposals are: - City’s and region’s economy and assisting Street - redevelopment of area for key development sites, will help to social regeneration. high quality mixed-use development create a vibrant and exciting place to i. Princess Alley - Further opportunities including provision of new landmark live, do business, shop and relax. A mix for the conversion and re-use of vacant The key proposal is: - building at the entrance to the City of new build, refurbishment and upper floors to artists workspace / along Worcester Street. This will provide sensitive re-use of the area’s historic studios, craft workshops or arts / culture i. To implement further phases of the ground floor shops and restaurants with buildings is planned, together with a related uses; University’s Master Plan. housing above. series of environmental improvements ii. Piper’s Row - Mixed uses including The remainder of the block will be which will make the area more public car parking. 15.9.1 Since gaining University status in 1992 developed mainly for new housing pedestrian-friendly. There are also plans the University of Wolverhampton has in a mix of new development and to provide complementary community, 15.8.1 The area contains many historic and gone from strength to strength. There are refurbishment. Part of the new housing leisure, cultural, commercial and life architecturally important buildings. The over 22,000 students, studying over 300 will be flexible live-work space. long learning facilities within the urban sensitive refurbishment and re-use of undergraduate and post-graduate village. Linking developments to the these buildings for arts / cultural courses ranging from traditional areas, ii. Worcester Street / Church Street / shopping core to ensure the overall activities, particularly those which form such as history and law, to cutting edge Temple Street - redevelopment of viability of the City is seen as a key landmarks or gateway features, will be disciplines, including virtual reality and e- the area for high quality housing, component to the successful encouraged. commerce. The University has developed together with some ground floor regeneration of the area. a Master Plan (the New Horizons Project) retail use on the corner of Temple 15.8.2 The Council wishes to encourage a wide which will strengthen its position as one Street and Worcester Street. 15.10.2 In Wolverhampton and the Black range of quality leisure, cultural and of the best Regional Universities in the Country, learning is fundamental to educational activities at different times of United Kingdom. economic and social regeneration.

234 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 235 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

Traditional approaches have had limited distinctive Quarter within the City studios) and local shops. 15.13 Canalside Quarter success in increasing participation, Centre. The area has suffered high traffic addressing basic skills and encouraging volumes and poor pedestrian links into The key proposals are: - Policy CC12: Canalside Quarter progression to higher education. In the City Centre. Some progress has Wolverhampton there is both the been made to improve pedestrian links i. Royal Hospital / Bus Garage - Within the Canalside Quarter area, as defined opportunity and commitment to create to the City Centre through the provision Redevelopment and re-use in on the City Centre Inset Map, comprehensive a new approach for the sub-region, of surface level crossings at Penn Road accordance with Urban village economic and physical regeneration is which would be of national importance. and Chapel Ash Islands, and principles for high quality mixed envisaged. A wider range of sustainable The Learning Quarter will be the focus Wolverhampton and Dudley Breweries uses, but excluding large scale land uses and activities such as leisure, for this approach through the have made significant improvements to retail, in multi-functional buildings. housing and workshops, taking advantage redevelopment of sites to provide new rear servicing on the north side of of canalside development opportunities, will accommodation for the introduction of Chapel Ash. ii. Gordon Street / Granville Street - be sought. Improved linkages both into and innovative, multi-agency learning Redevelopment in accordance with the through the area, especially for cyclists and initiatives. Development proposals 15.11.3 The provision of a wide, rich and vibrant approved Master Plan for high quality pedestrians, will be required to secure should conform with the Old Hall Street range of land uses will be encouraged private housing at ‘urban’ density. greater integration with the rest of the City Master Plan and reflect the urban to improve the areas vitality and Centre. Priority will be attached to the design principles laid down in the St viability. A large part of the Quarter lies iii. St George’s Ringway - Redevelopment retention, refurbishment and sensitive reuse John’s Urban Village Framework Plan. within Wolverhampton Urban Village. in accordance with the approved of the area’s historic buildings and features. New housing development is envisaged Development Brief for mixed-use Proposals involving the demolition of a listed and will be expected to embrace Urban development, including building or of a local list building will only b 15.11 Chapel Ash Village design principles. Important commercial / business and housing e permitted inthe circumstances detailed in businesses such as the Brewery will uses. Policies HE16 and HE20. Policy CC10: Chapel Ash continue to be supported. The Council is seeking to attract and sustain private iv. Oxford Street car park - Redevelopment The key proposals are: - The Chapel Ash Quarter, as defined on the sector investment and the provision of for mixed uses, commercial / business, City Centre Inset Map, will continue to sustainable housing, shopping, leisure including an element of housing, with i. Springfield Brewery and adjoining land - provide an important local and specialist and cultural activities. existing car parking spaces to be Residential led mixed-use refurbishment shopping function. It will continue to be the retained or relocated elsewhere. and redevelopment, with some leisure / focus for speciality shops, and other service 15.11.4 Improvements to the public realm business e activities together with associated retail, environment and linkages both into and lements. Small Scale retail use, business, leisure and housing development. through the area, especially for 15.12.1 Despite its decline in the recent past related to the local need, may also pedestrians and cyclists, are considered the area still retains an active be appropriate on this site as part of The key proposals are: - important. The sensitive re-use of the community committed to its a larger mixed-use scheme, subject areas historic buildings is sought enhancement and regeneration. to the provisions of Policy SH9; i. Development of a high quality mixed together with the enhancement of the Key aims are to improve residents’ use scheme at Raglan Street, including a Chapel Ash Conservation Area. These quality of life and the area’s image. ii. Land at Grimstone Street / Culwell Street retail foodstore, bulky goods are key elements underpinning the The Council declared the All Saints - Residential development; comparison retail uses, housing and regeneration of the area. Residential Neighbourhood a Housing leisure uses, with strong links to the Renewal Area in 1992. The All Saints iii. Low Level Station - Mixed use s Shopping Quarter. Action Network (ASAN) is developing cheme incorporating commercial leisure, 15.12 All Saints / community involvement in the business and residential 15.11.1 The Quarter as a whole has a diversity of Royal Hospital Area regeneration process. The All Saints uses including the sensitive uses with business and commercial area is an area of focus within the refurbishment and re-use of the historic activity being the principle use; for Policy CC11: All Saints / Royal Hospital Area Single Regeneration Budget Round 3 buildings; example it contains one of the City’s and the New Deal for Communities largest private sector employers The All Saints / Royal Hospital area, as programme. A Master Plan has been iv. Land at Albion Street / Horseley Wolverhampton and Dudley Brewery. It defined on the City Centre Inset Map, will prepared for the wider All Saints and Fields - Mixed-use scheme including also has significant areas of housing, for be developed for a mix of uses, including Blakenhall Community Development residential and commercial / example terraced housing in Compton a substantial element of housing as a key (ABCD) New Deal for Communities business / workspace uses; Road, Tettenhall Road, and large ingredient. Other uses should include Area (see Policy S2). There is an attractive houses overlooking West Park. leisure (heritage uses, education, hotel, approved development brief for the v. Former Royal Mail site Horseley conference and trade centre), community Royal Hospital / Bus Garage site. Fields - Mixed-use housing development 15.11.2 On the whole the area has a unique facilities (including health), businesses possibly linked to character and has the potential to be a (such as offices, small workshops and High Level Station.

236 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 237 CHAPTER 15 15 CHAPTER

vi. Old Steam Mill, Corn Hill - Sensitive or appearance or distinctiveness of a refurbishment and re-use of building for conservation area. Further clarification workspace or residential use. on the latter will be included in conservation area character appraisals vii. Albion Mill, Albion Street - Sensitive prepared during the UDP period. refurbishment and re-use of building for Policies covering proposals that may residential or workspace use. affect buildings, structures or features within the above categories are detailed viii. Lime Kiln Wharf / Commercial Wharf - in Chapter 6: Historic Environment. Redevelopment for industry / workshops and canal related uses. 15.14 Waterloo Road / 15.13.1 The Canalside Quarter is an area of Darlington Street Quarter considerable potential with opportunities for a wide range of Policy CC13: Waterloo Road / regeneration initiatives, building on its Darlington Street Quarter historic industrial and transportation character and infrastructure and its The key proposals for the Waterloo location on the edge of the City Centre. Road/Darlington Street Quarter, as defined However at present it suffers badly from on the City Centre Inset Map, are: a spiral of economic decline, with a lack i. To encourage high quality mixed use of investment, site and building development along Darlington Street in dereliction, poor environmental quality recognition of its gateway location; and inadequate linkages both within ii. To encourage Waterloo Road as a focus and into the area from the City Centre. for office development; The perception of the area is poor in iii. Redevelopment of the Birch Street car terms of investment, environment and park for offices and community uses, safety. with existing car parking spaces retained or replaced elsewhere. 15.13.2 Improving the image of the area to create a strong and positive sense of 15.14.1 Darlington Street is an important place and identity will be a priority. This western gateway into the City and will include improvements to the public provides an opportunity for new high realm environment, including quality mixed use development. Any enhancing the streetscape and street mixed use development should retain a furniture, the canal and canalside strong element of Class A1 uses at environment. ground floor level, in accordance with the Secondary Frontage designation of 15.13.3 The area’s proximity to the railway this stretch of Darlington Street under station and transport interchange will Policy CC6 (c). be built upon and the strategic role for High Level Station will be enhanced. 15.14.2 As identified in paragraph 15.3.2, there There are considerable opportunities for is an opportunity for office activity in future change and improvement in this this area of the City to intensify, possibly area. through the conversion of existing properties in the shorter term or 15.13.4 For the purposes of this policy, historic through the attraction of a major single buildings and features will include occupier in the medium to long term. buildings and structures included on the Statutory List, the Local List or any other unlisted buildings, structures or unusual features, including elements of the public realm, that make an important contribution to the character

238 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 239 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 16: BILSTON TOWN CENTRE

Contents

Para Page

16.1 Introduction 242 16.1.3 Bilston Urban Village 242 16.1.4 Key Objectives for the Town Centre 242 16.1.5 A Strategy for the Town Centre 243

16.2 Bilston Town Centre Wide Initiatives 244 Policy BTC1: Bilston Town Centre Wide Initiatives 244

16.3 Mount Pleasant Area 245 Policy BTC2: Mount Pleasant Area 245

16.4 Historic Core 246 Policy BTC3: Historic Core 246

16.5 Primary Shopping Area 247 Policy BTC4: The Primary Shopping Area 247

16.6 Western Gateway 248 Policy BTC5: Western Gateway 248

16.7 Frontage Use Policy 249 Policy BTC6: Frontage Use Policy 249

16.8 Bilston Town Hall 249 Policy BTC7: Bilston Town Hall 249

240 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 241 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

16.1 Introduction A further Audit of Town Centre retail activity was Objective 2 - Re-establishing Objective 7 - Expanding carried out by consultants Daniel & Hulme the Heart of Bilston employment opportunities 16.1.1 Bilston Town Centre is the second in 2003 for the Bilston Regeneration Forum. This The historic core of the town east of the Metro There is a need to look beyond existing commercial centre in the City of study confirms that Bilston has an important role line is seen as an important but underused asset. employment patterns in the Town Centre and to Wolverhampton and plays an important to play within the hierarchy of centres within the Action is needed to re-establish a role and explore the means of generating a wider range role in the local shopping hierarchy. City and identifies strong commercial interest for identity through new uses and activities linked of local employment opportunities. However it is much more than just a additional investment over the UDP period. with environmental improvements. The Town shopping centre, and in this lies both its Hall is at the centre of this area and will have a A Strategy for the Town Centre recent problems and its future prospects. significant impact on its regeneration. Bilston is a historic Black Country town Bilston Urban Village 16.1.5 The strategy for Bilston Town Centre sets with a strong and proud tradition of Objective 3 - Promoting a safer place for all the framework for wide ranging industry and local identity. It has suffered 16.1.3 Proposals to develop an Urban Village on Whilst Bilston Town Centre does not face involvement in the ongoing process of considerably from the decline of a substantial area of brownfield land to insurmountable crime and safety issues, regeneration, seeking to involve local traditional industry in the region as a the south of Bilston Town Centre are nonetheless it is recognised locally that action business and residential communities in whole and particularly in and around the being pursued by the Council and should be taken to improve local circumstances strengthening the centre’s role and town centre. Nonetheless it retains an Advantage West Midlands. This major and generate a positive perception of the function. important role both for local people and, initiative to secure reclamation and security situation for business and visitors alike. especially through its indoor and mixed use development has the 1. It is important to recognise the role that outdoor markets, for a wider catchment. potential to generate some 1300 new Objective 4 - Improving the linkages Bilston Town Centre can play in relation homes and 49,000 sq. m of employment Movement within the core of the Town Centre is to surrounding centres. Its location close 16.1.2 The principal findings of an space providing almost 1500 jobs generally convenient, with good links through to the sub-regional centre of environmental audit of the Town together with the creation of new car parks to Church Street / High Street. The Bus Wolverhampton and within easy reach of Centre carried out by the Council’s landscape and local linkages. The urban Station and Metro are in close proximity. the regional centre in Birmingham consultants Taylor Young in Autumn village will be close enough to the Town However there is cause for concern that indicates that it cannot compete with 2000, highlighted that: Centre for there to be close integration improved pedestrian links are required between these centres in terms of attracting major 1. The town centre has a strong east-west between the two, and with improved High Street the Markets, Morrison’s foodstore investment. However, what is clear from axis but north-south links are more linkages to surrounding communities, for and the proposed urban village. Improved recent analysis is the loyalty of the fragmented the additional catchments of residents access to the Metro is also necessary. surrounding population to the town 2. The Black Country route forms a and business employees to bring major centre. This needs to be built upon to strong edge to the south which commercial benefits the Town Centre. Objective 5 - Widening the range of uses project Bilston as the district centre for constrains movements to / from the in the Town Centre south east Wolverhampton and to some proposed urban village Key Objectives for the Town Centre The Town Centre needs a wider range of extent a centre to serve nearby 3. Metro and bus access is good with activities to broaden its attractiveness and residential areas in Walsall and Sandwell. recent major investment 16.1.4 Seven principal issues have been strengthen its economic and social base. The Such a strategy would focus upon Bilston 4. Road access to Bilston is generally identified as needing to be addressed transformation will not occur however without acting as a natural centre for a wider good and there is a significant amount during the Plan period: guidance and positive support in order to realise catchment than is currently the case for a of car parking around the centre the latent opportunities that exist. A wider range wide range of activities including 5. Pedestrian links within the centre are Objective 1 - Strengthening the town’s of uses can also bring activity outside the shopping, leisure, public administration good, except for the north-south link retail activities standard working day and help to attract more and local services. to the markets and to Morrisons Bilston should not rely on the prospect of visitors to the centre. foodstore further major retail floorspace expansion, 2. To achieve this will require the 6. The environment of Market Way and but can take positive steps to improve its Objective 6 - Changing perception of strengthening of the primary shopping the markets area is poor existing assets and identity as the City’s environment and image area, a diversified range of activities and 7. Quality of frontages varies considerably second retail centre. The town has Whilst parts of Bilston have been significantly an uplift in environmental quality. The through the centre opportunities to enhance its attractiveness improved, most notably following the town centre can then build upon its links 8. The environment of parts of the centre and needs to act to avoid falling into a cycle pedestrianisation of Church Street / High Street to the Metro line, which provide suffers from lack of investment of disinvestment. The Town Centre’s there remain some areas where run down improved accessibility from nearby plus 9. Recent investment in the public realm assets including the markets, the buildings and sites detract from the the potential of the urban village and in Church Street is generally good pedestrianised main street and Morrisons attractiveness of the Town Centre, and others other residential opportunities. 10. Most of the quality buildings are in the must be fully exploited and should be seen where the prospect of decline could detract in historic core and Mount Pleasant parts to complement each other. the foreseeable future. Furthermore the external 3. The strategy therefore seeks to re-focus of the centre (within the designated perception of the town is not as positive as it the centre, identifying key issues for each Bilston Town Centre Conservation Area). could be and action is needed to attract visitors part, promoting a mix of change and who may otherwise pass by. consolidation, introducing new uses and

242 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 243 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

concentrating attention on a series of 16.2 Bilston Town Centre Wide Initiatives shared history and community. 16.3 Mount Pleasant Area linked Character Areas which together Accordingly where there are indications will build up into a lively and more Policy BTC1: Bilston Town Centre that archaeological features may Policy BTC2: Mount Pleasant Area vibrant whole. Wide Initiatives survive, especially within the historic core, an archaeological assessment will Within the Mount Pleasant area proposals 4. Four Character Areas have been A detailed strategy will be developed in be required for any proposed should seek to: identified as follows: particular to: development ● Clarify and enhance the role of Mount Pleasant i. Improve linkages between character (see Policies HE24 to HE28). the area The area east of Bow Street taking in areas and between ‘gateways’ and ● Enhance the historic character of Mount Pleasant and Lewis Street destinations; 16.2.3 Bilston will form part of a city-wide the area Historic Core ii. Review parking provision to gain an study of local character and ● Secure the re-use of vacant Between the Metro line and Bow Street, informed picture on existing and distinctiveness (Policy HE1). All buildings and sites including Lichfield Street, the Orchard future parking quality, quantity and development proposals will be e ● Ensure that new development is and part of Church Street, and including demand on which to assess strategic xpected to take full account of sensitively designed. Bilston Town Hall future use; local distinctive character types Primary Shopping Area iii. Further involve local people and and areas. Principal proposals are: The principal retail area of the town other stakeholders in the management i. Improvement of parking facilities for between the Orchard development and improvement of the town; 16.2.4 It is proposed that a signage strategy library / art gallery opportunity and Dudley Street. iv. Identification of residential be drawn up for the town centre to ii. Mixed use refurbishment / Western Gateway development and ‘Living Over the address the issued highlighted above. redevelopment of technical school / Both sides of High Street, between Shop’ initiatives As well as providing clear guidance WDET site the pedestrianised area of the primary signage should say something about iii. Conservation Area enhancement scheme shopping area and the 16.2.1 The Character Area policies set out below the identity of the town and its distinct iv. Improvements to public realm and areas Wolverhampton Street roundabout need to be complemented by town character areas. Signage can include of open space centre wide initiatives to pull the whole public art, town information/ 5. Each of these areas has its own regeneration strategy together. The advertisements, lighting and identifiable features, form and linkages between different character sponsorship as well as the more 16.3.1 The Mount Pleasant area provides an activities, which will, to varying areas and between key entry points and traditional pointer signs. important approach into Bilston Town degrees, provide a basis for future destinations are in many cases poor. Centre. It plays only a secondary role in initiatives and changes. Fundamental Some marker features, such as the 16.2.5 A parking strategy, based on survey retail terms and retail expansion should to the strategy is a recognition that ‘gateway’ to the markets from the bus work and forecasts, would assist in not be encouraged as this would detract these areas should be complementary station have been well designed but informing the future of underused from the core areas. It provides the most to each other. There are, and will overall signage is utilitarian and and strategically important sites. It attractive residential environment in the continue to be, overlaps in function, unattractive in character. The car parks will be important to achieve a balance study area, together with the recently but there needs to be a stronger sense immediately adjacent to the shopping between parking requirements of refurbished library / art gallery and the of identity and purpose for each core appear to be generally well used. town centre users and the strategic important development opportunity of together with enhanced linkages However, more peripheral car parks are development potential of the town. the former college building and transport between them. less well used and may offer other This is emphasised by the fact that depot. opportunities. The situation also needs to the Black Country Route and proposed 16.1.6 The Plan’s general policy for ‘town be viewed in the light of recent development to the south of the town 16.3.2 The area will focus on its potential for a centres’ (SH6) defines the role of Government policy on the balance means that what were rear servicing mix of development, primarily residential, Bilston in support of the above strategy. between public and private transport. and parking areas are now prominent but with small-scale Class B1 business This forms the context for the policies main road frontages. Further topic opportunities and enhancement of its and proposals set out below. 16.2.2 Recent work in Bilston has demonstrated specific surveys are required in the existing community facilities. There are Supplementary Planning Guidance that buried archaeological deposits of areas of: open spaces; shopfronts; various possible small-scale residential containing detailed proposals is significance for the reconstruction of the local bus routes and community development sites and also opportunities provided in the Bilston Town Centre history of the town are present. In facilities on the north side of Mount Pleasant Strategy (November 2001). addition detailed analysis of some of the between Lichfield Street and Mountford existing standing buildings has Lane where conversion of upper floors to demonstrated that elements of earlier residential should be explored. buildings can survive within buildings whose facades date from a later period. 16.3.3 As the whole of the Mount Pleasant area Such information is of intrinsic interest falls within a Conservation Area, all but also does much to foster a sense of proposals must be consistent with

244 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 245 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

Conservation Areas policies. The to the wider problems of a lack of discontinuation and enforcement action, iii. Improved pedestrian crossing of development brief for land and buildings investment in businesses and premises. to achieve its wider aims for the Black Country Route (BCR); on the north side of Mount Pleasant can Levels of economic activity have also enhancement of the area. The Council iv. Development of vacant land on High be seen in the context of the role for the been restricted and vacancy levels are intend to undertake investigation of the Street; wider area and its proposed mix of higher than in the primary shopping area potential for removing through traffic v. Improvements to the public realm residential, community and business of the town centre. Nonetheless it has from Lichfield Street during the lifetime and areas of open space. uses. some of the most attractive buildings in of the UDP. the town, together with a good mix of 16.5.1 In recent years retail activity in Bilston viable businesses, interesting spaces, 16.4.5 The Town Hall has special significance has become more strongly focussed on 16.4 Historic Core linkages and development opportunities. and its re-use could provide the single the pedestrianised section of Church Accessibility is good, with the Midland most important impetus to regeneration. Street and the indoor and outdoor Policy BTC3: Historic Core Metro line, car parks close at hand and However this is not an easy prospect and markets. This is the area which has the pedestrianised part of Church Street will require considerable long term benefited most from the environmental Within the Historic Core, proposals nearby. However, whilst the juxtaposition commitment from public, private and and access improvements carried out by should seek to: with the primary shopping area is a voluntary sectors to secure a sustainable Wolverhampton Council, whilst the positive asset this area should not seek to scheme. It should be noted that western part of High Street and the ● Broaden the area’s role with increased compete directly with the principal prospects for the re-use of the Town Hall eastern end of Church Street have taken economic activity; shopping function of the primary would be enhanced through successful on a more peripheral role. The arrival of ● Enhance the historic character of the shopping area itself. measures to regenerate the surrounding Morrisons introduced a significant new area; area. factor, which initially posed threats to ● Secure new uses for the Town Hall 16.4.2 The new role should embrace both established patterns of shopping but has (see Policy BTC7); commercial and community objectives, 16.4.6 Development opportunities should not become a major focal point as the town’s ● Improve the quality of linkage to the actively promoting an identity for the be seen in a piecemeal manner. Land largest single retail outlet. High Street area; Character Area as a whole. It is essential assembly should be explored for parts of ● Secure re-use and redevelopment of that regeneration is promoted the area in order to bring forward key 16.5.2 The importance of the indoor and underused buildings and sites. throughout the area and not just opportunities. The Orchard area in outdoor markets cannot be focussed on the Town Hall or any other particular presents possibilities for a mix overemphasised. Both play a vital role in Principal proposals are: individual opportunity. In this way a of refurbishment and new development defining Bilston as a retail centre, and in i. Improvements to the public realm stronger context will be provided for with improvements to pedestrian links drawing visitors from beyond the immediate and areas of open space; specific schemes and the perception of and environment. Relocation of some catchment. However, there is concern ii. New pedestrian priority measures in the Heart of Bilston will begin to change. businesses may be required, calling for that their full potential is not being Church Street / Walsall Street; A wider range of uses must be sought, sensitive management of the realised and that action will be needed to iii. Comprehensive refurbishment / including leisure, residential, community regeneration process. strengthen their role for the future. redevelopment proposals facilities and employment uses, to (residential / leisure / business / specialist complement those already in place. 16.5.3 Strengthening the retail function does retail) for The Orchard area; Retail activity will continue, but the area 16.5 Primary Shopping Area not necessarily mean more new retail iv. Gateway signage at Lichfield Street and should not be dependent on a significant floorspace, although the strategy does Oxford Street; increase for its future prosperity. Policy BTC4: The Primary Shopping Area enable this to happen if demand is v. Conservation Area enhancement strong enough. The primary objective is scheme; 16.4.3 The historic character of this area is one Within the primary shopping area area, future to secure a more robust primary vi. Refurbishment and re-use of the of its principal assets, but it requires a proposals should seek to: shopping area which can build on the Town Hall (BTC7); comprehensive programme of public ● Strengthen the retail function of the existing features of Bilston Town Centre vii. Traffic related environmental works realm enhancement together with Town Centre; through improving the quality of both in Lichfield Street, to include measures to promote reinvestment in ● Enhance the linkage between Church the retail facilities and the environment improvements to the pedestrian buildings and sites. This is particularly the Street, the markets and Morrisons; in which they operate. environment; case for the areas around the Town Hall, ● Improve the markets. viii. New development opportunities The Orchard, the former Pipe Hall hotel 16.5.4 At present the east / west axis of Church (residential and employment). and Lichfield Street where action is also Principal proposals are: Street / High Street dominates the needed to reduce the impact of the i. Redesign of Market Way; primary shopping area, with the link to 16.4.1 The Historic Core of Bilston requires traffic on the town centre environment. ii. Improvements to shops fronting Market the markets along Market Way being significant intervention to reverse its Way and remodelling and improvement narrow, dark and claustrophobic. Beyond recent decline. Environmental quality has 16.4.4 Where appropriate, the Council will also of Indoor and this the link to Morrisons is poorly suffered from the effects of heavy traffic use its statutory powers, including the Outdoor Markets; defined through the markets, and in Lichfield Street, which has contributed securing of Article 4 Directions and becomes wholly secondary as it crosses

246 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 247 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

the BCR, despite the pedestrian crossing. 16.6.1 The section of the town centre west of 16.6.5 The block of properties between Lidl and arcades will not be permitted in the Primary the pedestrianised area faces difficult Broad Street should be reviewed. The Shopping Area, and elsewhere will be 16.5.5 The strategy proposes a major trends at present. With limited demand possibility of selective refurbishment determined on the basis of the criteria in reorientation within the primary for significant retail investment in this should first be considered, identifying Policy SH16. shopping area to improve this north / area there is a higher level of vacancies those units which have potential for new south axis. This will entail the than in the primary shopping area, a or retained uses on ground and upper 16.7.1 Retaining and improving a variety of improvement of Market Way to create an need to explore alternative uses, but a floors and considering how these might Class A1 (Shops) uses is important to the attractive link between Church Street, the concern that some existing properties be improved in the shorter term. Partial future vitality and viability of the Town markets and Morrisons. This needs to be may not merit reinvestment. Nonetheless redevelopment may be more suitably in Centre. Controls over changes to more than merely cosmetic improvement it provides an important approach to conjunction with the car park to the frontage uses are therefore required to to make a real impact on the experience the town centre, both from the existing south, thereby generating the flexibility ensure that the number, type and range and flow of users in the markets area and highway network and potentially from of a larger site for a mix of residential, of retail (A1) shops is maintained and into the town centre from Morrisons. the urban village. The newer business and retail uses with redesigned strengthened. It is also recognised that development occupied by the Lidl parking, and providing a further other uses such as Class A2 (Finance and 16.5.6 This redesigned axis will also provide a supermarket and the City Council’s opportunity to integrate with the Professional Services) and ClassA3,A4 and link into the town centre from the Housing Office contrasts markedly proposed urban village. As with other A5 (Food and Drink) uses have a key role proposed urban village - in turn this with the variety of smaller shops, and similar opportunities in the town centre but their location must be controlled to requires the design of layout and land- the environment is less attractive than the future of Bilston’s car parks should be maintain a healthy mix of uses. use in the northern part of the urban in the pedestrianised area. informed by a town centre wide parking village to be orientated towards the study. principal crossings points on the Black 16.6.2 The area needs a new focus of activity 16.8 Bilston Town Hall Country Route. that will broaden the range of uses 16.6.6 The gateway role will be enhanced by beyond reliance principally on retail. improvements to frontages of existing Policy BTC7: Bilston Town Hall This should complement retained retail properties, particularly Nos. 61-65 High 16.6 Western Gateway activity and also expand into leisure, Street, but this will only be achievable The Council is committed to securing the residential or other uses where through confidence in reinvestment in future of Bilston Town Hall. It will continue Policy BTC5: Western Gateway appropriate. In the longer term there the properties themselves. In the shorter to work with private sector partners and may be improved market potential term signage improvements will be community groups to bring the building Within the Western Gateway area, proposals arising from the development of the needed to mark the entrance as part of a back into beneficial use. should seek to: urban village linked via the footbridge town centre wide signage strategy. over the Black Country Route. Block by 16.8.1 Bilston Town Hall is a landmark feature ● Broaden economic activity; block appraisals are therefore needed in the town centre, and played a ● Introduce residential / mixed use for each action in this area but it is 16.7 Frontage Use Policy central role in the local community development; likely that significant change may only until its closure in 1998. Dating from ● Strengthen the gateway role; be achieved in the longer term. Policy BTC6: Frontage Use Policy 1872, it is an important Grade II listed ● Improve environmental quality. building which is regarded with 16.6.3 The area includes the Grade II* listed Within the Primary Shopping Area planning strong local affection and is a focus Principal proposals are: Greyhound and Punchbowl public permission will not be granted where non A1 for community interest in restoration i. Landmark commercial/community house. This is a key landmark building uses constitute more than 30% of the number and re-use. Its location at the heart use building including high quality on the English Heritage Register of of units in a retail frontage or exceed 30% of of the historic core of the Town Centre landscaping on land adjacent to the Buildings at Risk 2005. Repairs to the frontage length. adds to its importance for the area as roundabout; building and enhancement of its a whole. ii. Refurbishment opportunities on setting should be a priority. For the purposes of this Policy a frontage is High Street; defined as one side of a street or parade 16.8.2 Having stood empty since the Council iii. Identification of opportunities for re-use 16.6.4 A frontage development site may which is not separated by a significant gap relocated its Housing Office the Town of upper floors; be identified between the two such as a road junction. Hall has deteriorated physically, iv. Gateway improvements; roundabouts, to be explored in although recent remedial works Elsewhere no set percentage will be applied v. Review of structural condition / detail via a development brief which have now been undertaken. However, although it will be important to retain a refurbishment opportunities for each would take particular account of the building continues to face problems majority element of retailing. Ground floor block; existing landscape features in the area. of a wider nature. These relate firstly uses must be able to attract significant vi. Assembly of land for longer term mixed This would provide the opportunity to the building itself, and secondly to numbers of customers, generate street level use development; for a scheme to create a stronger its relationship with its surrounding area. activity and incorporate attractive and lively vii. Signage, as part of a town centre wide gateway to High Street. strategy. window displays. Proposals for amusement

248 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 249 CHAPTER 16 16 CHAPTER

16.8.3 Despite the range of problems the Town Hall rightly retains a central place in the priorities of the local community. The practical opportunities, like the problems, relate to both the building and its surrounding area, and at both levels can tie closely into the wider regeneration aspirations of the local community. Key opportunities have been identified in terms of: ● Listed Building status ● Refurbishment of an important symbol for the town ● Creation of unique floorspace for the Town Centre ● Public / Voluntary / Private sector partnership opportunity ● Role for community uses and private investment ● Creation of new functions for the adjoining public spaces and church yard ● Upgrading of Church Street / Walsall Street for pedestrian priority ● Relationship to the wider Historic Core including The Orchard area ● Upgrading of access to the Metro

250 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 251 CHAPTER 17 17 CHAPTER

CHAPTER 17: WEDNESFIELD VILLAGE CENTRE

Contents

Para Page

17.1 Introduction 254 17.1.3 Recent Changes 254 17.1.6 Bentley Bridge 254 17.1.7 Future Needs 255 17.1.9 A Strategy for the Centre 255 17.1.17 Key Objectives 256

17.2 The High Street / Market Primary Shopping Area 256 Policy WVC1: Primary Shopping Area 256

17.3 Improved Linkages and Connectivity 256 Policy WVC2: Improved Linkages and Connectivity 256

17.4 Midland Metro 257 Policy WVC3: Midland Metro 257

17.5 Short Stay Car Parking 257 Policy WVC4: Short Stay Car Parking 257

17.6 The Canal 258 Policy WVC5: The Canal 258

17.7 Frontage Use Policy 258 Policy WVC6: Frontage Use Policy 258

17.8 Housing 258 Policy WVC7: Housing 258

17.9 Employment Uses 258 Policy WVC8: Employment Uses 258

17.10 Lichfield Road 259 Policy WVC9: Lichfield Road 259

252 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 253 CHAPTER 17 17 CHAPTER

17.1 Introduction works have created sufficient space for it further retailing, is in an out of centre convenience shopping facilities for a to be relocated from its former position location. local catchment area. Surrounding 17.1.1 Wednesfield is the centre of a distinct at the rear of the main shopping area to centres with a similar role (although not community in the north east of the City the widened pedestrian area in High Future Needs necessarily equivalent in retail floorspace which (along with Bilston and Tettenhall) Street. This move has benefited not only terms) include Bilston to the south and remained administratively separate from the market traders but also the 17.1.7 Following the major changes that have Willenhall and Bloxwich, in Walsall Wolverhampton until the 1960s. The established businesses in High Street as a taken place in recent years the context Borough, to the east. Wednesfield’s role village centre provides a range of result of the increased footfall in the for the UDP period is therefore within this network can be consolidated, shopping, office and community facilities street. predominantly one of consolidation, providing convenience shopping, some for residents in this part of the city and building upon the potential created by leisure, public administration and local some adjoining parts of Walsall, and also 17.1.5 The other major proposal of the 1993 the completion of the bypass, the services for a catchment area broadly to some extent provides services for the UDP was the introduction of a modern introduction of the foodstore and other defined by competition from these major industrial areas to the south and large foodstore to complement the role major developments in the vicinity. surrounding centres. In relation to the New Cross hospital complex to the of the centre as a major convenience Bentley Bridge Park there is some west. shopping location. This was partially A Strategy for the Centre potential for complementary roles, with achieved by the opening of the Coop an element of spin off to Wednesfield 17.1.2 The core of the centre is compact and for superstore on land south of Rookery 17.1.8 The strategy for Wednesfield must from the wider population attracted to the most part clearly defined, bounded Street in 1993. The store was provide the framework, not only for the leisure and potential comparison by the canal in the north and by subsequently extended and reopened as physical development but also for wide retail facilities at Bentley Bridge. residential land uses in the Bolton Road Sainsbury’s in 2000. However its siting ranging participation in the continuing and March End Road areas to the south and physical integration with the village process of regeneration, involving local 17.1.12 In order to achieve the above and east. Along the south west to north centre proved less satisfactory than had residential and business interests and Wednesfield will need a strengthening of east corridor however, boundaries are been hoped. Overcoming the associated other organisations in strengthening the its primary shopping area, a closer less clear cut. Some town centre uses problems, so that the store fulfils a centre’s role and function. integration with the food superstore, a (and the Sainsbury’s foodstore) extend genuinely complementary role, remains a more diversified range of other activities into the Rookery Street area in the west, substantial challenge. 17.1.9 The UDP’s general policy for ‘town and an uplift in environmental quality. In while ancillary retailing also extends centres’ (SH6) defines the role of the longer term the centre will be able to northwards along Lichfield Road as far as Bentley Bridge Wednesfield (and Bilston) in the context build upon its position as a node on the the junction with Wood End Road. of the network of centres in the city as a new Metro line which will provide Because of their roles in complementing 17.1.6 To the west of Sainsbury’s, the former whole. The following factors are enhanced accessibility along the corridor. the main core, both of these ‘extensions’ Black Country Development Corporation important in developing a specific have been included within the defined granted permission for further retail and strategy for Wednesfield village centre. 17.1.13 In developing policies and proposals inset area. leisure development (‘Bentley Bridge to advance this strategy, consideration Park’). The leisure component was 17.1.10 The A4124 Wednesfield corridor is one of has been given to whether it would be Recent Changes implemented in the form of a multiplex three strategic regeneration corridors appropriate to focus upon discrete cinema, health and fitness centre and identified in the overall UDP strategy. ‘Character Areas’, as is the case in Bilston. 17.1.3 Major proposals identified in the 1993 bingo hall (now closed) together with Wednesfield village centre is at the core To an extent distinct components of UDP have largely been implemented. fast food outlets. The retail component of this corridor and has a key role to play the centre do exist, as follows: The opening of Wednesfield Way in 1999 (permission for 14,700m_ on two sites) as a focus for regeneration and in 1. The Primary Shopping Area embracing created a bypass for through traffic along has been implemented and its providing services for the corridor as a the High Street and including the the A4124 corridor, removing the serious relationship to Wednesfield is a further whole. conservation area around the church. congestion in High Street and improving issue for planning in this part of the city. 2. The Alfred Squire Road area, access to a number of vacant and derelict The Council’s intention in defining the 17.1.11 The relationship to surrounding centres characterised mainly by ‘civic’ uses. sites in the wider area. The new road has area for retail expansion in the 1993 UDP and to the Bentley Bridge development is 3. The Rookery Street / Sainsbury’s area. provided the flexibility for major was that the food superstore and some crucial to the future role of Wednesfield. environmental improvements to be adjoining and user-conditioned retail The proximity to the major comparison 17.1.14 However a crucial policy objective is carried out in the village centre to extend warehousing would be located in such a shopping and sub-regional centre of to secure integration, in particular the pedestrian area while retaining way as to complement Wednesfield Wolverhampton only 3 km to the west is between Sainsbury’s and the Primary access for buses and service vehicles. village centre. However the clearly a major constraint on potential Shopping Area of the centre. In these corporation’s permission was granted on investment - and the wider strategy of circumstances it seemed potentially 17.1.4 The open retail market is an important an area which was both more extensive, the UDP would militate against any counter-productive to seek to treat facility for local residents. However, its and more remote from the village centre, conflict of roles. Wednesfield is part of a the areas separately. trading position had been in decline for a than had been envisaged. As a result the network of lower order Black Country number of years and the refurbishment leisure complex, and the committed town centres, providing principally

254 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 255 CHAPTER 17 17 CHAPTER

17.1.15 The situation in respect of the Lichfield 17.2.1 As a shopping centre, Wednesfield’s role 17.3.2 Given the distances involved the Bentley Cross-Wednesfield metro link features as Road area north of the canal is rather is primarily to meet the convenience Bridge site cannot be regarded as edge a high priority in the Wolverhampton different. This area is clearly separated shopping needs of residents in the north of centre but there will be benefits also in Community Plan. from, and will remain separated from, the eastern part of the city. These needs are improving the linkages with this rest of the centre and has therefore been currently met by the large superstore to development. Better pedestrian linkages 17.4.3 It is vital that Metro be properly made the subject of a specific policy. the south-west of the High Street along are also required between the village integrated with Wednesfield village with a supermarket and specialist units centre and the park and this will centre so that it makes a positive Key Objectives within the High Street, and the recently necessitate a footbridge crossing the contribution to environmental quality, relocated retail market. The recent canal. Better linkage with the park, along and that stops are appropriately located 17.1.17 In the light of the above strategy, the relocation of the retail market to the High with the creation of the new public space and designed to encourage maximum following are the principal policy Street has added to the vitality and will give a major uplift to the usage. There would appear to be the objectives for Wednesfield: viability of the centre. environment of Wednesfield village potential for bus-metro interchange and 1. To maintain and enhance the role of centre. that in consequence Wednesfield can Wednesfield as a ‘town centre’ serving also be strengthened as a node in the the north eastern part of the city. 17.3 Improved Linkages and Connectivity bus network. 2. To secure improved access by public 17.4 Midland Metro transport, cycling and walking, and Policy WVC2: Improved Linkages improvements to parking provision. and Connectivity Policy WVC3: Midland Metro 17.5 Short Stay Car Parking 3. To ensure that bulk convenience and other shopping needs are met. i. The Wednesfield Link Project, as Action will be taken to secure the full Policy WVC4: Short Stay Car Parking 4. To secure full integration of the shown on the Inset Map, is allocated integration of the proposed new Midland Sainsbury’s foodstore. for a major scheme to create a new Metro line with the village centre and the The Council will seek to improve short stay 5. To encouraging the provision of high village square, a landmark building a development of a bus / Metro interchange parking provision in the High Street area quality health, community and other nd improved pedestrian linkages will be investigated. provided that it serves the area/centre as a ancillary facilities, between the High Street, Sainsbury’s whole. The site of the former retail market, 6. To improve pedestrian and other and Bentley Bridge. 17.4.1 Improved public transport access will be shown on the Inset Map, will be re-used for linkages between the village centre a major contribution to enhancing such purposes subject to the permanent and Bentley Bridge Park and New Cross ii. New pedestrian priority measures will Wednesfield role as the main community relocation of the retail market to the hospital, be implemented in the vicinity of High focus in the north eastern part of the city. High Street. 7. To maintain existing open space and Street / Alfred Squire Road / Well Lane. Bus services along the Wolverhampton- amenity areas and encourage new Wednesfield-Ashmore Park and Bloxwich provision as opportunities arise, iii. Measures to improve pedestrian axis are already being upgraded to 17.5.1 Considerable improvements have been 8. To encourage residential use above linkages between the village centre ‘showcase’ status and there is now a made to Wednesfield’s accessibility. existing units in Wednesfield High and Wednesfield Park will also be prospect of Wednesfield being served by Wednesfield way has opened up sites in Street and in other suitable locations supported. a Midland Metro line. the Bentley Bridge and Neachells areas should opportunities arise, and has improved access to the 9. To encourage office uses in appropriate 17.3.1 Environmental enhancement and the 17.4.2 The 1993 UDP safeguarded a route for motorway network and the marketability locations. creation of new public space the then proposed ‘Midland Metro Line 3’, of a number of employment sites. The immediately west of the prime shopping an extensive route through the Black new road has also enabled the removal core will extend the focus of the centre Country linking Wolverhampton with of through traffic from Wednesfield High 17.2 The High Street / Market Primary and secure the integration of the Walsall via Wednesfield and Willenhall, Street and permitted a major Shopping Area Sainsbury’s foodstore. The which was then to continue south to improvement to the pedestrian Wolverhampton Shopping and Town cross Line 1 at Wednesbury and proceed environment. Policy WVC1: Primary Shopping Area Centres Study indicated a low level of via Dudley to Brierley Hill. Subsequently, interaction between the foodstore and however, Centro gave priority to 17.5.2 The provision of short stay car parking Within the Primary Shopping Area, the the centre proper. It is a key objective of developing the Wednesbury to Brierley has been a long standing problem in Council will encourage improvements to the Council’s strategy for Wednesfield Hill section as a branch of Line 1. The Wednesfield with perceived effects on the quality and range of shopping facilities that this situation be changed. It will be Wolverhampton - Walsall - Wednesbury usage of the village centre. The through refurbishment and redevelopment. a major benefit to the vitality and proposal has now been revived and relocation of the market has permitted Wednesfield retail market will be viability of the centre if more visitors to identified as one of four routes in the some alleviation of this situation with permanently relocated on Wednesfield the foodstore are encouraged to use the metropolitan area for implementation the re-use of the former market area. High Street. village centre, while the store itself following completion of the Brierley Hill Further opportunities will be sought in widens the opportunities available to and Birmingham City Centre extensions. association with any redevelopment Wednesfield shoppers. The development of a City Centre-New that may occur.

256 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 257 CHAPTER 17 17 CHAPTER

17.6 The Canal uses must be able to attract significant 17.9.1 A number of employment sites are numbers of customers, generate street level identified close to, but outside the inset Policy WVC5: The Canal activity and incorporate attractive and lively area of, Wednesfield village centre. These window displays. Proposals for amusement will contribute to meeting employment The Council will encourage the further use arcades will also be determined against needs in the area and it will be important of the canal as: Policy SH16. to ensure that good links are provided 1. A pedestrian and cycle route serving the between these areas and the village village centre; 17.7.1 Retaining and improving a variety centre. There is limited scope for Class B 2. A contribution to the village centre of Class A1 (shop) uses is important uses within the inset area but small scale environment. to the future vitality and viability of development of Class B1(a) office uses the village centre. Controls over would be appropriate and would be Where the redevelopment or refurbishment changes to frontage uses are therefore encouraged should market demand arise. on sites which are adjacent to the canal required to ensure that the number, and/or its towpath is proposed, the design type and range of retail (A1) shops is statement to be submitted in accordance maintained and strengthened. It is 17.10 Lichfield Road with Policy D2 shall include a justification of also recognised that other uses such the design in relation to the canal frontage. as Class A2 (finance and professional Policy WVC9: Lichfield Road services) and Class A3, A4 and A5(food 17.6.1 The Wyrley and Essington canal runs east and drink) uses have a key role but their In the Lichfield Road area north of the canal to west through Wednesfield but its location must be controlled to maintain bridge the Council will encourage the contribution to the village centre a healthy mix of uses. retention and development of uses that environment is not yet developed to the complement the village centre, subject to full. There is potential in particular to local amenity considerations. ‘open up’ the centre to the canal and to 17.8 Housing encourage its role as a corridor of 17.10.1 An examination of retail and other uses pedestrian and cycle movement to, from Policy WVC7: Housing within this area has revealed that they and through the centre. primarily fulfil a role complementary to The Council will encourage proposals for the village centre rather than meeting 17.6.2 On the northern side of the High Street residential uses above units in Wednesfield local needs in the immediate vicinity. in particular development or High Street and will support residential uses This role will be recognised in the redevelopment should recognise in other suitable locations, particularly as consideration of future development orientation towards the canal and part of mixed use development. proposals. facilitate upgrading and appropriate use of canalside areas. 17.8.1 The overall strategy of the UDP includes encouraging housing development within and close to 17.7 Frontage Use Policy centres and in other locations with good public transport access. Policy WVC6: Frontage Use Policy Wednesfield village centre will provide some opportunities for such Within the Primary Shopping Area planning development particularly through the permission will not be granted where non A1 increased use of accommodation above uses constitute more than 30% of the number shops and other commercial uses in of units in a retail frontage or exceed 30% of the high street. frontage length.

For the purposes of this Policy a frontage is 17.9 Employment Uses defined as one side of a street or parade which is not separated by a significant gap Policy WVC8: Employment Uses such as a road junction. The Council will support the development Elsewhere no set percentage will be applied of office uses within Wednesfield village although it will be important to retain a centre majority element of retailing. Ground floor

258 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 259 APPENDIX 1 1 APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1: SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING GUIDANCE / DOCUMENTS LIST (as of May 2006) Development Brief Continued.. Name Date

Topic Supplementary Planning Guidance / Documents Town Markets Area Development, City Centre June 1997 Land at the Junction of Oxford Street & Oct 1997 Name Date Black Country Route, Bilston Land at Qualcast Road, Wolverhampton July 1998 Day Nurseries July 1995 Wolverhampton Science Park: Area I North May 1998 Access & Facilities for People with Disabilities Nov 1995 Rydal Green July 1999 Places of Worship Feb 1996 Old Hall Street Masterplan Feb 2000 Residential Development Apr 1996 Chetton Green, Fordhouses April 2000 Extension to Houses Apr 1996 Gordon Street / Granville Street, All Saints Masterplan Sept 2000 Outdoor Advertisements & Signs Apr 1996 The Mayfield, Willenhall Road, Old Heath Late 2000 Business, Industrial & Warehousing Development Oct 1996 GKN Site: Birmingham New Road, Parkfields Late 2000 Shopfront Design Guide Nov 1996 Land at Mount Pleasant, Bilston Dec 2000 The Provision of Public Art Jan 1998 Former Bilston Girls’ High School, Green Lanes, Bilston Jan 2001 Telecommunications Jan 2002 Former Tettenhall Council Office Buildings and Premises Jan 2001 Bushbury Triangle Nov 2001 Area Action Plans Little Brickkiln Street, City Centre Feb 2002 St John’s Urban Village, Church Street Development Site June 2003 Name Date St John’s Urban Village, The Fox Hotel and Adjoining Car ParkJune 2003 Cross Street South, Wolverhampton July 2003 St John’s Urban Village Framework Plan Apr 1999 Cleveland Street, Wolverhampton Dec 2003 Wolverhampton Canalside Quarter Implementation Dec 2000 Springfield Brewery Mar 2004 Plan and Appendices Tarran Bungalows, Selbourne Crescent, East Park July 2004 Bilston Town Centre Strategy Nov 2001 Steelhouse Lane and Cable Street Sept 2005 All Saints and Blakenhall Community Development May 2003 Former Farndale School Site Feb 2006 New Deal for Communities Masterplan Ward Street Master Plan April 2006 Wolverhampton Evening Economy Action Plan Jan 2005 Fourth / Fifth Avenue, Low Hill South (AP UK site) Sept 2004 Wolverhampton City Centre Strategy and Action Plan Jan 2005 Retail Core Expansion, Cleveland street / Temple street Dec 2003 Land at Gordon Street Masterplan, All Saints Sept 2000 Development Briefs Old Hall Street Masterplan, Learning Quarter, City Centre Feb 2000

Name Date Other Guidance

Land at Wolverhampton Street, Bilston Nov 1994 Name Date Land adjacent to 19 High Street, Bilston Nov 1994 Land at Cross Street South, Blakenhall July 2003 Procedures, Design & Maintenance leading to the Proposed Oct 1998 Royal Hospital Development Area, City Centre Nov 1996 Transfer of Public Open Spaces & Equipped Play Areas St George’s Ringway, Melbourne Street, City Centre Nov 1996 St Johns Urban Village Design Guidance Jan 2002 Land at Harbour Edge, Bowker Street Feb 1997

260 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 261 APPENDIX 2 2 APPENDIX

APPENDIX 2: DETAILED OPEN SPACE, SPORT AND RECREATION and recreation facilities in areas nearby, Such contributions should equate to the as defined by the Wolverhampton open cost of providing: 26 sqm recreational REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS space, sport and recreation standards open space per resident (minus any and the Parks and Green Spaces Strategy; provision made on-site for design The following guidelines will be used to assess games area for every 2,000 residents; or purposes); one Local Equipped Area for the quantity, quality and function of open space, These requirements may be increased ● The ability of the wider community to Play for every 1,000 residents; and one sport and recreation facilities required to serve where needs are likely to be greater than access facilities on-site would be limited. multi-ball games area for every 2,000 the residents of new housing developments, as normal e.g. certain low-cost or high residents (calculated pro rata); plus the set out in Policy H8 and also any provision that density schemes or reduced / waived 1.5 Such contributions may be pooled (see cost of maintaining all such provision for may be required to compensate for loss of open where it can be demonstrated that a 2.4) in certain circumstances e.g. where a 10 years. The particular type(s) of space, sport and recreational facilities. Revised development will, during its lifetime, major new facility is needed and a recreational open space provision the Supplementary Planning Guidance on generate a limited demand for children’s number of housing developments in the contributions will be used to improve will Residential Development will also provide play same area could contribute towards its depend upon local needs and priorities further guidance. The current Wolverhampton ● Footpath / cycle route links between provision. as set out in the Parks and Green Spaces Parks and Green Spaces Strategy and recreational open space on and off site; Strategy and Sport and Recreation Wolverhampton Sport and Recreation Strategy ● Natural green space which makes use of 2 10 - 39 dwellings Strategy. should also be referred to. Development Briefs existing on-site or adjacent landscape will, where appropriate, set out open space, features where possible e.g. wildlife 2.1 To maintain a high quality of design on 2.4 Where contributions are not sufficient, at sport and recreation requirements for specific corridor along an existing stream. smaller housing developments, there will the time, to be viably used to enhance sites. ● Landscape and design elements to normally be a requirement to provide local open space, they will be pooled into provide a setting for architecture and small areas of open space on-site, around a ring-fenced fund dedicated towards An amended form of these guidelines will be features / public art and focal meeting 10% of the total area of the site. The providing priority enhancements in the published and adopted as a Supplementary places for local residents. function of these open spaces will be to relevant Neighbourhood or District Park Planning Document following the completion of improve the appearance of the Area, and will be spent within a specified appropriate needs assessments and the setting 1.2 Contributions towards the following development and provide limited time period. Enhancements may include of new standards, if appropriate (see Policy R1). sports and recreation facilities may also amenity space for residents of the measures to improve safety and security, be required, where appropriate: development. They should form an such as lighting and natural surveillance, Key Definitions ● Neighbourhood Equipped Area for Play; integral part of the design and layout of provision of play equipment or access ● Playing field provision; the streetscape and provide focal points improvements. 1. It will be assumed that the number of ● Other sports facilities. which act both as design features and as residents a development is designed to informal meeting places for residents. 3 Less than 10 dwellings accommodate is equivalent to 75% of total 1.3 The following will not be considered to They may include hard or soft bedspaces, except in the case of flatted contribute towards recreational open landscaping and will normally be 3.1 Developments of less than 10 dwellings developments, where this figure will be reduced space requirements: maintained by a management company will not usually be expected to make to 50%. ● private amenity areas provided in lieu of set up by the developer (see 12). For contributions towards recreational open 2. The minimum requirement per resident for gardens on high density developments more detailed guidance on the design of space provision. However, where a recreational open space will be 26 sqm, in e.g. flats; residential developments see Chapter 4: number of smaller developments are accordance with the standard set out in Table ● small, incidental pockets of open space Design and SPG / SPD on Residential taking place in close proximity and it is 12.1 which are not usable for recreation; Development. considered that these form phases of a ● areas designed specifically for other larger development, recreational open Standards of Provision purposes e.g. verges, acoustic landscape 2.2 Housing developments of between 10 space contributions may be required. mounding. and 39 dwellings will not normally be 1 40 dwellings or more expected to provide new recreational 3.2 Areas of open space which ensure the 1.4 Contributions towards off-site provision / open space or play facilities on-site, as high quality design and amenity of the 1.1 The provision of multifunctional, quality enhancement within the Neighbourhood the small open spaces which would be development (see 2.1) may still be recreational open space should normally or District Park area, or a combination of generated are considered to be of limited required on these very small form an integral part of the design of any on-site and off-site provision, may be an value for recreational purposes. developments. housing development of 40 dwellings or acceptable alternative, where: more. A total of 26 sqm recreational open ● The size, shape or topography of the site 2.3 In lieu of on-site provision, developers 4 Housing for people with special needs space per resident should be provided limit the potential to provide a functional will be expected to make contributions on-site, to include: area of recreational open space or play towards the creation or enhancement of 4.1 Where developments are designed to ● Informal play space facilities on-site; open space, sport and recreation facilities house people with special needs, for ● One Local Equipped Area for Play (LEAP) ● There is already good access to a which could reasonably be expected to example the frail elderly or single for every 1,000 residents & one multi-ball sufficient quantity of open space, sport serve the needs of the development. homeless people, it may be necessary to

262 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 263 APPENDIX 2 3 APPENDIX

provide most or all of the open space Wolverhampton City Council Leisure APPENDIX 3: CURRENT HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT LINES requirement for the development on-site, Services. Where a developer is to provide regardless of the size of the open space / play space, the design and development. These areas of open space installation must be completed to a may not necessarily be accessible to the specification agreed by the Council. This wider public. will be a condition of the planning permission. Design Issues Highway Improvement Lines 10 All open space and facilities should be 5 Planning applications for residential available for use before 75% of the Alfred Squire Road development should provide detailed dwellings on the site are occupied. plans of the open space to be laid out Birches Barn Road and landscaped as part of the 11 Wherever practical, developers should development, indicating those areas make arrangements for the adoption of Cannock Road 1 & 2 which the Council will be requested to new areas of recreational open space by adopt. the Council. However, before the Council Darlington Street adopts any open space, it will require 6 Wherever possible, a single open space, such areas to be laid out to its Goldthorn Hill no smaller than 2,500 sqm, should be satisfaction. Therefore, it is important that provided, in a location central to the site developers discuss their intentions with Horseley Fields (or, where appropriate, central to a wider Leisure Services as early as possible in residential area), within 400m walking the development process. Developers Lower Horseley Fields / Willenhall Road distance of all residents on the site and will be required to make arrangements, with safe and easy access, which does by way of commuted sums, to cover the March End Road not involve crossing a major road. cost of ten years maintenance of new Fragmented provision may be subject to open space / facilities by the Council. Meadow Street additional commuted sum payments to When agreement in principle is given to cover the increased pro rata maintenance the adoption of open space, the Council Millfields Road costs of smaller open spaces. will determine the level of commuted sum to be payable upon adoption of the Parkfield Road 7 Formal play areas and areas which may open space. be used for informal ball games should Rookery Street be separated from residential areas by a 12 Alternatively, developers will be required 25m landscaped buffer and designed so to set up a management company to Wednesfield Road as to avoid nuisance to nearby residents. ensure that open spaces are managed However, they should also be located so and maintained to a high standard in Wellington Road that children at play are visible from perpetuity. substantial areas of the development, to Wolverhampton Street allow supervision. Contributions Towards Off-Site Provision Worcester Street 8 All provision should conform with any 13 Where off-site provision / enhancement additional requirements set out in any is accepted in lieu of on-site provision, Supplementary Planning Guidance / commuted sums will be secured via a Document on Residential Development S106 agreement. Commuted sums will be and the relevant section of the Parks and calculated on the basis of current costs Green Spaces Strategy. and shall include the cost of maintaining the relevant open space / facilities for 10 Provision and Maintenance years. There will normally be a of Open Space On-Site requirement for commuted sums to be paid soon after the commencement of 9 Although the provision of recreational development. In exceptional open space on-site may be carried out by circumstances phased payments may be the developer, the preferred option is by acceptable. making an appropriate contribution to

264 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 265 APPENDIX 4 4 APPENDIX

APPENDIX 4: SITES OF REGIONAL AND LOCAL IMPORTANCE Site No. Site Name Site area (ha) Interest

FOR NATURE CONSERVATION SL1 Abbeyfield Parklands 4.54 E SL2 Compton Road West Woodland 0.20 E Wolverhampton Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) SL3 Grassy Lane 0.93 E SL4 Hawkswell Drive Pool 0.27 E / Am Site No. Site Name Site area (ha) Interest SL5 Henwood Road 0.50 E SL6 The Holdings at Oxley South 4.36 E S1 Ashen Coppice 4.61 E / AW SL7 Jeremy Road 1.38 E S2 Barnhurst Bridge Cutting, 0.38 G SL8 Kitchen Lane 4.05 E Pendeford Avenue SL9 Merridale School 0.78 E S3 Beechcroft Wood 1.06 E / AW SL10 Neachells Lane 13.34 E S4 Brook Point Pool 2.60 E / Am SL11 Northycote Farm 16.91 E / Am S5 Colton Hills 3.86 E SL12 Park Hill North 0.39 E S6 Compton Park (LNR) 2 E SL13 Park Hill South 0.08 E S7 Coppice Road Wood 1.14 E SL14 Peace Green 0.95 E S8 Dunstall Park Racecourse 4.85 E SL15 Smestow Brook Floodplain 9.10 E S9 Finchfield Hill Cutting 0.04 G SL16 St Michael & All Angels’ Churchyard 1.52 E S10 The Gorge, Cinder Hill 2.65 E / G / Am SL17 Taylor Road 5.37 E S11 Hadley’s Brickworks 1.06 E / Am SL18 Valley Park School 1.08 E S12 Hawthorn Wood (LNR) 3.1 E SL19 Weddell Wynd 1.27 E S13 The Holdings at Oxley North 4.4 E SL20 Land south of Perry Hall Bridge 0.10 # S14 Ladymoor Pool 6.36 E / Am SL21 Bankfield Road 4.91 # S15 Merridale School Bog 0.18 E / Am SL22 Bushbury Junction Reservoir 2.54 # S16 Monmore Green Disused Railway 4.26 E / Am (Birdcage Corridor North) S17 Moseley Hall 14.06 E SL23 Land at Fowlers Playing Fields 5.41 # S18 Mount Hotel Woodland 2.10 E / AW (Birdcage Corridor South) S19 Northycote Farm Coppice 0.44 E SL24 Bushbury Sidings 3.64 # S20 Northycote Farm Parkland 17.51 E / Am SL25 Land East of Dale Street 2.52 # S21 Park Coppice 4.13 E / AW SL26 Dudley-Priestfield Disused Railway 3.61 # S22 Park Hill 1.18 E / G (North) S23 Peascroft Wood 3.80 E SL27 Dudley-Priestfield Disused Railway 2.66 # S24 Penn Hall School Wood 1.09 E (Bradley) S25 Rakegate Wood 0.46 E / Am SL28 Dunstall Hill Wood 0.33 # S26 The Rock, Tettenhall 0.20 G SL29 Grapes Pool, Stowlawn 0.70 # S27 Smestow Brook, Compton 4.55 E SL30 Great Bridge Road 2.22 # S28 Springvale Park 4.13 E / G SL31 Marnel Drive Wood 0.38 # S29 Stafford Road Cutting 0.22 G SL32 Merridale Cemetery 9.38 # S30 Staffs and Worcs. Canal 8.8 # SL33 Muchall Grove Wood 1.19 # S31 Tettenhall College 3.72 E / AW SL34 Northycote Playing Fields 0.39 # S32 Valley Park Pathway Central (LNR) 5.9 # SL35 Oxley Sidings 10.37 # S33 Valley Park Pathway North: 1 (LNR) 2.06 E SL36 Land at Penk Rise 3.63 # S34 Valley Park Pathway North: 2 (LNR) 1.45 # SL37 Goldthorn Road Open Space 0.49 # S35 Valley Park Pathway South (LNR) 8.31 # SL38 Rocket Pool 2.02 # S36 Wightwick Bank 0.08 G SL39 Midland Metro Line 5.10 # S37 Wightwick Court Woodland 1.23 E / AW SL40 Land West of Stafford Road 0.62 # S38 Wightwick Manor 2.37 E SL41 Aldersley Stadium (1) 0.08 # S39 Wightwick Wedge (LNR) 13.9 # (Am) S40 Windmill Wood (LNR) 3.8 E / G Total 129.31

Total 148.04 Interest: Interest: E Ecological AW Ancient Woodland E Ecological AW Ancient Woodland G Geological Am Amphibian # No full survey in 2000/1 G Geological Am Amphibian # No full survey in 2000/1

266 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 267 APPENDIX 5 5 APPENDIX

APPENDIX 5: SCHEDULE OF CITY CENTRE FRONTAGES 48 37- 51 Victoria Street 49 1 Cleveland Street and 24 - 36 Victoria Street 50 20 - 23 Victoria Street (Defines the individual frontages within each frontage use category) 51 16 - 19 Victoria Street 52 1 - 15 Victoria Street PRIMARY FRONTAGES 53 54 - 56 Woolpack Street 54 1 - 2E Wulfrun Square 1 Properties fronting north side of Bell Street 55 3 - 10 Wulfrun Square 2 1 - 6 Bell Street 56 11 - 27 Wulfrun Way 3 Properties fronting north side of Central Arcade 57 28 - 46 Wulfrun Way 4 Properties fronting south side of Central Arcade 58 11 - 12 Wulfrun Square and 1 - 9 Wulfrun Way 5 5 - 15 Central Arcade (Gallery level) 6 4 - 18 Central Arcade (Gallery level) 7 8 - 12 Cleveland Street SECONDARY FRONTAGES 8 13 - 18 Cleveland Street 9 93 - 104 Darlington Street 59 Corner Castle Yard, Market Street to corner Bilston Street 10 1 - 25 Darlington Street 60 17 - 35 Broad Street 11 3 School Street to 25 Darlington Street 61 16 - 30 Broad Street 12 5 - 7 Dudley Street 62 2 - 14 Broad Street 13 8 - 26 Dudley Street 63 1a - 7 Cleveland Street 14 57 - 62 Dudley Street 64 20 - 30 Cleveland Street 15 27a - 56 Dudley Street 65 Units 1 - 6 Security House Cleveland Street 16 1 - 4 Dudley Street 66 68 - 78 (inc 1 Waterloo Road) Darlington Street 17 1 - 9 Farmers Fold 67 79 - 83 Darlington Street 18 All Units Hampton Walk 68 84 - 92 Darlington Street 19 1 - 17 King Street 69 Royal London Building Lichfied Street Frontages 20 25 - 30 King Street 70 23 - 33 Lichfield Street 21 1 - 17 Mander Gallery (Gallery level) 71 4 - 60 Lichfield Street 22 21 - 38 Mander Gallery (Gallery level) 72 24 - 29 Market Street 23 45 - 48 Mander Gallery (Gallery level) 73 Public House and 1 - 5a Market Street 24 39 - 43 Mander Gallery (Gallery level) 74 30 - 35 Market Street 25 1 - 16 Mander Square 75 1 - 13 Pitt Street 26 33 - 50 Mander Square 76 Public House and 10 - 14 Princess Street 27 45 - 48 Mander Square 77 7 - 8b Princess Street 28 Public House and 2 - 5 Princess Street 78 Public House and 36 - 41 Princess Street 29 1 - 19 Queens Arcade (Gallery level) 79 1 -7 Princess Square 30 2 - 4 Queens Arcade (Gallery level) 80 43 - 59 Queen Street 31 10 - 12 Queens Arcade (Gallery level) 81 Rear of 83 Darlington Street Red Lion Street (fronting) 32 19 - 26 Queen Square 82 1 - 6 Salop Street 33 12 - 18 Queen Square 83 107 - 114 Salop Street 34 1 - 13 Queen Street 84 6 - 8 School Street 35 15 - 42 Queen Street 85 26 - 46 School Street 36 61a - 68 Queen Street 86 27 - 51 School Street 37 9 - 14 Heantun House Salop Street 87 1 - 21 Skinner Street 38 117 - 129 Salop Street 88 27 - 41 Snow Hill 39 1 - 8 Heantun House School Street 89 1 - 15 Broad St to 186 Stafford Street 40 New Market Square School Street 90 2 Waterloo Road 41 42 - 51 Snow Hill 91 33 Cleveland Street and 1 - 22 Worcester Street 42 2 St George’s Parade 92 61 - 63 and Public House Worcester Street 43 1 St John’s Street to 7 St John’s Arcade 93 67 - 83 Worcester Street 44 5 St John’s Street to 12 St John’s Arcade 94 Lichfield Passage and 4 - 8 Wulfruna Street 45 31 - 32 Mander Square and 1 - 15 Victoria Arcade 95 Public House, corner of Stafford Road and Wulfruna Street 46 4 - 16 Victoria Arcade 96 Royal London Building Wulfruna Street Frontages 47 53 - 80 Victoria Street

268 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 269 APPENDIX 5 5 APPENDIX

MIXED USE ACTIVITY FRONTAGES Map A5.1 Defined Frontages in Wolverhampton City Centre 97 32 - 44 Berry Street 98 40 - 43 Birch Street 99 92 - 92a Blossoms Fold 100 2 - 3 Cheapside 101 2 - 5 Exchange Street 102 1 - 3 Lichfield Street 103 1a - 7 North Street 104 2 - 10 North Street 105 36 and 37 Pipers Row 106 33 and 34 Princess Street 107 21 - 26a Snow Hill 108 34 - 40 Queen Square 109 41 - 43 Queen Square 110 Ground Floor Beatties Car Park School Street 111 48 - 60 Worcester Street

270 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 Wolverhampton Unitary Development Plan 2001 - 2011 271